UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Form 10-K
þ | ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002
or
o | TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
For the transition period from to
Commission file number 001-31266
Travelers Property Casualty Corp.
Connecticut
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) |
06-1008174
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) |
|
One Tower Square, Hartford, Connecticut
(Address of principal executive offices) |
06183
(Zip Code) |
(860) 277-0111
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class | Name of each exchange on which registered | |
|
|
|
Class A Common Stock, per value $.01 per
share
|
New York Stock Exchange | |
Class B Common Stock, per value $.01 per
share
|
New York Stock Exchange | |
4.5% Convertible Junior Subordinated Notes due
2032
|
New York Stock Exchange |
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrants knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes o No þ
As of June 28, 2002 the aggregate market value of the registrants voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates was $4,072,628,595 (this amount reflects 230,092,011 shares of class A common stock then held by non-affiliates; class B common stock was not then trading on any securities exchange or market.)
As of February 21, 2003, 506,143,855 shares of the registrants class A common stock, par value $.01 per share, and 499,928,212 shares of the registrants class B common stock, par value $.01 per share, were outstanding.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Certain portions of the registrants Proxy Statement for the 2003 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on April 24, 2003 are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K.
Travelers Property Casualty Corp.
Annual Report on Form 10-K
For Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2002
Table of Contents
Page | ||||||
Item Number |
|
|||||
|
||||||
Part I
|
||||||
1.
|
Business
|
1 | ||||
2.
|
Properties
|
29 | ||||
3.
|
Legal Proceedings
|
29 | ||||
4.
|
Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security
Holders
|
31 | ||||
Part II
|
||||||
5.
|
Market for Registrants Common Equity and
Related Stockholder Matters
|
32 | ||||
6.
|
Selected Financial Data
|
33 | ||||
7.
|
Managements Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Conditions and Results of Operations
|
34 | ||||
7A.
|
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About
Market Risk
|
62 | ||||
8.
|
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
|
64 | ||||
9.
|
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on
Accounting and Financial Disclosure
|
104 | ||||
Part III
|
||||||
10.
|
Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant
|
104 | ||||
11.
|
Executive Compensation
|
104 | ||||
12.
|
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners
and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
|
104 | ||||
13.
|
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions
|
104 | ||||
14.
|
Controls and Procedures
|
104 | ||||
Part IV
|
||||||
15.
|
Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, and
Reports on Form 8-K
|
105 | ||||
Signatures
|
106 | |||||
Certifications
|
108 | |||||
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and
Schedules
|
110 | |||||
Exhibit Index
|
120 |
PART I
Travelers Property Casualty Corp. (TPC) is a
property casualty insurance holding company engaged, through its
subsidiaries, in two business segments: Commercial Lines and
Personal Lines. Travelers Property Casualty Corp. and its
consolidated subsidiaries (collectively, the Company) provide a
wide range of commercial and personal property and casualty
insurance products and services to businesses, government units,
associations and individuals.
TPCs predecessor companies have been in the
insurance business for more than 130 years. It is a
Connecticut corporation that was formed in 1979 and, prior to
its March 2002 Initial Public Offering (IPO), was an indirect
wholly-owned subsidiary of Citigroup Inc. (together with its
consolidated subsidiaries, Citigroup). In January 1996,
Travelers Insurance Group Holdings Inc. (TIGHI) was formed to
hold TPCs property and casualty insurance subsidiaries. In
April 1996, TIGHI purchased from Aetna Services, Inc. (Aetna)
all of the outstanding capital stock of Aetnas significant
property and casualty insurance subsidiaries for approximately
$4.200 billion in cash. In April 1996, TIGHI also completed
an initial public offering of its common stock. In April 2000,
TPC completed a cash tender offer and merger, as a result of
which TIGHI became its wholly-owned subsidiary. In the tender
offer and merger, TPC acquired all of TIGHIs outstanding
shares of common stock which it did not already own,
representing approximately 14.8% of its outstanding common
stock, for approximately $2.413 billion in cash financed by
a loan from Citigroup.
On May 31, 2000, the Company completed the
acquisition of the surety business of Reliance Group Holdings,
Inc. (Reliance Surety). In connection with the acquisition, the
Company entered into a reinsurance arrangement for pre-existing
business. Accordingly, the results of operations and the assets
and liabilities acquired from Reliance Surety are included in
the financial statements beginning June 1, 2000. In the
third quarter of 2000, the Company purchased the renewal rights
to a portion of Reliance Group Holdings, Inc.s commercial
lines middle-market book of business. The Company also acquired
the renewal rights to Frontier Insurance Group, Inc.s
environmental, excess and surplus lines casualty businesses and
certain classes of surety business. On October 1, 2001, the
Company completed its acquisition of the Northland Company and
Associates Lloyds Insurance Company (Northland) from Citigroup.
On October 3, 2001, the capital stock of Associates
Insurance Company (Associates) was contributed to the Company by
Citigroup. Accordingly, the results of operations and the assets
and liabilities of these companies are included in the
Companys financial statements as of their acquisition
dates. On August 1, 2002, Commercial Insurance Resources,
Inc. (CIRI), a subsidiary of the Company and the holding company
for the Gulf Insurance Group (Gulf), completed the sale of a 24%
ownership interest, on a fully diluted basis, in CIRI to a group
of outside investors and senior employees of Gulf.
TPC was reorganized in connection with its IPO in
March 2002. Pursuant to the reorganization, which was completed
on March 19, 2002, TPCs consolidated financial
statements have been adjusted to exclude the accounts of certain
formerly wholly-owned TPC subsidiaries, principally The
Travelers Insurance Company (TIC) and its subsidiaries
(U.S. life insurance operations), certain other
wholly-owned non-insurance subsidiaries of TPC and substantially
all of TPCs assets and certain liabilities not related to
the property casualty business.
On March 21, 2002, TPC issued
231 million shares of its class A common stock in an
IPO, representing approximately 23% of TPCs common equity.
After the IPO, Citigroup Inc. beneficially owned all of the
500 million shares of TPCs outstanding class B
common stock, each share of which is entitled to seven votes,
and 269 million shares of TPCs class A common
stock, each share of which is entitled to one vote, representing
at the time 94% of the combined voting power of all classes of
TPCs voting securities and 77% of the equity interest in
TPC. Concurrent with the IPO, TPC issued $892.5 million
aggregate principal amount of 4.5% convertible junior
subordinated notes, which mature on April 15, 2032. The IPO
and the offering of the convertible notes are collectively
referred to as the Offerings.
On August 20, 2002, Citigroup made a
tax-free distribution to its stockholders (the Citigroup
Distribution), of a portion of its ownership interest in TPC,
which, together with the shares issued in the IPO, represented
more than 90% of TPCs common equity and more than 90% of
the combined voting power of TPCs outstanding voting
securities. For each 100 shares of Citigroup outstanding common
stock, approximately 4.32 shares of TPC class A common
stock and 8.88 shares of TPC class B common stock were
distributed. At December 31, 2002, Citigroup was a holder
of 9.95% of TPCs common equity and 9.98% of the combined
voting power of TPCs outstanding voting securities.
Citigroup received a private letter ruling from the Internal
Revenue Service that the Citigroup Distribution is tax-free to
Citigroup, its stockholders and TPC. As part of the ruling
process, Citigroup agreed to vote the shares it continues to
hold following the Citigroup Distribution pro rata with the
shares held by the public and to divest the remaining shares it
holds within five years following the Citigroup Distribution.
1
The principal executive offices of the Company
are located at One Tower Square, Hartford, Connecticut 06183;
telephone number (860) 277-0111.
This discussion of the Companys business is
organized as follows: (i) a description of each of the
Companys two business segments (Commercial Lines and
Personal Lines) and related services; (ii) a description of
Interest Expense and Other; and (iii) certain other
information.(1)
COMMERCIAL LINES
The Companys Commercial Lines segment
offers a broad array of property and casualty insurance and
insurance-related services to its clients. Commercial Lines is
organized into the following five marketing and underwriting
groups, each of which focuses on a particular client base or
product grouping to provide products and services that
specifically address clients needs:
In 2002, Commercial Lines generated net written
premiums of approximately $7.370 billion.
Selected Product and Market Information
The accompanying table sets forth net written
premiums for Commercial Lines by product line and market for the
periods indicated. For a description of the product lines and
markets referred to in the table, see Product
Lines and Principal Markets and Methods
of Distribution, respectively.
Many National Accounts customers require
insurance services in addition to or in lieu of pure risk
coverage, primarily for workers compensation and, to a
lesser extent, general liability and commercial automobile
exposures. These types of services include risk management
services, such as claims management, loss control and risk
management information services, and are generally offered in
connection with a large deductible or self-insured programs.
These services generate fee income rather than net written
premiums, which are not reflected in the accompanying table. Net
written premiums were as follows:
2
Product Lines
The Company writes a broad range of commercial
property and casualty insurance for risks of all sizes. The core
products in Commercial Lines are as follows:
Commercial Multi-Peril
provides a combination of property and
liability coverage typically for small businesses. Property
insurance covers damages such as those caused by fire, wind,
hail, water, theft and vandalism, and protects businesses from
financial loss due to business interruption resulting from a
covered loss. Liability coverage insures businesses against
third-party liability from accidents occurring on their premises
or arising out of their operations, such as injuries sustained
from products sold.
Workers Compensation
provides coverage for employers for
specified benefits payable under state or federal law for
workplace injuries to employees. There are typically four types
of benefits payable under workers compensation policies:
medical benefits, disability benefits, death benefits and
vocational rehabilitation benefits. The Company emphasizes
managed care cost containment strategies, which involve
employers, employees and care providers in a cooperative effort
that focuses on the injured employees early return to
work, cost-effective quality care, and customer service in this
market. The Company offers the following three types of
workers compensation products:
Commercial Automobile
provides coverage for businesses
against losses incurred from personal bodily injury, bodily
injury to third parties, property damage to an insureds
vehicle, and property damage to other vehicles and other
property resulting from the ownership, maintenance or use of
automobiles and trucks in a business.
Property
provides
coverage for loss or damage to buildings, inventory and
equipment from natural disasters, including hurricanes,
windstorms, earthquakes, hail, severe winter weather and other
events such as theft and vandalism, fires, explosions, and
storms, and financial loss due to business interruption
resulting from covered property damage. Property also includes
specialized equipment insurance, which provides coverage for
loss or damage resulting from the mechanical breakdown of
boilers and machinery, ocean and inland marine, which provides
coverage for goods in transit and unique, one-of-a-kind
exposures and miscellaneous assumed reinsurance.
Fidelity and Surety
provides fidelity insurance coverage,
which protects an insured for loss due to embezzlement or
misappropriation of funds by an employee, and surety, which is a
three-party agreement whereby the insurer agrees to pay a second
party or make complete an obligation in response to the default,
acts or omissions of an insured. Surety is generally provided
for construction performance, legal matters such as appeals,
trustees in bankruptcy and probate and other performance bonds.
General Liability
provides coverage for liability
exposures including bodily injury and property damage arising
from products sold and general business operations. Specialized
liability policies may also include coverage for directors
and officers liability arising in their official
capacities, employment practices liability insurance, fiduciary
liability for trustees and sponsors of pension, health and
welfare, and other employee benefit plans, errors and omissions
insurance for employees, agents, professionals and others
arising from acts or failures to act under specified
circumstances, as well as umbrella and excess insurance.
Principal Markets and Methods of Distribution
The Company distributes its commercial products
through approximately 5,800 brokers and independent
agencies located throughout the United States that are serviced
by approximately 80 field offices and two customer service
centers. In recent years, the Company has made significant
investments in enhanced technology utilizing state-of-the-art
Internet-based applications to provide real-time interface
capabilities with the Companys independent agencies and
brokers. The Company builds relationships with well-established,
independent insurance agencies and brokers. In selecting new
independent agencies and brokers to distribute the
Companys products, the Company considers each
agencys or brokers profitability, financial
stability, staff experience and strategic fit with its operating
and marketing plans. Once an agency or broker is appointed, the
Company carefully monitors its performance.
National Accounts
sells a variety of casualty products
and services to large companies. National Accounts also includes
the Companys residual market business, which primarily
offers workers compensation products and ser-
3
The Companys residual market business sells
claims and policy management services to workers
compensation and automobile assigned risk plans and to
self-insurance pools throughout the United States. The Company
services approximately 35% of the total workers
compensation assigned risk market. The Company is one of only
two servicing carriers, which operate nationally. Assigned risk
plan contracts generated approximately $137.3 million in
service fee income in 2002.
Commercial Accounts
sells a broad range of property and
casualty insurance products through a large network of
independent agents and brokers. Commercial Accounts
casualty products primarily target mid-sized businesses with 75
to 1,000 employees, while its property products target
large, mid-sized and small businesses. The Company offers a full
line of products to its Commercial Accounts customers with an
emphasis on guaranteed cost programs.
A key objective of Commercial Accounts is
continued focus on first party lines, which cover risks of loss
to property of the insured. Beyond the traditional middle market
network, dedicated units exist to complement the middle market
or specifically respond to the unique or unusual business client
insurance needs. These units are:
Select Accounts
is
one of the leading providers of property casualty products to
small businesses. It serves firms with one to 75 employees.
Products offered by Select Accounts are guaranteed cost
policies, often a packaged product covering property and
liability exposures. Products are sold through independent
agents, who are often the same agents that sell the
Companys Commercial Accounts and Personal Lines products.
Personnel in the Companys field offices and
other points of local service, which are located throughout the
United States, work closely with agents to ensure a strong local
presence in the marketplace. The Company offers its independent
agents a small business system that helps them connect all
aspects of sales and service through a comprehensive service
platform. Select Accounts is an industry leader in its array of
agency interface alternatives; more than 85% of all its eligible
business volume is processed by 4,000 agencies using its
Issue Express systems, which allow agents to quote and issue
policies from agency offices.
The Company also provides its agents with a
comprehensive selection of online service capabilities, packaged
together in an easy-to-use agency service portal, including
customer service, marketing and claim functionality. For
example, online
eBill
services allow customers to pay
bills and view billing history online. Also, approximately 2,500
of Select Accounts agencies have chosen to take advantage
of the Companys state-of-the-art industry direct service
center that functions as an extension of an agencys
customer service operations, offering a wide range of services,
including coverage and billing inquiry, policy changes,
certificates of insurance, coverage counseling and audit
processing, provided by licensed service professionals with
extended hours of operation.
Select Accounts has established strict
underwriting guidelines integrated with the Companys local
field office structures. The agents either submit applications
to the Companys field underwriting locations or service
centers for underwriting review, quote, and issuance or they
utilize one of the Companys automated quote and issue
systems. Automated transactions are edited by the Companys
systems and issued only if they conform to established
underwriting guidelines. Exceptions are reviewed by the
Companys underwriters and retrospective agency audits are
conducted on a systematic sampling basis. The Company uses
policy level management information to analyze and understand
results and to identify problems and opportunities.
4
Bond
underwrites and
markets its products to national, mid-sized and small businesses
and organizations as well as individuals, and distributes them
through both national and wholesale brokers, and retail agents
and regional brokers primarily throughout the United States. The
Company believes that it has a competitive advantage with
respect to many of these products based on Bonds
reputation for timely and consistent decision-making,
underwriting, claim-handling abilities, industry expertise and
strong producer and customer relationships founded on a
nationwide network of underwriting, industry and claim experts
as well as Bonds ability to cross-sell its products to
customers of both Commercial Lines and Personal Lines.
Bonds range of products includes fidelity
and surety bonds, excess Securities Investors Protection
Corporation (SIPC) insurance, directors and
officers liability insurance, errors and omissions
insurance, professional liability insurance, employment
practices liability insurance, fiduciary liability insurance,
and other related coverages. In addition, the Company markets
packaged products, which combine fidelity, employment practices
liability insurance, directors and officers
liability insurance, other related professional liability
insurance and fiduciary liability insurance into one product
with either individual or aggregate limits. Bond is organized
into two broad product line groups: Surety and Executive
Liability. Surety is organized around construction and
commercial customers. Executive Liability is organized around
commercial and financial services customers.
Gulf
provides a
diverse product and program portfolio of specialty insurance
lines, with particular emphasis on executive and professional
liability. Products include various types of directors and
officers liability insurance, fiduciary, and employment
practices liability for all sectors of commercial companies and
financial institutions. Errors and omissions coverages are
provided for numerous professional exposures including
architects and engineers, lawyers, accountants, insurance
agents, mutual fund advisors and investment counselors. Gulf
provides fidelity and commercial crime coverages for nearly all
classes of business. Gulf also offers excess and umbrella
coverages for various industries. In 2001, Gulf began reducing
its exposure to the assumed reinsurance, property and
transportation lines of business and completely exited these
non-core business lines during 2002.
Pricing and Underwriting
Pricing levels for Commercial Lines property and
casualty insurance products are generally developed based upon
the frequency and severity of estimated losses, the expenses of
producing business and managing claims, and a reasonable
allowance for profit. The Company has a disciplined approach to
underwriting and risk management that emphasizes a
profit-orientation rather than premium volume or market share.
The Company has developed an underwriting and
pricing methodology that incorporates underwriting, claims,
engineering, actuarial and product development disciplines for
particular industries. This approach is designed to maintain
high quality underwriting and pricing discipline. It utilizes
proprietary data gathered and analyzed by the Company with
respect to its Commercial Lines business over many years. The
underwriters and engineers use this information to assess and
evaluate risks prior to quotation. This information provides
specialized knowledge about specific industry segments. This
methodology enables the Company to streamline its risk selection
process and develop pricing parameters that will not compromise
the Companys underwriting integrity.
For smaller businesses, Select Accounts uses a
process based on Standard Industrial Classification codes to
allow agents and field underwriting representatives to make
underwriting and pricing decisions within predetermined
classifications, because underwriting criteria and pricing tend
to be more standardized for these smaller exposures.
A significant portion of Commercial Lines
business is written with large deductible insurance policies.
Under some workers compensation insurance contracts with
deductible features, the Company is obligated to pay the
claimant the full amount of the claim. The Company is
subsequently reimbursed by the contractholder for the deductible
amount, and is subject to credit risk until such reimbursement
is made. At December 31, 2002, contractholder receivables
and payables on unpaid losses associated with large deductible
policies were each approximately $2.544 billion.
Retrospectively rated policies are also used for workers
compensation coverage. Although the retrospectively rated
feature of the policy substantially reduces insurance risk for
the Company, it does introduce credit risk to the Company.
Receivables on unpaid losses from holders of retrospectively
rated policies totaled approximately $266.6 million at
December 31, 2002. Significant collateral, primarily
letters of credit and, to a lesser extent surety bonds and cash
collateral, is generally requested for large deductible plans
and/or retrospectively rated policies that provide for deferred
collection of deductibles and/or ultimate premiums. The amount
of collateral requested is predicated upon the creditworthiness
of the customer and the nature of the insured risks. Commercial
Lines continually monitors the credit exposure on individual
accounts and the adequacy of collateral.
The Company continually monitors its exposure to
natural and unnatural peril catastrophic losses and attempts to
mitigate such exposure. The Company uses sophisticated computer
modeling techniques to analyze underwriting risks of business in
hurricane-prone, earthquake-prone and target risk areas. The
Company relies upon this analysis to make underwriting decisions
designed to manage its exposure on catastrophe-exposed business.
See Reinsurance.
5
Geographic Distribution
The following table shows the distribution of
Commercial Lines direct written premiums for the states
that accounted for the majority of premium volume for the year
ended December 31, 2002:
PERSONAL LINES
Personal Lines writes virtually all types of
property and casualty insurance covering personal risks. The
primary coverages in Personal Lines are personal automobile and
homeowners insurance sold to individuals. These products are
distributed through independent agents, sponsoring organizations
such as employee and affinity groups, and joint marketing
arrangements with other insurers. In 2002, Personal Lines
generated net written premiums of approximately
$4.575 billion.
Selected Product and Distribution Channel Information
The accompanying table sets forth net written
premiums for Personal Lines by product line and distribution
channel for the periods indicated. For a description of the
product lines and distribution channels referred to in the
accompanying table, see Product Lines
and Principal Markets and Methods of
Distribution, respectively. Net written premiums were as
follows:
Product Lines
The Company writes most types of property and
casualty insurance covering personal risks. Personal Lines had
approximately 5.5 million policies in force at
December 31, 2002. The primary coverages in Personal Lines
are personal automobile and homeowners insurance sold to
individuals.
Personal Automobile
provides coverage for liability to
others for both bodily injury and property damage and for
physical damage to an insureds own vehicle from collision
and various other perils. In addition, many states require
policies to provide first-party personal injury protection,
frequently referred to as no-fault coverage.
Homeowners and Other
provides protection against losses to
dwellings and contents from a wide variety of perils, as well as
coverage for liability arising from ownership or occupancy. The
Company writes homeowners insurance for dwellings, condominiums
and rental property contents. The Company also writes coverage
for personal watercraft, personal articles such as jewelry, and
umbrella liability protection.
Principal Markets and Methods of Distribution
The Companys Personal Lines products are
distributed primarily through approximately 7,200 independent
agencies located throughout the United States, supported by
personnel in 12 marketing regions and six customer service
centers. In selecting new independent agencies to distribute the
Companys products, the Company considers each
agencys profitability, financial stability, staff
experience and strategic fit with the Companys operating
and marketing plans. Once an agency is appointed, the Company
carefully monitors its performance. While the Companys
principal markets for Personal Lines insurance
6
The Company provides technological alternatives
to agents to maximize their ease of doing business. Personal
Lines agents quote and issue 93% of the Companys Personal
Lines policies directly from their agencies by leveraging either
their own agency management system or using the Companys
proprietary quote and issuance systems which facilitate and make
it possible for agents to rate, quote and issue policies on
line. All of these quote and issue platforms interface with the
Companys underwriting and rating systems, which edit
transactions for compliance with the Companys underwriting
and pricing programs. Business processed by agents on these
platforms is subjected to consultative review by the
Companys in-house underwriters. In the past year, the
Company continued to introduce new Internet-based proprietary
systems, and agents have transitioned approximately 90% of the
Companys new business to these platforms. The Company also
provides an industry-leading download capability that refreshes
the individual agency system databases of approximately 3,000
agents each day with updated new and existing policy information.
The Company continues to develop functionality to
provide its agents with a comprehensive array of online service
capabilities packaged together in an easy-to-use agency service
portal, including customer service, marketing and claim
functionality. Agencies can also choose to shift the on-going
core service responsibility for the Companys customers to
one of the Companys four Customer Care Centers, where the
Company functions as an extension of an agencys servicing
operation by providing a comprehensive array of direct customer
service needs, including response to billing and coverage
inquiries, and policy changes. More than 800 agents take
advantage of this service alternative.
Personal Lines operates single state companies in
Massachusetts, New Jersey and Florida with products marketed
primarily through independent agents. These states represented
20.6% of Personal Lines direct written premiums in 2002. The
companies were established to manage complex markets in
Massachusetts and New Jersey and property catastrophe exposure
in Florida. Each company has dedicated resources in
underwriting, claim, finance, legal and service functions. The
establishment of these separate companies limits capital at risk
in these markets.
Personal Lines also markets through additional
distribution channels, including sponsoring organizations such
as employers and consumer associations, and joint marketing
arrangements with other insurers. The Company handles the sales
and service for these programs either through a sponsoring
independent agent or through two of the Companys call
center locations. The Company is one of the leading providers of
personal lines products to members of affinity groups. A number
of well-known corporations endorse the Companys product
offerings to their employees primarily through a payroll
deduction payment process. The Company has significant
relationships with the majority of the American Automobile
Association (AAA) clubs in the United States and other
affinity groups that endorse the Companys tailored
offerings to their members. Since 1995, the Company has had a
marketing agreement with GEICO to write the majority of
GEICOs homeowners business and to receive referrals from
GEICO for new homeowners business. This agreement has added
profitable business and helped to geographically diversify the
homeowners line of business.
Pricing and Underwriting
Pricing levels for Personal Lines property and
casualty insurance products are generally developed based upon
the frequency and severity of incurred and estimated losses, the
expenses of producing business and administering claims, and a
reasonable allowance for profit. The Company has a disciplined
approach to underwriting and risk management that emphasizes a
profit orientation rather than premium volume or market share.
The Company has developed a product management
methodology that incorporates underwriting, claims, actuarial
and product development disciplines. This approach is designed
to maintain high quality underwriting and pricing discipline.
Proprietary data is gathered and analyzed with respect to the
Companys Personal Lines business over many years. The
Company uses a variety of proprietary and vendor produced risk
differentiation models to facilitate its underwriting
segmentation. These models use customer supplied and third-party
data sources, including credit bureau data. The Companys
Personal Lines product managers establish strict underwriting
guidelines integrated with its filed pricing and rating plans,
which enable the Company to streamline its risk selection and
pricing.
Pricing for personal automobile insurance is
driven by changes in the frequency of claims and by inflation in
the cost of automobile repairs, medical care and litigation of
liability claims. As a result, the profitability of the business
is largely dependent on promptly identifying and rectifying
disparities between premium levels and expected claim costs, and
obtaining approval of the state regulatory authorities for
indicated rate changes.
Pricing in the homeowners business is also driven
by changes in the frequency of claims and by inflation in the
cost of building supplies, labor and household possessions. Most
homeowners policies offer, but do not require, automatic
increases in coverage to reflect growth in replacement costs and
property values. In addition to the normal risks associated with
any multiple peril coverage,
7
Insurers writing personal lines property casualty
policies are generally unable to increase prices until some time
after the costs associated with coverage have increased,
primarily because of state insurance rate regulation. The pace
at which an insurer can change rates in response to competition
or to increased costs depends, in part, on whether the
applicable state law requires prior approval of rate increases
or notification to the regulator either before or after a rate
change is imposed. In states with prior approval laws, rates
must be approved by the regulator before being used by the
insurer. In states having file-and-use laws, the
insurer must file rate changes with the regulator, but does not
need to wait for approval before using the new rates. A
use-and-file law requires an insurer to file rates
within a period of time after the insurer begins using the new
rate. Approximately one-half of the states require prior
approval of most rate changes.
Independent agents either submit applications to
the Companys service centers for underwriting review,
quote, and issuance or they utilize one of its automated quote
and issue systems. Automated transactions are edited by the
Companys systems and issued if they conform to established
guidelines. Exceptions are reviewed by underwriters in the
Companys business centers or agency managers. Audits are
conducted by business center underwriters and agency managers,
on a systematic sampling basis, across all of the Companys
independent agency generated business. Each agent is assigned to
a specific employee or team of employees responsible for working
with the agent on business plan development, marketing, and
overall growth and profitability. The Company uses agency level
management information to analyze and understand results and to
identify problems and opportunities.
The Personal Lines products sold through
additional marketing channels are underwritten by the
Companys employees. Underwriters work with the Company
management on business plan development, marketing, and overall
growth and profitability. Channel-specific production and claim
information is used to analyze results and identify problems and
opportunities.
Geographic Distribution
The following table shows the distribution of
Personal Lines direct written premiums for the states that
accounted for the majority of premium volume for the year ended
December 31, 2002:
CLAIMS MANAGEMENT
The Companys claims management strategy and
its execution are critical to operating results and business
retention. Claim payout and expense represent a substantial
portion of every premium dollar the Company earns. The
Companys claims management strategy is based on four core
tenets:
Claims Services includes field claims management
teams, located in 39 offices in 32 states, with appropriate
authority and access to resources to address the claim
8
Claim Services employs diverse professionals,
including claim adjusters, appraisers, investigators, staff
attorneys, system specialists and training, management and
support personnel. Approved external service providers, such as
independent adjusters and appraisers, investigators and
attorneys, are available for use as appropriate.
An integral part of the Companys strategy
for the benefit of customers and shareholders is its leadership
position in the continuing fight against insurance fraud.
Claim Services uses advanced management
information and data analysis for more effective claim results.
This assists the Company in reviewing its claim practices and
results to evaluate and improve its performance. The
Companys claim management strategy is focused on
segmentation of claims, technical specialization, and effective
claim resolution. In recent years, the Company has dedicated
claim professionals to its construction market, invested
significant additional resources in its Major Case organization
and expanded its catastrophe van fleet. The
Companys proven catastrophe response strategy and its
catastrophe claim handling teams were instrumental in its
industry-leading response to the terrorist attack on
September 11th. The Company is a leading user of digital
and wireless technology and Internet-based claim notification.
Additionally, TravGlass
SM
, the Companys
Internet-based claims application, includes a network of
pre-approved and customer or agent selected glass repair
providers, to more effectively meet its customers
automobile glass repair needs.
Another strategic advantage is
TravComp
SM
, a workers compensation claim
resolution and medical management program that assists adjusters
in the prompt investigation and effective management of
workers compensation claims. Innovative medical and claims
management technologies permit nurse, medical and claims
professionals to share appropriate vital information that
supports prompt investigation, effective return to work and
claim resolution strategies. These new technologies, together
with effective matching of professional skills and authority to
specific claim issues, have resulted in more efficient
management of workers compensation claims with improved
medical, wage replacement costs, and loss adjustment expenses.
Asbestos, environmental and other cumulative
injury claims are separately managed by the Companys
Special Liability Group. See Asbestos,
Environmental and Other Cumulative Injury Claims.
REINSURANCE
The Company reinsures a portion of the risks it
underwrites in order to control its exposure to losses,
stabilize earnings and protect capital resources. The Company
cedes to reinsurers a portion of these risks and pays premiums
based upon the risk and exposure of the policies subject to such
reinsurance. Reinsurance involves credit risk and is generally
subject to aggregate loss limits. Although the reinsurer is
liable to the Company to the extent of the reinsurance ceded,
the Company remains liable as the direct insurer on all risks
reinsured. Reinsurance recoverables are reported after
reductions for known insolvencies and after allowances for
uncollectible amounts. The Company also holds collateral,
including trust agreements, escrow funds and letters of credit,
under certain reinsurance agreements. The Company monitors the
financial condition of reinsurers on an ongoing basis and
reviews its reinsurance arrangements periodically. Reinsurers
are selected based on their financial condition, business
practices and the price of their product offerings. For
additional information concerning reinsurance, see note 5 of the
notes to the Companys consolidated financial statements.
The Company utilizes a variety of reinsurance
agreements to control its exposure to large property and
casualty losses, including:
9
The following presents the Companys top
five reinsurers, except Lloyds of London (Lloyds),
which is discussed in more detail below, by reinsurance
recoverable at December 31, 2002 (in millions):
As of December 31, 2002, the Company had
reinsurance recoverables from Lloyds of
$573.4 million. In 1996, Lloyds restructured its
operations with respect to claims for years prior to 1993 and
reinsured these into Equitas Limited, which is currently
unrated. Approximately $296.5 million of the Companys
Lloyds reinsurance recoverable at December 31, 2002
relates to Equitas liabilities. The remaining recoverables of
$276.9 million are from the continuing market of
Lloyds, which is rated A- (4th highest of 16 ratings)
by A.M. Best.
The impact of Lloyds restructuring on the
collectibility of amounts recoverable by the Company from
Lloyds cannot be quantified at this time. The Company
believes that it is possible that an unfavorable impact on
collectibility could have a material adverse effect on its
operating results in a future period. However, the Company
believes that it is not likely that the outcome of these matters
would have a material adverse effect on its financial condition
or liquidity.
At December 31, 2002, the Company had
$10.978 billion in reinsurance recoverables. Of this
amount, $2.095 billion is for mandatory pools and
associations that relate primarily to workers compensation
service business and have the obligation of the participating
insurance companies on a joint and several basis supporting
these cessions. Also, $2.482 billion is attributable to
structured settlements relating primarily to personal injury
claims, for which the Company has purchased annuities and
remains contingently liable in the event of any defaults by the
companies issuing the annuities. Of the remaining
$6.401 billion ceded to reinsurers at December 31,
2002, $1.357 billion is attributable to environmental,
asbestos and other cumulative injury claims and the remainder
principally reflects reinsurance in support of ongoing business.
At December 31, 2002, $765.6 million of reinsurance
recoverables were collateralized by letters of credit, trust
agreements and escrow funds. Also at December 31, 2002, the
allowance for estimated uncollectible reinsurance recoverables
was $329.1 million.
Current Net Retention Policy
The descriptions below relate to the
Companys reinsurance arrangements in effect at
January 1, 2003. Most casualty and property reinsurance
agreements that renewed on or after January 1, 2002 and
subsequent now have terrorism sublimits or exclusions. For
third-party liability, including automobile no-fault, the
reinsurance agreement used by Commercial Lines limits the net
retention to a maximum of $8.0 million per insured, per
occurrence. Reinsurance is also used to limit net retained
policy limits to $10.0 million for commercial property. For
executive liability coverages such as errors and omissions
liability, directors and officers liability,
employment practices liability and blended insurance, the
Company generally retains up to $5.0 million per risk. For
surety protection, the Company generally retains up to
$28.5 million per principal but may retain higher amounts
based on the type of obligation, credit quality and other credit
risk factors. Personal Lines retains the first $5.0 million
of umbrella policies and purchases facultative reinsurance for
limits over $5.0 million. For personal property insurance, there
is a $6.0 million maximum retention per risk.
Catastrophe Reinsurance
The Company utilizes reinsurance agreements with
nonaffiliated reinsurers to control its exposure to losses
resulting from one occurrence. For the accumulation of net
property losses arising out of one occurrence, a reinsurance
agreement covers 67% of total losses between $450.0 million
and $750.0 million. This agreement excludes nuclear,
chemical, and biochemical terrorism losses for Personal Lines
and all terrorism losses for Commercial Lines.
For multiple workers compensation losses
arising from a single occurrence, a reinsurance agreement covers
100% of losses between $20.0 million and
$250.0 million. Effective May 1, 2002, this agreement
is in run-off. Coverage is provided for all policies in effect
at April 30, 2002 until expiration.
The Company conducts an ongoing review of its
risk and catastrophe coverages and makes changes it deems
appropriate.
10
Terrorism Risk Insurance Act of 2002
On November 26, 2002, the Terrorism Risk
Insurance Act of 2002 (the Terrorism Act) was enacted into
Federal law and established a temporary Federal program in the
Department of the Treasury that provides for a system of shared
public and private compensation for insured losses resulting
from acts of terrorism committed by or on behalf of a foreign
interest. In order for a loss to be covered under the Terrorism
Act (i.e., subject losses), the loss must be the result of an
event that is certified as an act of terrorism by the U.S.
Secretary of Treasury. In the case of a war declared by
Congress, only workers compensation losses are covered by
the Terrorism Act. The Terrorism Insurance Program (the Program)
generally requires that all commercial property casualty
insurers licensed in the U.S. participate in the Program. The
Program became effective upon enactment and terminates on
December 31, 2005. The amount of compensation paid to
participating insurers under the Program is 90% of subject
losses, after an insurer deductible, subject to an annual cap.
The deductible under the Program is 7% for 2003, 10% for 2004,
and 15% for 2005. In each case, the deductible percentage is
applied to the insurers direct earned premiums from the
calendar year immediately preceding the applicable year. The
Program also contains an annual cap that limits the amount of
subject losses to $100 billion aggregate per program year.
Once subject losses have reached the $100 billion aggregate
during a program year, there is no additional reimbursement from
the U.S. Treasury and an insurer that has met its deductible for
the program year is not liable for any losses (or portion
thereof) that exceed the $100 billion cap. The
Companys deductible under this federal program is
$570.0 million for 2003 subject to final rules to be
established by the U.S. Treasury.
Florida Reinsurance Fund
The Company also participates in the Florida
Hurricane Catastrophe Fund (FHCF), which is a state-mandated
catastrophe reinsurance fund that will provide reimbursement to
insurers for a portion of their future catastrophic hurricane
losses. FHCF is primarily funded by premiums from insurance
companies that write residential property business in Florida
and, if insufficient, assessments on insurance companies that
write other property and casualty insurance, excluding
workers compensation. FHCFs resources are limited to
these contributions and to its borrowing capacity at the time of
a significant catastrophe in Florida. There can be no assurance
that these resources will be sufficient to meet the obligations
of FHCF.
The Companys recovery of less than
contracted amounts from FHCF could have a material adverse
effect on the Companys results of operations in the event
of a significant catastrophe in Florida. However, the Company
believes that it is not likely that its recovery of less than
contracted amounts from FHCF would have a material adverse
effect on its financial condition or liquidity.
RESERVES
Property and casualty loss reserves are
established to account for the estimated ultimate unpaid costs
of loss and loss adjustment expenses for claims that have been
reported but not yet settled and claims that have been incurred
but not reported. The Company establishes reserves by major
product line, coverage and year.
The process of estimating loss reserves is
imprecise due to a number of variables. These variables are
affected by both internal and external events such as changes in
claims handling procedures, inflation, judicial trends and
legislative changes. Many of these items are not directly
quantifiable, particularly on a prospective basis. Additionally,
there may be significant reporting lags between the occurrence
of the insured event and the time it is actually reported to the
insurer. The Company continually refines reserve estimates in a
regular ongoing process as historical loss experience develops
and additional claims are reported and settled. The Company
reflects adjustments to reserves in the results of operations in
the periods in which the estimates are changed. In establishing
reserves, the Company takes into account estimated recoveries
for reinsurance, salvage and subrogation. The reserves are also
reviewed periodically by a qualified actuary employed by the
Company.
The Company derives estimates for unreported
claims and development on reported claims principally from
actuarial analyses of historical patterns of loss development by
accident year for each type of exposure and market segment.
Similarly, the Company derives estimates of unpaid loss
adjustment expenses principally from actuarial analyses of
historical development patterns of the relationship of loss
adjustment expenses to losses for each line of business and type
of exposure. For a description of the Companys reserving
methods for asbestos and environmental claims, see
Asbestos, Environmental and Other Cumulative
Injury Claims.
Discounting
The liability for losses for some long-term
disability payments under workers compensation insurance
and workers compensation excess insurance has been
discounted using an interest rate of 5%. The liability for
losses for certain fixed and determinable asbestos-related
settlements, where all payment amounts and their timing are
known, has also been discounted using various interest rates
ranging from 1.56% to 5.50%. At December 31, 2002, 2001 and
2000, the combined amounts of discount on the consolidated
balance sheet were $802.9 million, $792.4 million
11
Other Factors
The table on page 13 sets forth the year-end
reserves from 1992 through 2002 and the subsequent changes in
those reserves, presented on a historical basis. The original
estimates, cumulative amounts paid and reestimated reserves in
the table for the years 1992 to 2001 and 1992 to 1995 have not
been restated to reflect the acquisition of the Northland and
Associates insurance companies and of Aetnas property and
casualty insurance subsidiaries, respectively. Beginning in 2002
and 1996, the table includes the reserve activity of Northland
and Associates and of Aetna, respectively. The data in the table
is presented in accordance with reporting requirements of the
Securities and Exchange Commission. Care must be taken to avoid
misinterpretation by those unfamiliar with this information or
familiar with other data commonly reported by the insurance
industry. The accompanying data is not accident year data, but
rather a display of 1992 to 2002 year-end reserves and the
subsequent changes in those reserves.
For instance, the cumulative deficiency or
redundancy shown in the accompanying table for each year
represents the aggregate amount by which original estimates of
reserves as of that year-end have changed in subsequent years.
Accordingly, the cumulative deficiency for a year relates only
to reserves at that year-end and those amounts are not additive.
Expressed another way, if the original reserves at the end of
1992 included $4.0 million for a loss that is finally paid
in 2002 for $5.0 million, the $1.0 million deficiency
(the excess of the actual payment of $5.0 million over the
original estimate of $4.0 million) would be included in the
cumulative deficiencies in each of the years 1992 to 2001 shown
in the accompanying table.
Various factors may distort the re-estimated
reserves and cumulative deficiency or redundancy shown in the
accompanying table. For example, a substantial portion of the
cumulative deficiencies shown in the accompanying table arise
from claims on policies written prior to the mid-1970s involving
liability exposures such as asbestos, environmental and other
cumulative injury claims. In the post-1984 period, the Company
has developed more stringent underwriting standards and policy
exclusions and has significantly contracted or terminated the
writing of these risks. See Asbestos,
Environmental and Other Cumulative Injury Claims. General
conditions and trends that have affected the development of
these liabilities in the past will not necessarily recur in the
future.
Other factors that affect the data in the
accompanying table include the discounting of certain reserves,
as discussed above, and the use of retrospectively rated
insurance policies. For example, workers compensation
indemnity reserves (tabular reserves) are discounted to reflect
the time value of money. Apparent deficiencies will continue to
occur as the discount on these workers compensation
reserves is accreted at the appropriate interest rates. Also, a
portion of National Accounts business is underwritten with
retrospectively rated insurance policies in which the ultimate
loss experience is primarily borne by the insured. For this
business, increases in loss experience result in an increase in
reserves, and an offsetting increase in amounts recoverable from
insureds. Likewise, decreases in loss experience result in a
decrease in reserves, and an offsetting decrease in amounts
recoverable from these insureds. The amounts recoverable on
these retrospectively rated policies mitigate the impact of the
cumulative deficiencies or redundancies on the Companys
earnings but are not reflected in the accompanying table.
Because of these and other factors, it is
difficult to develop a meaningful extrapolation of estimated
future redundancies or deficiencies in loss reserves from the
data in the accompanying table.
The differences between the reserves for loss and
loss adjustment expenses shown in the accompanying table, which
is prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally
accepted in the United States of America and those reported in
the Companys annual reports filed with state insurance
departments, which are prepared in accordance with statutory
accounting practices, were $(12.1) million, $(17.2) million
and $9.2 million for 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively.
12
13
Asbestos, Environmental and Other Cumulative Injury Claims
Asbestos, environmental and other cumulative
injury claims are segregated from other claims and are handled
separately by the Companys Special Liability Group, a
separate unit staffed by dedicated legal, claim, finance and
engineering professionals. For additional information on
asbestos, environmental and other cumulative injury claims, see
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Conditions and Results of Operations.
INTERCOMPANY REINSURANCE POOLS
Most of the Companys insurance subsidiaries
are members of intercompany property and casualty reinsurance
pooling arrangements. As of December 31, 2002, there were
three intercompany pools, the Travelers Property Casualty pool,
the Gulf pool and the Northland pool. Each of these pools
permits the participating companies to rely on the capacity of
the entire pools capital and surplus rather than just on
its own capital and surplus. Under the arrangements of each
pool, the members share substantially all insurance business
that is written, and allocate the combined premiums, losses and
expenses. Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America
(Travelers C&S of America), which is dedicated to the Bond
business, does not participate in any of the pools. The Personal
Lines single state companies and Associates and affiliates (see
Ratings below) are also not included in any of the pools.
In connection with the sale of a 24% ownership
interest, on a fully diluted basis, in CIRI to certain outside
investors on August 1, 2002, Travelers Indemnity Company
provided certain members of the Gulf pool with three reinsurance
agreements and one retrocession agreement. These quota share and
excess of loss agreements indemnify the Gulf pool from adverse
development on certain lines of business written prior to
January 1, 2002.
RATINGS
The following table summarizes the current
claims-paying and financial strength ratings of the
Companys property casualty insurance pools, Travelers
C&S of America and the Companys Personal Lines single
state companies, by A.M. Best, Fitch, Moodys and
Standard & Poors. The table also presents the
position of each rating in the applicable agencys rating
scale.
Associates and affiliates consists of Associates
Insurance Company, Commercial Guaranty Insurance Company and
Associates Lloyds Insurance Company. Commercial Guaranty
Insurance Company and Associates Lloyds had ceded all of their
business to Associates Insurance Company. Since these entities
are no longer writing new business, A.M. Best no longer
rates them. Previously these entities were rated A+ by
A.M. Best.
14
INVESTMENTS
Insurance company investments must comply with
applicable laws and regulations which prescribe the kind,
quality and concentration of investments. In general, these laws
and regulations permit investments in federal, state and
municipal obligations, corporate bonds, preferred and common
equity securities, mortgage loans, real estate and certain other
investments, subject to specified limits and certain other
qualifications.
At December 31, 2002, the carrying value of
the Companys investment portfolio was
$38.425 billion, of which 91% was invested in fixed
maturity investments and short-term investments (of which 38%
was invested in federal, state or municipal government
obligations), 1% in mortgage loans and real estate held for
sale, 2% in common stocks and other equity securities and 6% in
other investments. Adjusting for the effect of securities in the
process of settlement, invested assets were $34.826 billion
at December 31, 2002, of which 90% was invested in fixed
maturity investments and short-term investments (of which 42%
was invested in federal, state or municipal government
obligations), 1% in mortgage loans and real estate held for
sale, 2% in common stocks and other equity securities and 7% in
other investments. The average duration of the fixed maturity
portfolio, including short-term investments, was 5.0 years
at December 31, 2002. The average duration of the fixed
maturity portfolio excluding short-term investments was
5.8 years. Non-investment grade securities totaled
approximately $1.945 billion, representing approximately 6%
of the Companys fixed maturity investment portfolio as of
December 31, 2002.
The following table sets forth information
regarding the Companys investments. It reflects the
average amount of investments, net investment income earned and
the yield thereon. See note 4 to the Companys notes to
consolidated financial statements for information regarding the
Companys investment portfolio.
DERIVATIVES
See note 14 of the Companys
consolidated financial statements for a discussion of the
policies and transactions related to the Companys
derivative financial instruments.
COMPETITION
The property and casualty insurance industry is
highly competitive in the areas of price, service, product
offerings, agent relationships and, in the case of personal
property and casualty business, method of distribution, i.e.,
use of independent agents, exclusive agents and/or salaried
employees. According to A.M. Best, there are approximately
950 property casualty organizations in the United States,
comprising approximately 2,400 property casualty companies. Of
those organizations, the top 150 accounted for approximately 91%
of the consolidated industrys total net written premiums
in 2001. Several property and casualty insurers writing
commercial lines of business, including the Company, offer
products for alternative forms of risk protection in addition to
traditional insurance products. These products, including large
deductible programs and various forms of self-insurance that
utilize captive insurance companies and risk retention groups,
have been instituted in reaction to the escalating cost of
insurance caused in part by increased costs from workers
compensation cases and jury awards in third-party liability
cases.
Commercial Lines.
The insurance industry is represented
in the commercial lines marketplace by many insurance companies
of varying size as well as other entities offering risk
alternatives such as self-insured retentions or captive
programs. Market competition works to set the price charged for
insurance products and the level of service provided within the
insurance regulatory framework. Growth is driven by a
companys ability to provide insurance and services at a
price that is reasonable and acceptable to the customer. In
addition, the marketplace is affected by available capacity of
the insurance industry as measured by policyholders
surplus. Surplus expands and contracts primarily in conjunction
with profit levels generated by the industry. Growth in premium
and service business is also measured by a companys
ability to retain existing customers and to attract new
customers.
National Accounts business is typically written
through national brokers and, to a lesser extent, regional
brokers. Insurance companies compete in this market based on
price, product offerings, claim and loss prevention services,
managed care cost containment and risk management information
systems. National Accounts also offers a large nationwide
network of localized claim service centers which provide greater
flexibility in claims adjusting and allows the Company to more
quickly respond to the needs of its customers. The
Companys residual market business also
15
Commercial Accounts business has historically
been written through independent agents and brokers, although
some companies use direct writing. Competitors in this market
are primarily national property casualty insurance companies
willing to write most classes of business using traditional
products and pricing and, to a lesser extent, regional insurance
companies and companies that have developed niche programs for
specific industry segments. Companies compete on price, product
offerings, response time in policy issuance and claim and loss
prevention services. Additionally, improved efficiency through
automation and response time to customer needs are key to
success in this market. The construction business has become a
focused industry market for several large insurance companies.
Construction market business is written through agents and
brokers. Insurance companies compete in this market based upon
price, product offerings and claim and risk management service.
The Company utilizes its specialized underwriters, engineers,
and claim handlers, who have extensive experience and knowledge
of the construction industry, to work with customers, agents and
brokers to compete effectively in this market. The Company also
utilizes other dedicated units to tailor insurance programs to
unique insurance needs. These units are boiler and machinery,
commercial agribusiness, inland and ocean marine, trucking
industry and national large commercial property.
Select Accounts business is typically written
through independent agents and, to a lesser extent, regional
brokers. Both national and regional property casualty insurance
companies compete in the Select Accounts market which generally
comprises lower hazard, main street business
customers. Risks are underwritten and priced using standard
industry practices and a combination of proprietary and standard
industry product offerings. Competition in this market is
primarily based on price, product offerings and response time in
policy services. The Company has established a strong marketing
relationship with its distribution network and has provided it
with defined underwriting policies, a broad array of products,
competitive prices and one of the most efficient automated
environments in the industry. In addition, the Company has
established a centralized service center to help agents perform
many back-office functions, in return for a fee. The
Companys overall service platform is one of the strongest
in the small business commercial market.
Bond competes in the highly competitive surety
and executive liability marketplaces. Bonds reputation for
timely and consistent decision-making, a nationwide network of
local underwriting, claims and industry experts and strong
producer and customer relationships as well as its ability to
offer its customers a full range of financial services products,
enable it to compete effectively. Bonds ability to
cross-sell its products to customers of Commercial Lines and
Personal Lines provides further competitive advantages for the
Company.
The market in which Gulf competes includes small
to mid-size niche companies that target specific lines of
insurance and larger, multi-line companies that focus on various
segments of the specialty accounts market. Gulfs business
is generally written through wholesale brokers and retail agents
and brokers throughout the United States. It derives a
competitive advantage through its underwriting practices,
claim-handling expertise and broad product offering base.
Personal Lines.
Personal lines insurance is written by
hundreds of insurance companies of varying sizes. Although
national companies write the majority of the business, the
Company also faces competition from local or regional companies
which often have a competitive advantage because of their
knowledge of the local marketplace and their relationship with
local agents. The Company believes that the principal
competitive factors are price, service, perceived stability of
the insurer and name recognition. The Company competes for
business within each independent agency since these agencies
also offer policies of competing companies. At the agency level,
competition is primarily based on price and the level of
service, including claims handling, as well as the level of
automation and the development of long-term relationships with
individual agents. The Company also competes with insurance
companies that use exclusive agents or salaried employees to
sell their products. In addition to its traditional independent
agency distribution, Personal Lines has broadened its
distribution of Personal Lines products by marketing to
sponsoring organizations, including employee and affinity
groups, and through joint marketing arrangements with other
insurers. The Company believes that its continued focus on
expense management practices and its underwriting segmentation
abilities enable the Company to price its products competitively
in all of its distribution channels.
REGULATION
State Regulation
The Companys insurance subsidiaries are
subject to regulation in the various states and jurisdictions in
which they transact business. The extent of regulation varies,
but generally derives from statutes that delegate regulatory,
supervisory and administrative authority to a department of
insurance in each state. The regulation, supervision and
administration relate, among other things, to standards of
solvency that must be met and maintained, the licensing of
16
Insurance Holding Company Statutes
Although as a holding company, the Company is not
regulated as an insurance company, the Company owns capital
stock in insurance subsidiaries and therefore is subject to
state insurance holding company statutes, as well as certain
other laws, of each of the states of domicile of the
Companys insurance subsidiaries. All holding company
statutes, as well as other laws, require disclosure and, in some
instances, prior approval of material transactions between an
insurance company and an affiliate. The holding company statutes
as well as other laws also require, among other things, prior
approval of an acquisition of control of a domestic insurer,
some transactions between affiliates and the payment of
extraordinary dividends or distributions.
Insurance Regulation Concerning Dividends
The Companys principal insurance
subsidiaries are domiciled in the State of Connecticut. The
insurance holding company law of Connecticut applicable to the
Companys subsidiaries requires notice to, and approval by,
the state insurance commissioner for the declaration or payment
of any dividend, that together with other distributions made
within the preceding twelve months exceeds the greater of 10% of
the insurers surplus as of the preceding December 31,
or the insurers net income for the twelve-month period
ending the preceding December 31, in each case determined
in accordance with statutory accounting practices. This
declaration or payment is further limited by adjusted unassigned
surplus, as determined in accordance with statutory accounting
practices. The insurance holding company laws of other states in
which the Companys insurance subsidiaries are domiciled
generally contain similar, although in some instances somewhat
more restrictive, limitations on the payment of dividends.
During 2003, a portion of dividends from the Companys
insurance subsidiaries is likely to be subject to approval from
the Connecticut Insurance Department, depending upon the amount
and timing of the payments.
Assessments for Guaranty Funds and Second-Injury Funds and
Other Mandatory Pooling Arrangements
Virtually all states require insurers licensed to
do business in their state to bear a portion of the loss
suffered by some insureds as a result of the insolvency of other
insurers. Depending upon state law, insurers can be assessed an
amount that is generally equal to between 1% and 2% of premiums
written for the relevant lines of insurance in that state each
year to pay the claims of an insolvent insurer. Part of these
payments are recoverable through premium rates, premium tax
credits or policy surcharges. Significant increases in
assessments could limit the ability of the Companys
insurance subsidiaries to recover such assessments through tax
credits or other means. In addition, there have been some
legislative efforts to limit or repeal the tax offset
provisions, which efforts, to date, have been generally
unsuccessful. These assessments are expected to increase in the
future as a result of recent insolvencies.
Many states have laws that established
second-injury funds to provide compensation to injured employees
for aggravation of a prior condition or injury. Insurers writing
workers compensation in those states having second-injury
funds are subject to the laws creating the funds, including the
various funding mechanisms that those states have adopted to
fund the second-injury funds. Several of the states having
larger second-injury funds utilize a premium surcharge that
effectively passes the cost of the fund to policyholders. Other
states assess the insurer based on paid losses and allow the
insurer to recoup the assessment through future premium rates.
The Companys insurance subsidiaries are
also required to participate in various involuntary assigned
risk pools, principally involving workers compensation and
automobile insurance, which provide various insurance coverages
to individuals or other entities that otherwise are unable to
purchase that coverage in the voluntary market. Participation in
these pools in most states is generally in proportion to
voluntary writings of related lines of business in that state.
In the event that a member of that pool becomes
17
Proposed legislation and regulatory changes have
been introduced in the states from time to time that would
modify some of the laws and regulations affecting the financial
services industry, including the use of information. The
potential impact of that legislation on the Companys
businesses cannot be predicted at this time.
Insurance Regulations Concerning Change of Control
Many state insurance regulatory laws intended
primarily for the protection of policyholders contain provisions
that require advance approval by state agencies of any change in
control of an insurance company that is domiciled, or, in some
cases, having substantial business that it is deemed to be
commercially domiciled, in that state. The Company owns,
directly or indirectly, all of the shares of stock of property
and casualty insurance companies domiciled in the states of
Arizona, California, Connecticut, Delaware, Florida, Illinois,
Indiana, Iowa, Massachusetts, Minnesota, New Jersey and Texas.
Control is generally presumed to exist through the
ownership of 10% (5% in the case of Florida) or more of the
voting securities of a domestic insurance company or of any
company that controls a domestic insurance company. Any
purchaser of shares of common stock representing 10% (5% in the
case of Florida) or more of the voting power of the
Companys capital stock will be presumed to have acquired
control of the Companys domestic insurance subsidiaries
unless, following application by that purchaser in each
insurance subsidiarys state of domicile, the relevant
insurance commissioner determines otherwise.
In addition to these filings, the laws of many
states contain provisions requiring pre-notification to state
agencies prior to any change in control of a non-domestic
insurance company admitted to transact business in that state.
While these pre-notification statutes do not authorize the state
agency to disapprove the change of control, they do authorize
issuance of cease and desist orders with respect to the
non-domestic insurer if it is determined that some conditions,
such as undue market concentration, would result from the
acquisition.
Any future transactions that would constitute a
change in control of any of the Companys insurer
subsidiaries would generally require prior approval by the
insurance departments of the states in which the Companys
insurance subsidiaries are domiciled or commercially domiciled
and may require preacquisition notification in those states that
have adopted preacquisition notification provisions and in which
such insurance subsidiaries are admitted to transact business.
One of the Companys insurance subsidiaries
is domiciled in the United Kingdom. Insurers in the United
Kingdom are subject to change of control restrictions in the
Insurance Companies Act of 1982 including approval of the
Financial Services Authority.
Some of the Companys other insurance
subsidiaries are domiciled in, or authorized to conduct
insurance business in, Canada. Authorized insurers in Canada are
subject to change of control restrictions in Section 407 of
the Insurance Companies Act, including approval of the Office of
the Superintendent of Financial Institutions.
These requirements may deter, delay or prevent
transactions affecting the control of or the ownership of common
stock, including transactions that could be advantageous to the
Companys shareholders.
Insurance Regulatory Information System
The NAIC Insurance Regulatory Information System
(IRIS) was developed to help state regulators identify companies
that may require special attention. The IRIS system consists of
a statistical phase and an analytical phase whereby financial
examiners review annual statements and financial ratios. The
statistical phase consists of 12 key financial ratios based
on year-end data that are generated from the NAIC database
annually; each ratio has an established usual range
of results. These ratios assist state insurance departments in
executing their statutory mandate to oversee the financial
condition of insurance companies.
A ratio result falling outside the usual range of
IRIS ratios is not considered a failing result; rather, unusual
values are viewed as part of the regulatory early monitoring
system. Furthermore, in some years, it may not be unusual for
financially sound companies to have several ratios with results
outside the usual ranges. Generally, an insurance company will
become subject to regulatory scrutiny if it falls outside the
usual ranges of four or more of the ratios. As published by the
NAIC, approximately 14.9% of the companies included in the IRIS
system have reported results outside the usual range on four or
more ratios.
In 2002, most of the Companys insurance
subsidiaries in the Travelers Property Casualty pool had results
outside the usual range for the one year reserve development to
surplus ratio, the two year reserve development to surplus ratio
and the estimated current reserve deficiency to surplus ratio
ranging from 21% to 44%, which exceeded the usual range of 20%
to 25%, primarily because of the pretax statutory income
statement charges for additions to asbes-
18
In 2001 and 2000, two of the Companys
principal subsidiaries had ratios outside the usual ranges. In
2001, The Travelers Indemnity Company had a liabilities to
liquid asset ratio of 110%, which exceeded the usual result of
105%. This resulted from The Travelers Indemnity Companys
acquisition of The Northland Company and the contribution of
Associates Insurance Company and affiliates, because these
entities are not liquid assets for the purposes of calculating
this ratio. Travelers Casualty and Surety Company has an
estimated current reserve deficiency to policyholders
surplus ratio of 26% which exceeded the usual result of 25%. The
two factors which contributed to this result were the combining
of the Travelers Property Casualty and Gulf Insurance
intercompany reinsurance pools in 2001 and the decline in
workers compensation business volume in previous years.
For 2000, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America had a
change in net writings that was 138%, compared to the usual
range of 33% to (33%). Travelers Casualty and Surety Company had
a change in surplus ratio that was unusual (13%) compared to the
usual range of 50% to (10%).
For 2000, the change in net writings ratio for
the Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America was outside
of the usual range due to the acquisition of the surety
business of Reliance Group Holdings, Inc. by Travelers Casualty
and Surety Company. Simultaneous with the recording of the
business acquired, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company
recognized the effects of the cross-business reinsurance
agreement with Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America.
Travelers Casualty and Surety Company capitalized and
nonadmitted costs to recognize the acquisition which, together
with dividends paid to TIGHI, caused the change in surplus ratio
for Travelers Casualty and Surety Company to be outside the
usual range.
In all of these instances in prior years,
regulators have been satisfied upon follow-up that no regulatory
action was required. It is possible that similar results could
occur in the future. Management does not anticipate regulatory
action as a result of the 2002 IRIS ratio results. No regulatory
action has been taken by any state insurance department or the
NAIC with respect to IRIS ratios of any of the Companys
insurance subsidiaries for the years ended December 31,
2001 and 2000.
Risk-Based Capital (RBC) Requirements
In order to enhance the regulation of insurer
solvency, the NAIC has adopted a formula and model law to
implement RBC requirements for most property and casualty
insurance companies, which is designed to determine minimum
capital requirements and to raise the level of protection that
statutory surplus provides for policyholder obligations. The RBC
formula for property and casualty insurance companies measures
three major areas of risk facing property and casualty insurers:
19
Under laws adopted by individual states, insurers
having total adjusted capital less than that required by the RBC
calculation will be subject to varying degrees of regulatory
action, depending on the level of capital inadequacy.
The RBC law provides for four levels of
regulatory action. The extent of regulatory intervention and
action increases as the level of surplus to RBC falls. The first
level, the company action level as defined by the NAIC, requires
an insurer to submit a plan of corrective actions to the
regulator if surplus falls below 200% of the RBC amount. The
regulatory action level, as defined by the NAIC, requires an
insurer to submit a plan containing corrective actions and
requires the relevant insurance commissioner to perform an
examination or other analysis and issue a corrective order if
surplus falls below 150% of the RBC amount. The authorized
control level, as defined by the NAIC, authorizes the relevant
insurance commissioner to take whatever regulatory actions
considered necessary to protect the best interest of the
policyholders and creditors of the insurer which may include the
actions necessary to cause the insurer to be placed under
regulatory control, i.e., rehabilitation or liquidation, if
surplus falls below 100% of the RBC amount. The fourth action
level is the mandatory control level as defined by the NAIC,
which requires the relevant insurance commissioner to place the
insurer under regulatory control if surplus falls below 70% of
the RBC amount.
The formulas have not been designed to
differentiate among adequately capitalized companies that
operate with higher levels of capital. Therefore, it is
inappropriate and ineffective to use the formulas to rate or to
rank these companies. At December 31, 2002, all of the
Companys property and casualty insurance subsidiaries had
total adjusted capital in excess of amounts requiring company or
regulatory action at any prescribed RBC action level.
INTEREST EXPENSE AND OTHER
Interest Expense and Other consists primarily of
interest expense.
OTHER INFORMATION
General Business Factors
In the opinion of the Companys management,
no material part of the business of the Company and its
subsidiaries is dependent upon a single customer or group of
customers, the loss of any one of which would have a materially
adverse effect on the Company, and no one customer or group of
affiliated customers accounts for as much as 10% of the
Companys consolidated revenues.
Employees
At December 31, 2002, the Company had 19,837
full-time and 754 part-time employees. The Company believes that
its employee relations are satisfactory. None of the
Companys employees are subject to collective bargaining
agreements.
Source of Funds
For a discussion of the Companys sources of
funds and maturities of the long-term debt of the Company, see
Item 7, Managements Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Liquidity and Capital Resources, and note 8 of notes
to consolidated financial statements.
Taxation
For a discussion of tax matters affecting the
Company and its operations, see note 9 of notes to
consolidated financial statements.
Financial Information about Industry Segments
For financial information regarding industry
segments of the Company, see Item 7,
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations, and note 3 of
notes to consolidated financial statements.
Recent Transactions
For information regarding recent transactions of
the Company, see Item 7, Managements Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations, and note 1 of notes to consolidated
financial statements.
Company Website and Availability of SEC Filings
The Companys Internet website is
www.travelers.com.
Information on the Companys
website is not a part of this Form 10-K. The Company makes
available free of charge on its website, or provides a link to,
all of the Companys Forms 10-K, 10-Q and 8-K, and any
amendments to these, that are filed with the SEC. To access
these filings, go to the Companys website and click on
Investors, then click on SEC Filings.
This links directly to the SECs website where all of the
Companys SEC filings that are made electronically with the
SEC may be viewed.
20
Executive Officers of the Company
Set forth below is information concerning the
Companys executive officers as of February 28, 2003.
Robert I. Lipp, 64, has been chairman and chief
executive officer of the Company since December 18, 2001.
Mr. Lipp served as chairman of the board of TIGHI from 1996
to 2000 and from January 2001 to October 2001, and was the chief
executive officer and president of TIGHI from 1996 to 1998.
During 2000 he was a vice chairman and member of the office of
the chairman of Citigroup. He was chairman and chief executive
officer Global Consumer Business of Citigroup from
1999 to 2000. From October 1998 to April 1999, he was
co-chairman Global Consumer Business of Citigroup.
From 1993 to 2000, he was chairman and chief executive officer
of Travelers Insurance Group, Inc., a TPC predecessor company.
From 1991 to 1998, he was a vice chairman and director of
Travelers Group, Inc. and from 1991 to 1993, he was chairman and
chief executive officer of CitiFinancial Credit Company. Prior
to joining Citigroup in 1986, Mr. Lipp spent 23 years
with Chemical New York Corporation. He is a director of
Accenture Ltd., president of the New York City Ballet, a trustee
of Carnegie Hall and the Massachusetts Museum of Contemporary
Art, chairman of the executive committee at Williams College,
and chairman of Dance-On Inc.
Charles J. Clarke, 67, is president and was
chairman and chief executive officer of TIGHI just prior to
December 18, 2001. He has been a director of the Company
since June 2000. Mr. Clarke was president from January 2001
to October 2001. Prior to that time he had been vice chairman
from January 1998 to January 2001. Mr. Clarke had been
chief executive officer of Commercial Lines from January 1996 to
January 1998 and was chairman of Commercial Lines from 1990 to
January 1996. He has held other executive and management
positions with the Company for many years, and he has been with
the Company since 1958.
Irwin R. Ettinger, 64, joined the Company as vice
chairman in June 2002. Prior to this, Mr. Ettinger served
as the chief accounting and tax officer for Citigroup from 1998
to 2002 and held other positions of increasing responsibility
since joining Citigroup in 1987. He joined Citigroup from Arthur
Young & Co. (now Ernst and Young) where he was a
partner for 18 years. He serves as a member of the Advisory
Council of the Weissmen Center for International Business of
Baruch College of the City University of New York and is a
member of the executive committee of the Baruch College Fund.
Douglas G. Elliot, 42, is chief operating officer
of the Company, responsible for the business operations of the
Company. He was president and chief operating officer of TIGHI
just prior to December 18, 2001. Mr. Elliot was
president and chief executive officer from October 2001 to
December 2001. He was chief operating officer and president of
Commercial Lines from September 2000 to October 2001, chief
operating officer of Commercial Lines from August 1999 to
September 2000 and senior vice president of Select Accounts from
June 1996 to August 1999. He has held other executive and
management positions with the Company for several years, and he
has been with the Company since 1987. Mr. Elliot serves on
the Corporators Board of Hartford Hospital.
Jay S. Benet, 50, has been the chief financial
officer of the Company since February 2002. Before joining the
Company, from March 2001 until January 2002, Mr. Benet was
the worldwide head of financial planning, analysis and reporting
at Citigroup and chief financial officer for Citigroups
Global Consumer Europe, Middle East and Africa unit between
April 2000 and March 2001. Prior to this, Mr. Benet served
10 years in various executive positions with Travelers Life
& Annuity, including chief financial officer and executive
vice president, Group Annuity from December 1998 to April 2000
and senior vice president Group Annuity from December 1996 to
December 1998. Prior to joining Travelers Life & Annuity in
1990, Mr. Benet was a partner of Coopers & Lybrand (now
Pricewaterhouse Coopers).
James M. Michener, 50, is the general counsel and
secretary of the Company. From April 2001 to January 2002,
Mr. Michener served as general counsel of Citigroups
Emerging Markets business. Prior to joining Citigroups
Emerging Markets business, Mr. Michener was general counsel
of Travelers Insurance from April 2000 to April 2001. He began
his career as a lawyer with the Company and held several
positions, including general counsel of the Managed Care and
Employee Benefits Division from March 1994 to December 1994. From
21
Diana E. Beecher, 57, is senior vice president
and chief information officer for the Company. Ms. Beecher
joined the Company in 1995 as vice president for Technical
Engineering in the Information Systems Core Technology area. She
was promoted to her current position in July 1997. Prior to
joining the Company, Ms. Beecher served as senior vice
president of Brokerage Operations for
S.G. Warburg & Co., Inc., and had previously spent
13 years at Morgan Stanley & Co., Inc., serving in
various positions of increasing responsibility in the technology
and equity divisions. Ms. Beecher is a trustee of the
Shippensburg University Foundation, trustee of the New Canaan
Congregational Church, and the treasurer and director of Nutmeg
Big Brothers Big Sisters.
Stewart R. Morrison, 46, is the chief investment
officer of the Company. Mr. Morrison joined the Company in
November 2002 from Security Benefit Group in Topeka, Kansas,
where he served as chief investment officer. Prior to his role
there, Mr. Morrison spent more than 10 years with
Keyport Life Insurance Company in Boston in a variety of
strategic investment positions, including chief investment
officer. Before moving into the insurance field,
Mr. Morrison held positions of increasing responsibility in
the banking industry, beginning at Hartford National Bank.
Maria Olivo, 38, was appointed executive vice
president, Business and Corporate Development and Investor
Relations of the Company in June 2002. Ms. Olivo, a
certified financial analyst, joined the Company from Swiss Re
Capital Partners where she was a managing director involved in
Strategic Investments and Corporate Development from April 2000
to June 2002. Prior to that, she was a director at Salomon Smith
Barney where she worked on numerous initial public offerings,
mergers and acquisitions and public debt offerings.
Peter N. Higgins, 55, has been executive vice
president, Underwriting since 2000, and chief executive officer
of Commercial Accounts since 1996. In addition, he is the chief
executive officer of the Northland Companies. Mr. Higgins
began his career with the Company in 1969, was promoted to
senior vice president, Commercial Lines in 1992, and chief
underwriting officer in 2000.
Brian W. MacLean, 49, is executive vice
president, Claim Services. Prior to this, Mr. MacLean
served as president of Select Accounts from July 1999 to January
2002. He also served as chief financial officer of Claim
Services from March 1993 to June 1996. From June 1996 to July
1999, Mr. MacLean was chief financial officer for
Commercial Lines. He joined the Company in 1988 and has served
in several other positions. Prior to joining the Company,
Mr. MacLean was an audit manager at the public accounting
firm of Peat Marwick (now KPMG LLP).
Joseph P. Lacher, Jr., 33, is executive vice
president Personal Lines. Prior to this position,
Mr. Lacher served as senior vice president, product and
actuarial for Personal Lines since April 2001. Immediately prior
to this Mr. Lacher was senior vice president of Strategic
Distribution for Personal Lines from April 1999 to April 2001.
From April 1996 to April 1999, Mr. Lacher was chief
financial officer for Select Accounts. He has held other
executive and management positions with the Company for several
years, and he has been with the Company since 1991.
Douglas K. Russell, 45, is the chief accounting
officer and treasurer and has been controller and chief
accounting officer of the Company since July 1999.
Mr. Russell has also served in several other positions with
the Company since January 1997. Prior to joining the Company,
Mr. Russell was director of financial reporting of both The
MetraHealth Companies, Inc. from May 1995 to October 1995, and
of United Healthcare Corporation, from October 1995 to December
1996. From 1979 to May 1995, Mr. Russell served in several
positions at Ernst & Young, LLP.
22
Glossary of Selected Insurance Terms
23
24
25
26
27
28
The Company currently owns six buildings in
Hartford, Connecticut, which comprises its headquarters. The
Company currently occupies approximately 1,030,000 square feet
of office space in such buildings. The Company also owns other
real property in Connecticut, office buildings in Fall River,
Massachusetts and in Irving, Texas and a data center located in
Norcross, Georgia. In addition, the Company leases 146 field and
claim offices totaling approximately 3,425,000 square feet
throughout the United States under leases or subleases with
third parties.
The Company leases 284,225 square feet of office
space in its headquarters buildings to Citigroup. The Company
leases approximately 373,000 square feet of office space at
CityPlace, located in Hartford, Connecticut. The Company has
agreed to exchange office space with Citigroup and, as a result,
will relocate its operations from the office space at CityPlace
to the six headquarters buildings and assign the lease for
CityPlace to Citigroup effective April 2003. The lease with
Citigroup for office space in the headquarters buildings will
terminate at the same time that the exchange of office space
occurs.
On September 1, 2001, the Company vacated
the 50 Prospect Street complex in Hartford, Connecticut in
order to undertake a complete renovation thereof, which is
expected to be completed by the end of 2003. Therefore, the
Company has entered into the following lease arrangements in
Hartford, Connecticut to temporarily house the displaced
operations: 93,500 square feet at 90 State House Square,
82,000 square feet at 10 State House Square, 79,400 square
feet at 50/58 State House Square, 79,800 square feet at One
Constitution Plaza, and 100,200 square feet at Connecticut River
Plaza. By year-end 2002, the Company completed its renovations
to seven floors, which were in turn, occupied by its employees
previously housed at CityPlace.
In the opinion of the Companys management,
the Companys properties are adequate and suitable for its
business as presently conducted and are adequately maintained.
This section describes the major pending legal
proceedings, other than ordinary routine litigation incidental
to the business, to which the Company or its subsidiaries are a
party or to which any of the Companys property is subject.
Beginning in January 1997, various plaintiffs
commenced a series of purported class actions and one
multi-party action in various courts against some of the
Companys subsidiaries, dozens of other insurers and the
National Council on Compensation Insurance, or the NCCI. The
allegations in the actions are substantially similar. The
plaintiffs generally allege that the defendants conspired to
collect excessive or improper premiums on loss-sensitive
workers compensation insurance policies in violation of
state insurance laws, antitrust laws, and state unfair trade
practices laws. Plaintiffs seek unspecified monetary damages.
After several voluntary dismissals, refilings and
consolidations, actions are, or until recently were, pending in
the following jurisdictions: Georgia
(Melvin Simon &
Associates, Inc., et al.
v.
Standard Fire Insurance
Company, et al.)
; Tennessee
(Bristol Hotel Asset
Company, et al.
v.
The Aetna Casualty and Surety Company,
et al.)
; Florida
(Bristol Hotel Asset Company, et al.
v.
Allianz Insurance Company, et al. and Bristol Hotel
Management Corporation, et al
. v.
Aetna Casualty &
Surety Company, et al.)
; New Jersey
(Foodarama
Supermarkets, Inc., et al.
v.
Allianz Insurance Company,
et al.)
; Illinois
(CR/PL Management Co., et al.
v.
Allianz Insurance Company Group, et al.)
; Pennsylvania
(Foodarama Supermarkets, Inc.
v.
American Insurance
Company, et al.)
; Missouri
(American Freightways
Corporation, et al.
v.
American Insurance Co., et
al.)
; California
(Bristol Hotels & Resorts, et al.
v.
NCCI, et al.)
; Texas
(Sandwich Chef of Texas,
Inc., et al.
v.
Reliance National Indemnity Insurance
Company, et al.)
; Alabama
(Alumax Inc., et al.
v.
Allianz Insurance Company, et al.)
; Michigan
(Alumax,
Inc., et al.
v.
National Surety Corp., et al.)
;
Kentucky
(Payless Cashways, Inc., et al.
v.
National Surety Corp. et al.)
; New York
(Burnham
Service Corp.
v.
American Motorists Insurance Company,
et al.)
; and Arizona
(Albany International Corp.
v.
American Home Assurance Company, et al.)
.
The trial courts ordered dismissal of the
California, Pennsylvania and New York cases and, in February
2003, one of the two Florida cases
(Bristol Hotel Asset
Company, et al.
v.
Allianz Insurance Company, et
al.).
In addition, the trial courts have ordered partial
dismissals of six other cases: those pending in Tennessee, New
Jersey, Illinois, Missouri, Alabama and Arizona. The trial
courts in Georgia, Kentucky, Texas, and Michigan denied
defendants motions to dismiss. The California appellate
court reversed the trial court in part and ordered reinstatement
of most claims, while the New York appellate court affirmed
dismissal in part and allowed plaintiffs to dismiss their
remaining claims voluntarily. The Michigan, Pennsylvania and New
Jersey courts denied class certification. Although the trial
court in Texas granted class certification, the appellate court
reversed that ruling in January 2003, holding that class
certification should not have been granted. The New Jersey
appellate court denied plaintiffs request to appeal. After
the rulings described above, the plaintiffs withdrew the New
York and Michigan cases. The Company is vigorously defending all
of the pending cases and Company management believes the Company
has meritorious defenses; however the outcome of these disputes
is uncertain.
29
In litigation with JPMorgan Chase commenced in
federal district court in New York (
JPMorgan Chase Bank
v.
Liberty Mutual Insurance Company, et al.
,
S.D.N.Y.), JPMorgan Chase claimed that the Company and eight
other sureties were obligated to perform under certain surety
bonds issued with respect to performance obligations of two
subsidiaries of Enron. On January 2, 2003, the Company and
the other sureties settled with JPMorgan Chase resolving all
obligations under the bonds. The Company paid
$138.8 million, before reinsurance, and conveyed related
bankruptcy rights to JPMorgan Chase.
The Company is increasingly becoming subject to
more aggressive asbestos-related litigation, and the Company
expects this trend to continue. In October 2001 and April 2002,
two purported class action suits
(Wise
v.
Travelers,
and
Meninger
v.
Travelers)
, were filed against
the Company and other insurers in state court in West Virginia.
The plaintiffs in these cases, which were subsequently
consolidated into a single proceeding in Circuit Court of
Kanawha County, West Virginia, allege that the insurer
defendants violated unfair trade practices requirements and
inappropriately handled and settled asbestos claims. The
plaintiffs seek to reopen large numbers of settled asbestos
claims and to impose liability for damages, including punitive
damages, directly on insurers. Lawsuits similar to
Wise
have been filed in Massachusetts (2002) and Hawaii (2002,
not served). Also, in November 2001, plaintiffs in consolidated
asbestos actions pending before a mass tort panel of judges in
West Virginia state court moved to amend their complaint to name
the Company as a defendant, alleging that the Company and other
insurers breached alleged duties to certain users of asbestos
products. In March 2002, the court granted the motion to amend.
Plaintiffs seek damages, including punitive damages. Lawsuits
seeking similar relief and raising allegations similar to those
presented in the West Virginia amended complaint are also
pending against the Company in Louisiana and Texas state courts.
All of the actions described in the preceding
paragraph, other than the Hawaii actions, are currently subject
to a temporary restraining order entered by the federal
bankruptcy court in New York, which had previously presided over
and approved the reorganization in bankruptcy of former
Travelers policyholder Johns Manville. In August 2002, the
bankruptcy court conducted a hearing on Travelers motion for a
preliminary injunction prohibiting further prosecution of the
lawsuits pursuant to the reorganization plan and related orders.
At the conclusion of this hearing, the court ordered the parties
to mediation, appointed a mediator, and continued the temporary
restraining order. In January 2003, the same bankruptcy court
extended the existing injunction to apply to an additional set
of cases filed in various state courts in Texas as well as to
the attorneys who are prosecuting these cases. The order also
enjoins these attorneys and their respective law firms from
commencing any further lawsuits against the Company based upon
these allegations without the prior approval of the court.
The Company is vigorously defending all of the
direct action cases and Company management believes the Company
has meritorious defenses. These defenses include the fact that
these novel theories have no basis in law; that they are
directly at odds with the well established law pertaining to the
insured/insurer relationship; that there is no generalized duty
to warn as alleged by the plaintiffs; that to the extent that
they have not been released by virtue of prior settlement
agreements by the claimants with the Companys
policyholders, all of these claims were released by virtue of
approved settlements and orders entered by the Johns Manville
bankruptcy court; and that the applicable statute of limitation
as to many of these claims has long since expired.
In the ordinary course of its insurance business,
the Company receives claims for insurance arising under policies
issued by the Company asserting alleged injuries and damages
from asbestos and other hazardous waste and toxic substances
which are the subject of related coverage litigation, including,
among others, the litigation described below. The conditions
surrounding the final resolution of these claims and the related
litigation continue to change.
The Company is involved in a number of
proceedings relating to ACandS, Inc. (ACandS), formerly a
national installer of products containing asbestos. ACandS filed
for bankruptcy in September 2002 (
In re: ACandS, Inc.
,
pending in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the District of
Delaware). At the time of its filing, ACandS asserted that it
had settled or was in the process of settling the large number
of asbestos-related claims pending against it by negotiating
with the claimants and assigning them ACandS rights to
recover under insurance policies issued by the Company. ACandS
has asserted that the Company is responsible for the financial
obligations created by these settlements as well as for any
future claims brought against it, and that insurance policy
aggregate limits do not apply. In August 2002, in a pending
insurance coverage arbitration (commenced in January 2001), the
panel of arbitrators scheduled the presentation of the case to
commence in April 2003. In January 2003, ACandS filed a proposed
Plan of Reorganization in its Bankruptcy proceeding. Pursuant to
that plan, ACandS seeks to establish a trust for the handling
and disposition of asbestos claims. That trust, according to the
proposed plan, will be assigned ACandS rights to its
insurance policies issued by the Company. In addition to the
bankruptcy and the arbitration proceedings, the Company and
ACandS are also involved in insurance coverage litigation
(
ACandS, Inc. v. Travelers Casualty & Surety Co.
,
USDC, E.D.Pa, commenced in September 2000). No trial date has
been set in this case. The Company is vigorously defending these
cases, and Company management believes the Company has
meritorious
30
The Company is defending its asbestos and
environmental-related litigation vigorously and believes that it
has meritorious defenses; however the outcome of these disputes
is uncertain. In this regard, the Company employs dedicated
specialists and aggressive resolution strategies to manage
asbestos and environmental loss exposure, including settling
litigation under appropriate circumstances. For a discussion of
recent settlement activity and other information regarding the
Companys asbestos and environmental exposure, see
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations Asbestos Claims
and Litigation, Environmental Claims and
Litigation and Uncertainty Regarding
Adequacy of Asbestos and Environmental Reserves.
Currently, it is not possible to predict legal
and legislative outcomes and their impact on the future
development of claims and litigation relating to asbestos and
other hazardous waste and toxic substances. Any such development
will be affected by future court decisions and interpretations,
as well as changes in applicable legislation. Because of these
uncertainties, additional liabilities may arise for amounts in
excess of the current reserves. In addition, the Companys
estimate of ultimate claims and claim adjustment expenses may
change. These additional liabilities or increases in estimates,
or a range of either, cannot now be reasonably estimated and
could result in income statement charges that could be material
to the Companys results of operations and financial
condition in future periods.
The Company is involved in numerous lawsuits,
other than asbestos and environmental claims, arising mostly in
the ordinary course of business operations either as a liability
insurer defending third-party claims brought against insureds or
as an insurer defending coverage claims brought against it.
While the ultimate resolution of these legal proceedings could
be significant to the Companys results of operations in a
future quarter, in the opinion of the Companys management
it would not be likely to have a material adverse effect on the
Companys results of operations for a calendar year or on
the Companys financial condition.
NONE
31
PART II
In connection with the IPO, on March 22,
2002, the Companys class A common stock began trading
on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) under the symbol
TAP.A. Prior to March 22, 2002, there was no
established public trading market for the Companys
class A common stock as Citigroup was the sole holder of
record of the Companys class A common stock. In
connection with the Citigroup Distribution, the Companys
class B common stock began regular way trading
on the NYSE on August 21, 2002 under the symbol
TAP.B. Prior to August 21, 2002, there was no
established public trading market for the Companys
class B common stock as Citigroup was the sole holder of
record of the Companys class B common stock.
The following table presents the high and low
closing prices on the NYSE of the class A common stock and
the class B common stock for each quarter in 2002 in which
each class of common stock was trading:
As of February 21, 2003, the Company had
approximately 122 thousand and 139 thousand holders of
record of its class A common stock and class B common
stock, respectively. These figures do not represent the actual
number of beneficial owners of common stock because shares are
frequently held in street name by securities brokers
and others for the benefit of individual owners who may vote or
dispose of the shares.
During 2001, the Company paid dividends of
$526.0 million to Citigroup, its then sole shareholder.
During the first quarter of 2002, the Company paid dividends of
$5.253 billion to Citigroup, its then sole shareholder,
primarily in the form of notes payable. On January 23,
2003, the Company declared its first quarterly dividend of
$0.06 per share on the class A and class B common
stock payable February 28, 2003 to shareholders of record
on February 5, 2003. In 2003, the Company expects to
continue to pay quarterly cash dividends on the class A and
class B common stock of $0.06 per share. However,
dividend decisions will be based on and affected by a number of
factors, including the operating results and financial
requirements of the Company and the impact of dividend
restrictions. For information on dividends, including dividend
restrictions in certain long-term loan or credit agreements of
the Company and its subsidiaries, as well as restrictions on the
ability of certain of the Companys subsidiaries to
transfer funds to the Company in the form of cash dividends or
otherwise, see Item 7, Managements Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations Liquidity and Capital Resources.
32
Item 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
33
The following discussion and analysis of
Travelers Property Casualty Corp. (TPC) and subsidiaries
(collectively, the Company) financial condition and results of
operations should be read in conjunction with the consolidated
financial statements of the Company and related notes included
elsewhere in this Form 10-K. These financial statements
retroactively reflect TPCs corporate reorganization for
all periods presented.
TPC Corporate Reorganization, Initial Public Offering and
Concurrent Convertible Junior Subordinated Notes Offering
In connection with the 2002 offerings described
below, TPC effected a corporate reorganization under which:
As a result of these transactions, TIGHI and its
property and casualty insurance subsidiaries became TPCs
principal asset.
On March 21, 2002, TPC issued
231.0 million shares of its class A common stock in an
initial public offering (IPO), representing approximately 23% of
TPCs common equity. After the IPO, Citigroup beneficially
owned all of the 500.0 million shares of TPCs
outstanding class B common stock, each share of which is
entitled to seven votes, and 269.0 million shares of
TPCs class A common stock, each share of which is
entitled to one vote, representing at the time 94% of the
combined voting power of all classes of TPCs voting
securities and 77% of the equity interest in TPC. Concurrent
with the IPO, TPC issued $892.5 million aggregate principal
amount of 4.5% convertible junior subordinated notes which
mature on April 15, 2032. The IPO and the offering of the
convertible notes are collectively referred to as the offerings.
Citigroup Distribution of Ownership Interest in TPC
On August 20, 2002, Citigroup made a
tax-free distribution to its stockholders (the Citigroup
Distribution), of a portion of its ownership interest in TPC,
which, together with the shares issued in the IPO, represented
more than 90% of TPCs common equity and more than 90% of
the combined voting power of TPCs outstanding voting
securities. For each 100 shares of Citigroup outstanding
common stock, approximately 4.32 shares of TPC class A
common stock and 8.88 shares of TPC class B common stock
were distributed. At December 31, 2002, Citigroup held
9.95% of TPCs common equity and 9.98% of the combined
voting power of TPCs outstanding voting securities.
Citigroup received a private letter ruling from the Internal
Revenue Service that the Citigroup Distribution is tax-free to
Citigroup, its stockholders and TPC. As part of the ruling
process, Citigroup agreed to vote the shares it continues to
hold following the Citigroup Distribution pro rata with the
shares held by the public and to divest the remaining shares it
holds within five years following the Citigroup Distribution.
On August 20, 2002, in connection with the
Citigroup Distribution, stock-based awards held by Company
employees on that date under Citigroups various incentive
plans were cancelled and replaced by awards under the
Companys own incentive programs (see note 11 of notes to
the Companys consolidated financial statements for a
further discussion), which awards were granted on substantially
the same terms, including vesting, as the former Citigroup
awards. In the case of Citigroup Capital Accumulation Plan
awards of restricted stock and deferred shares, the unvested
outstanding awards were cancelled and replaced by awards
comprising 3.1 million of newly issued shares of TPC class
A common stock at a total market value of $53.3 million
based on the closing price of TPC class A common stock on
August 20, 2002. The value of these newly issued shares
along with TPC class A and class B common stock
received in the Citigroup Distribution on the Citigroup
restricted shares, were equal to the value of the cancelled
Citigroup restricted share awards. In the case of Citigroup
stock option awards, all outstanding vested and unvested awards
held by Company employees were cancelled and replaced with
options to purchase TPC class A common stock. The total
number of TPC class A common stock subject to the
replacement option awards was 56.9 million shares of which
24.6 million shares were then exercisable. The number of
shares of TPC class A common stock to which the replacement
options relates and
34
Other TPC Corporate Reorganization, Offerings and Citigroup
Distribution Transactions
The following transactions were completed in
conjunction with the corporate reorganization, offerings and
Citigroup Distribution:
In February 2002, the Company paid a dividend of
$1.000 billion to Citigroup in the form of a non-interest
bearing note payable on December 31, 2002. The Company
repaid this note on December 31, 2002.
In February 2002, the Company also paid a
dividend of $3.700 billion to Citigroup in the form of a
note payable in two installments. This note was substantially
prepaid following the offerings. The balance of
$150.0 million was due on May 9, 2004. This note was
prepaid on May 8, 2002.
In March 2002, the Company paid a dividend of
$395.0 million to Citigroup in the form of a note. This note was
prepaid following the offerings.
At December 31, 2001, TPC had a note payable
to Citigroup in the amount of $1.198 billion, in
conjunction with its purchase of TIGHIs outstanding shares
in April 2000. On February 7, 2002, this note agreement was
replaced by a new note agreement. Under the terms of the new
note agreement, interest accrued on the aggregate principal
amount outstanding at the commercial paper rate (the then
current short-term rate) plus 10 basis points per annum.
Interest was compounded monthly. This note was prepaid following
the offerings.
During March 2002, the Company entered into an
agreement with Citigroup (the Citigroup indemnification
agreement) which provided that in any year in which the Company
recorded additional asbestos-related income statement charges in
excess of $150.0 million, net of any reinsurance, Citigroup
would pay to the Company the amount of any such excess up to a
cumulative aggregate of $800.0 million, reduced by the tax
effect of the highest applicable federal income tax rate. During
2002 the Company recorded $2.945 billion of asbestos
incurred losses, net of reinsurance, and accordingly fully
utilized in 2002 the total benefit available under the
agreement. For the year ended December 31, 2002, revenues
include $520.0 million from Citigroup under this agreement.
Included in federal income taxes in the consolidated statement
of income is a tax benefit of $280.0 million related to the
asbestos charge covered by the agreement. For additional
information see Asbestos Claims and
Litigation.
On February 28, 2002, the Company sold
CitiInsurance to other Citigroup affiliated companies for
$402.6 million, its net book value. The Company applied
$137.8 million of the proceeds from this sale to repay
intercompany indebtedness to Citigroup. In addition, the Company
purchased from Citigroup affiliated companies the premises
located at One Tower Square, Hartford, Connecticut and other
properties for $68.2 million. Additionally, certain
liabilities relating to employee benefit plans and lease
obligations were assigned and assumed by Citigroup affiliated
companies. In connection with these assignments, the Company
transferred $172.4 million and $87.8 million,
respectively, to Citigroup affiliated companies.
Prior to the Citigroup Distribution, the Company
provided and purchased services to and from Citigroup affiliated
companies, including facilities management, banking and
financial functions, benefit coverages, data processing services
and short-term investment pool management services. Charges for
these shared services were allocated at cost. In connection with
the Citigroup Distribution, the Company and Citigroup and its
affiliates entered into a transition services agreement for the
provision of certain of these services, tradename and trademark
and similar agreements related to the use of trademarks, logos
and tradenames in an amendment to the March 26, 2002
Intercompany Agreement with Citigroup. During the first quarter
of 2002, Citigroup provided investment advisory services on an
allocated cost basis, consistent with prior years. On
August 6, 2002, the Company entered into an investment
management agreement, which has been applied retroactive to
April 1, 2002, with an affiliate of Citigroup whereby the
affiliate of Citigroup is providing investment advisory and
administrative services to the Company with respect to its
entire investment portfolio for a period of two years and at
fees mutually agreed upon, including a component based on
performance. Charges incurred related to this agreement were
$47.2 million for the period from April 1, 2002
through December 31, 2002. Either party may terminate the
agreement effective on the end of a month upon 90 days
prior notice. The Company and Citigroup also agreed upon the
allocation or transfer of certain other liabilities and assets,
and rights and obligations in furtherance of the separation of
operations and ownership as a result of the Citigroup
Distribution. The net effect of these allocations and transfers,
in the
35
Other Transactions
On August 1, 2002, Commercial Insurance
Resources, Inc. (CIRI), a subsidiary of the Company and the
holding company for the Gulf Insurance Group (Gulf), completed
its previously announced transaction with a group of outside
investors and senior employees of Gulf. Capital investments made
by the investors and employees included $85.9 million of
mandatory convertible preferred stock, $49.7 million of
convertible notes and $3.6 million of common equity,
representing a 24% ownership interest of CIRI, on a fully
diluted basis. The dividend rate on the preferred stock is 6.0%.
The interest rate on the notes is 6.0% payable on an
interest-only basis. The notes mature on December 31, 2032.
Trident II, L.P., Marsh & McLennan Capital
Professionals Fund, L.P., Marsh & McLennan Employees
Securities Company, L.P. and Trident Gulf Holding, LLC
(collectively Trident) invested $125.0 million, and a group
of approximately 75 senior employees of Gulf invested
$14.2 million. Fifty percent of the CIRI senior employees
investment was financed by CIRI. This financing is
collateralized by the CIRI securities purchased and is
forgivable if Trident achieves certain investment returns. The
applicable agreements provide for registration rights and
transfer rights and restrictions and other matters customarily
addressed in agreements with minority investors. Gulfs
results, net of minority interest, are included in the
Commercial Lines segment.
On October 1, 2001, the Company paid
$329.5 million to Citigroup for The Northland Company and
its subsidiaries (Northland) and Associates Lloyds Insurance
Company. In addition, on October 3, 2001, the capital stock
of Associates Insurance Company (Associates), with a net book
value of $356.5 million, was contributed to the Company by
Citigroup. These companies are principally engaged in Commercial
Lines specialty and transportation business.
In the third quarter of 2000, the Company
purchased the renewal rights to a portion of Reliance
Suretys commercial lines middle-market book of business
(Reliance Middle Market). The Company also acquired the renewal
rights to Frontier Insurance Group, Inc.s environmental,
excess and surplus lines casualty businesses and some classes of
surety business.
On May 31, 2000, the Company completed the
acquisition of the surety business of Reliance Group Holdings,
Inc. (Reliance Surety), for $580.0 million. In connection
with the acquisition, the Company entered into a reinsurance
arrangement for pre-existing business, and the resulting net
cash outlay for this transaction was approximately $278.4
million. This transaction included the acquisition of an
intangible asset of approximately $450.0 million, which is
being amortized over 15 years. Accordingly, the results of
operations and the assets and liabilities acquired from Reliance
Surety are included in the financial statements beginning
June 1, 2000. This acquisition was accounted for as a
purchase.
During April 2000, TPC completed a cash tender
offer and merger, as a result of which TIGHI became TPCs
wholly-owned subsidiary. In the tender offer and merger, TPC
acquired all of TIGHIs outstanding shares of common stock
that were not already owned by TPC, representing approximately
14.8% of TIGHIs outstanding common stock, for
approximately $2.413 billion in cash financed by a loan
from Citigroup.
CONSOLIDATED OVERVIEW
The Company provides a wide range of commercial
and personal property and casualty insurance products and
services to businesses, government units, associations and
individuals, primarily in the United States.
Consolidated Results of Operations
36
The Companys discussions related to net
income (loss) and operating income (loss) are presented on an
after tax basis. All other discussions are presented on a pretax
basis, unless otherwise noted.
Net income (loss) was $(27.0) million in 2002,
$1.065 billion in 2001 and $1.312 billion in 2000 or
$(0.03) per share in 2002, $1.39 per share in 2001 and
$1.71 per share in 2000 (basic and diluted). Net loss for
2002 includes a $1.394 billion charge for strengthening
asbestos reserves, net of the benefit from the Citigroup
indemnification agreement. Net loss for 2002 also includes a
charge of $242.6 million due to the adoption of Financial
Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 142, Goodwill and Other
Intangible Assets (FAS 142), which has been accounted
for as a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle.
Net income for 2001 includes losses of $489.5 million related to
the terrorist attack on September 11, 2001. Included in
2000 was minority interest of $60.1 million related to the
January through April 2000 period when approximately 14.8% of
TIGHIs outstanding common stock was not owned by TPC.
During April 2000, TPC completed a cash tender offer and merger,
as a result of which TIGHI became TPCs wholly-owned
subsidiary. Net income (loss) also includes net realized
investment gains of $99.0 million, $209.9 million and
$30.6 million in 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively.
Included in net realized investment gains were impairment
charges related to other than temporary declines in value of
$184.7 million, $95.0 million and $20.2 million
in 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively.
Operating income is defined by the Company as net
income (loss) excluding net realized investment gains
(losses), restructuring charges, the cumulative effect of the
changes in accounting principles and TPC minority interest in
2000. Operating income is considered a more appropriate
indicator of underwriting results and results of operations. Net
realized investment gains (losses) are significantly impacted by
both discretionary and other economic factors and are not
necessarily indicative of operating trends. The major components
of operating income and a reconciliation of operating income to
net income are as follows:
Operating income of $118.2 million for 2002
decreased $737.5 million compared to $855.7 million
for 2001. Operating income for 2002 reflects the impact of the
fourth quarter asbestos charge taken by the Company while 2001
reflects the impact of the effects of the terrorist attack on
September 11th. Operating income in 2002 reflects
unfavorable prior year reserve development of
$1.516 billion, which included $1.394 billion related
to asbestos, net of the benefit from the Citigroup
indemnification agreement, versus $9.4 million of favorable
prior year reserve development in 2001, which included
$122.7 million of unfavorable development related to
asbestos. On January 14, 2003, the Company reported the
results of its asbestos reserve study and the strengthening of
its asbestos reserves to $3.404 billion, after reinsurance
recoverables. The study involved an extensive review and
assessment of the Companys exposure to asbestos losses,
particularly in light of the Companys recent claims
experience and industry-wide trends. The Company has now fully
utilized the $800.0 million pretax benefit under the
Citi-group indemnification agreement. For additional information
see Asbestos Claims and Litigation.
Separately, the Company strengthened its environmental reserves
in the fourth quarter by $100.0 million, bringing the total
to $385.5 million, and reduced its reserves for cumulative
injuries other than asbestos by $94.8 million to $553.6
37
Operating income of $855.7 million for 2001
decreased $486.0 million compared to $1.342 billion
for 2000. The decrease in operating income in 2001 from 2000
primarily reflects the impact of catastrophe losses of
$489.5 million associated with the terrorist attack on
September 11th. The 2001 operating decrease reflects
unfavorable asbestos prior year reserve development in 2001 of
$122.7 million versus $32.5 million in 2000. This was
offset by $132.1 million of other favorable prior year reserve
development in 2001 compared to $81.9 million of other
favorable prior year reserve development in 2000. Also
contributing to the 2001 decrease in operating income was a
$79.5 million decrease in net investment income from 2000
which largely reflects the increase in dividends and debt
repayments to Citigroup, lower fixed income interest rates and
lower returns for private equity investments. Partially
offsetting this was lower interest expense in 2001. Underwriting
gain (loss), excluding catastrophes, prior year reserve
development and goodwill amortization included in operating
income, increased $63.0 million to $48.1 million in
2001. The 2001 underwriting results reflect the benefit of
premium rate increases, partially offset by increased loss cost
trends, including increased medical costs and auto repair costs
and reinsurance costs.
Revenues of $14.270 billion in 2002
increased $2.039 billion from 2001. The increase was
primarily attributable to higher earned premiums due to premium
rate increases, the inclusion of Northland and Associates for
the full year 2002 versus the fourth quarter of 2001 and the
$520.0 million benefit of the Citigroup indemnification
agreement, offset by a decrease in net realized investment gains
and lower net investment income. Total revenues for Northland
and Associates were $1.070 billion in 2002, an increase of
$815.3 million over 2001. The increase in 2002 revenue
reflects a $1.744 billion increase in earned premiums,
offset by a $175.8 million decrease in net realized
investment gains and a $153.5 million decrease in net
investment income. Net realized investment gains include
$284.1 million of impairments in 2002, compared to
$146.2 million in 2001. The 2002 and 2001 impairments
relate primarily to corporate bonds in the energy and
communications sectors. Revenues of $12.231 billion in 2001
increased $1.160 billion from 2000. The increase in revenue
in 2001 from 2000 was primarily attributable to higher earned
premiums, higher fee income and higher net realized investment
gains, and one quarter of Northland and Associates, partially
offset by a $127.6 million decrease in net investment
income. The increase in 2001 revenue reflects a
$948.7 million increase in earned premiums and a
$275.5 million increase in net realized investment gains
offset by a $127.6 million decrease in net investment
income. Net realized investment gains include $20.2 million
of impairments in 2000. The inclusion of Northland and
Associates in the fourth quarter of 2001 added $254.4 million to
full year 2001 revenues.
Earned premiums increased $1.744 billion to
$11.155 billion in 2002 from $9.411 billion in 2001. The
increase in earned premiums in 2002 was due to rate increases on
renewal business in both Commercial Lines and Personal Lines and
the full-year inclusion of Northland and Associates in 2002.
Earned premiums for Northland and Associates were
$958.2 million in 2002, an increase of $734.1 million
over 2001 which only includes the fourth quarter of 2001. Earned
premiums increased $948.7 million to $9.411 billion in
2001 primarily due to rate increases, the full-year impact of
the acquisitions in 2000 of Reliance Surety and the renewal
rights for the Reliance Middle Market and Frontier businesses,
combined with the inclusion of Northland and Associates in the
fourth quarter of 2001. The inclusion of Northland and
Associates in the fourth quarter of 2001 added
$224.1 million to full-year 2001 earned premiums.
Net investment income was $1.881 billion in
2002, a decrease of $153.5 million from 2001. The decline
resulted from a reduction in investment yields to 6.0% in 2002
from 6.9% in 2001. The decrease in yields reflected reduced
returns in the Companys public equity investments and the
lower interest rate environment. The impact of lower yields was
partially offset by the rise in average invested assets due to
the Northland and Associates acquisitions and increased cash
flow from operations. Net investment income for Northland and
Associates was $91.5 million in 2002, an increase of
$68.4 million over 2001 which only includes the fourth
quarter of 2001. Net investment income was $2.034 billion
in 2001, a decrease of $127.6 million from 2000. This
decrease largely reflects the increase in
38
Fee income was $454.9 million in 2002, a
$107.5 million increase from 2001. Fee income was
$347.4 million in 2001, a $35.0 million increase from
2000. National Accounts within Commercial Lines is the primary
source of fee income due to its service businesses, which
include claim and loss prevention services to large companies
that choose to self insure a portion of their insurance risks
and claims and policy management services to workers
compensation and automobile assigned risk plans and to self
insurance pools. The increases in fee income were primarily due
to the favorable rate environment and the repopulation of the
involuntary pools. Claim volume under administration increased
to $2.656 billion for 2002, compared to $2.252 billion
for 2001 and $2.024 billion in 2000.
Recoveries of $520.0 million under the
Citigroup indemnification agreement have been included in
revenues as Recoveries from former affiliate.
Other revenues decreased to $112.3 million
in 2002 from $115.7 million in 2001. Other revenues
increased to $115.7 million in 2001 from $87.8 million
in 2000. Other revenues principally include premium installment
charges.
Claims and expenses were $14.530 billion in
2002 compared to $10.842 billion in 2001 and
$9.207 billion in 2000. The 2002 increase was primarily due
to prior year reserve development principally related to the
asbestos charge taken in the fourth quarter of 2002 upon
completion of the Companys asbestos study, the inclusion
in 2002 of Northland and Associates, and increased loss cost
trends, partially offset by the $704.0 million impact in
2001 of the terrorist attack on September 11th. Unfavorable
prior year reserve development in 2002 was $3.132 billion,
compared to favorable prior year reserve development of
$14.4 million in 2001. The most significant component of
prior year reserve development in 2002 was asbestos-related
incurrals of $2.945 billion, which increased
$2.756 billion, over 2001. For additional information see
Asbestos Claims and Litigation.
Separately, the Company strengthened its environmental reserves
in the fourth quarter by $100.0 million, bringing the total
to $385.5 million, and reduced its reserves for cumulative
injuries other than asbestos by $94.8 million to $553.6
million. These actions were taken as a result of recent payment
and settlement experience. In addition, the Company strengthened
prior year reserves for certain run-off lines of business
including assumed reinsurance, and experienced favorable
development in certain ongoing businesses including Personal
Lines Auto. Claims and expenses for Northland and Associates
were $1.090 billion in 2002, an increase of $858.2 million
over 2001 which only includes the fourth quarter of 2001. These
increases were also partially offset by the benefit of lower
interest expense, the elimination of goodwill amortization and
natural catastrophe losses of $84.1 million in 2002
compared to $103.3 million in 2001. The increase in claims
and expenses in 2001 was primarily the result of higher
catastrophe losses of $856.3 million primarily associated
with the terrorist attack on September 11th compared to
$82.5 million in 2000, increased loss cost trends, lower
favorable prior year reserve development of $14.4 million
compared to $76.1 million in 2000 and increased claims and
operating expenses related to the growth in premiums, including
the full-year impact of the Reliance Surety acquisition and the
acquisition of the renewal rights for the Reliance Middle Market
and Frontier businesses, and the inclusion of Northland and
Associates in the fourth quarter of 2001, partially offset by
lower interest expense due to lower outstanding debt and lower
interest rates. Results for 2000 also reflect benefits resulting
from legislative actions that changed the manner in which some
states finance their workers compensation second-injury
funds, principally in New York. The inclusion of Northland and
Associates in the fourth quarter of 2001 added
$231.3 million to full year 2001 claims and expenses.
The Companys effective tax
(benefit) rate was (183.4)%, 23.5% and 26.4% in 2002, 2001
and 2000, respectively. The effective tax rate for 2002 reflects
the impact of non-taxable recoveries of $520.0 million
related to the Citigroup indemnification agreement and
non-taxable investment income. The decrease in the 2001
effective tax rate from 2000 was primarily due to the impact of
the losses associated with the terrorist attack on
September 11th, which changed the mix of taxable and
non-taxable income or loss.
Consolidated net written premiums were as follows:
Net written premiums increased
$2.099 billion to $11.945 billion in 2002 from
$9.846 billion in 2001. The increase in net written
premiums in 2002 was due to rate increases and strong retention
in both Commercial Lines and Personal Lines and the full year
inclusion of Northland and Associates in 2002. Net written
premiums for Northland and Associates were $935.8 million
in 2002, an increase of $743.1 million over 2001 which only
includes the fourth quarter of 2001. Net written premiums
increased $1.002 billion to $9.846 billion in 2001
from $8.843 billion in 2000 primarily due to rate
increases, the full year impact of the acquisitions in 2000 of
Reliance Surety and the
39
The GAAP combined ratios before policyholder
dividends were as follows:
Commencing in 2002, the GAAP underwriting expense
ratio has been computed using net earned premiums to provide
more consistency in the underlying components of the
computation. Previously, this ratio for GAAP purposes was
computed using net written premiums. Prior periods have been
restated to conform to this new presentation.
The deterioration in the 2002 GAAP combined ratio
includes the impact of higher prior year reserve development,
primarily due to asbestos-related incurrals, partially offset by
lower catastrophe losses in 2002, especially the impact of the
September 11, 2001 terrorist attack, and the elimination of
goodwill amortization. The improvement in the GAAP combined
ratios, excluding catastrophes, prior year reserve development,
and goodwill amortization, from 2001 to 2002, reflects an
improvement in the loss and LAE ratio and an improvement in the
underwriting expense ratio. The improvement in the loss and LAE
ratio is primarily attributed to the continued disciplined
underwriting that achieved rate increases in excess of loss cost
trends in both Commercial Lines and Personal Lines. The
improvement in the underwriting expense ratio is primarily
attributed to the benefit of premium rate increases.
The deterioration in the 2001 GAAP combined ratio
includes the impact of the terrorist attack on
September 11th and higher asbestos prior year reserve
development, partially offset by higher favorable other prior
year reserve development. The improvement in the GAAP combined
ratio, excluding catastrophes, prior year reserve development,
and goodwill amortization, from 2000 to 2001, reflects an
improvement in the loss and LAE ratio and a deterioration in the
underwriting expense ratio. The improvement in the loss and LAE
ratio is primarily due to premium growth related to rate
increases and the impact of the increase in the Commercial Lines
Bond business, primarily associated with the ongoing business
associated with the Reliance Surety acquisition, which generally
has a lower loss and LAE ratio.
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS BY SEGMENT
Commercial Lines
Net income (loss) was $(246.2) million,
$962.5 million and $1.172 billion in 2002, 2001 and
2000, respectively. Net loss for 2002 includes a
$1.394 billion charge for strengthening asbestos reserves,
net of the benefit from the Citigroup indemnification agreement.
Net loss for 2002 also includes a charge of $242.6 million
related to the initial adoption of FAS 142, which has been
accounted for as a cumulative effect of a change in accounting
principle. Net income for 2001 includes losses of
$447.9 million related to the terrorist attack on
September 11, 2001. Included in 2000 was minority interest
of $48.2 million related to the January through April 2000
period when approximately 14.8% of TIGHIs outstanding
common stock was not owned by TPC. During April 2000, TPC
completed a cash tender offer and merger, as a result of which
TIGHI became TPCs wholly-owned subsidiary. Commercial
Lines net income (loss) also includes net realized
investment gains of $122.2 million, $207.6 million and
$30.8 million in 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively.
40
The major components of operating income and a
reconciliation of operating income to net income is as follows:
Operating loss of $125.8 million for 2002
decreased $878.0 million compared to operating income of
$752.2 million for 2001. The decrease in 2002 operating
income reflects unfavorable prior year reserve development in
2002 of $1.535 billion, net of the benefit from the Citigroup
indemnification agreement, versus $10.8 million of
unfavorable prior year reserve development in 2001. The 2002
prior year reserve development includes a $1.394 billion
charge related to asbestos, net of the benefit from the
Citigroup indemnification agreement, versus a charge of
$122.7 million in 2001. On January 14, 2003, the
Company reported the results of its asbestos reserve study and
the strengthening of its asbestos reserves to
$3.404 billion, after reinsurance recoverables. The study
involved an extensive review and assessment of the
Companys exposure to asbestos losses, particularly in
light of the Companys recent claims experience and
industry-wide trends. The Company has now fully utilized the
$800.0 million pretax benefit under the Citigroup
indemnification agreement. For additional information see
Asbestos Claims and Litigation.
Separately, the Company strengthened its environmental reserves
in the fourth quarter by $100.0 million, bringing the total
to $385.5 million, and reduced its reserves for cumulative
injuries other than asbestos by $94.8 million to
$553.6 million. These actions were taken as a result of
recent payment and settlement experience. In addition, the
Company strengthened prior year reserves for certain run-off
lines of business including assumed reinsurance, and experienced
favorable current year development in certain ongoing
businesses. Despite the benefit of higher average invested
assets resulting from strong cash flows from underwriting, net
investment income of $1.123 billion was $69.5 million
lower than 2001 due to reduced returns in the Companys
public equity investments and the lower interest rate
environment. Operating income in 2002 was favorably impacted by
no catastrophe losses compared to $470.5 million of
catastrophe losses in 2001, including $447.9 million
related to the terrorist attack on September 11, 2001. The
elimination of goodwill amortization also benefited 2002
operating income. Underwriting gain (loss), excluding
catastrophes, prior year reserve development and goodwill
amortization increased $200.8 million to
$265.5 million in 2002. The 2002 underwriting results
reflect the benefit of the favorable premium rate environment in
excess of loss cost trends, higher production levels, higher
retention and selective growth in new business.
Operating income of $752.2 million for 2001
was down $437.1 million compared to operating income of
$1.189 billion in 2000. The 2001 decrease in operating
income compared to 2000 reflects the impact of catastrophe
losses of $447.9 million associated with the terrorist attack on
September 11th. Operating income in 2001 was also
unfavorably impacted by weather-related catastrophe losses of
$22.6 million compared to no catastrophe losses in 2000.
The decrease in 2001 operating income reflects unfavorable
asbestos prior year reserve development in 2001 of
$122.7 million versus $32.5 million in 2000. This was
partially offset by $111.9 million of favorable other prior
year reserve development in 2001 compared to $9.7 million
of favorable other prior year reserve development in 2000. Also
contributing to the 2001 decrease in operating income was a
$62.0 million decrease in net investment income from 2000,
which largely reflects the increase in dividends and debt
repayments to Citigroup, lower fixed income interest rates and
lower returns from private equity investments. Underwriting gain
(loss), excluding catastrophes, prior year reserve development
and goodwill amortization increased $76.4 million to $64.7
million in 2001. The 2001 underwriting results reflect the
benefit of premium rate increases and higher fee income,
partially offset by increased loss cost trends, including
increased medical costs, auto repair costs and reinsurance costs.
Revenues of $9.494 billion in 2002 increased
$1.722 billion from 2001. The increase is primarily
attributable to premium rate increases, higher fee income, the
inclusion of the full-year of Northland and Associates in 2002
and the benefit of the Citigroup indemnification agreement.
Total revenues for Northland and Associates were
$946.7 million in 2002, an increase of $715.4 million
over 2001 which only includes the fourth quarter of 2001. The
increase in revenue for 2002 was partially offset by lower net
investment income combined with lower realized investment
41
Earned premiums were $6.801 billion in 2002
compared to $5.447 billion in 2001 and $4.747 billion
in 2000. The increase in earned premiums in 2002 was primarily
due to premium rate increases and the full-year inclusion of
Northland and Associates in 2002. Earned premiums related to
Northland and Associates were $846.1 million in 2002, an
increase of $642.9 million over 2001 which only includes
the fourth quarter of 2001. The 2001 increase in earned premiums
was primarily due to rate increases, the full-year impact of the
ongoing business associated with the Reliance Surety acquisition
and the renewal rights for the Reliance Middle Market and
Frontier businesses, and the inclusion of Northland and
Associates in the fourth quarter of 2001. The inclusion of
Northland and Associates in the fourth quarter of 2001 added
$203.2 million to full year 2001 earned premiums.
Net investment income was $1.495 billion for
2002, a decrease of $121.0 million from $1.616 billion
in 2001. Lower average investment yields reflected reduced
returns in the Companys public equity investments and the
lower interest rate environment, partially offset by an increase
in average invested assets due to the inclusion of Northland and
Associates and increased cash flow from operations. Net
investment income related to Northland and Associates was
$88.2 million in 2002, an increase of $65.8 million
over 2001 which only includes the fourth quarter of 2001. Net
investment income was $1.616 billion in 2001, a decrease of
$96.9 million from $1.713 billion in 2000. This
decrease largely reflects the increase in dividends and debt
repayments to Citigroup, lower fixed income interest rates and
lower returns from private equity investments. The inclusion of
Northland and Associates in the fourth quarter of 2001 added
$22.4 million to full year 2001 net investment income.
Fee income was $454.9 million in 2002, a
$107.5 million increase from 2001. Fee income was
$347.4 million in 2001, a $35.0 million increase from
2000. National Accounts is the primary source of fee income due
to its service businesses, which include claim and loss
prevention services to large companies that choose to self
insure a portion of their insurance risks and claims and policy
management services to workers compensation and automobile
assigned risk plans and to self-insurance pools. The increases
in fee income were primarily due to the favorable rate
environment and the repopulation of the involuntary pools. Claim
volume under administration increased to $2.656 billion for
2002, compared to $2.252 billion in 2001 and
$2.024 billion in 2000.
Recoveries of $520.0 million under the
Citigroup indemnification agreement have been included in
revenues as Recoveries from former affiliate.
Other revenues decreased to $32.1 million in
2002, from $41.4 million in 2001. Other revenues increased
$25.3 million to $41.4 million in 2001 from
$16.1 million in 2000.
Net written premiums by market were as follows:
Commercial Lines net written premiums were
$7.370 billion in 2002 compared to $5.738 billion in
2001 and $5.031 billion in 2000. The 2002 increase reflects
premium rate increases and the full-year inclusion of Northland
and Associates. The inclusion of Northland and Associates
contributed $657.4 million to the increase, including
approximately $115.0 million relating to the termination of
certain reinsurance contracts in 2002. Net written premiums
related to Northland and Associates were $824.8 million in
2002, compared to $167.4 million in 2001 which only
includes the fourth quarter of 2001. The Commercial Lines
business of Northland and Associates is included with Commercial
Accounts. The 2001 increase reflected the impact of the
improving rate environment. The 2001 increase also includes the
full-year impact of the acquisition in 2000 of the renewal
rights for the Reliance Middle Market business, the acquisition
in 2000 of the renewal rights for the Frontier business in Gulf,
the impact of the ongoing business associated with the Reliance
Surety acquisition in Bond combined with net written premiums
related to the fourth quarter inclusion of Northland and
Associates in 2001. The inclusion of Northland and Associates in
the fourth quarter of 2001 added $167.4 million to full
year 2001 net written premiums. Included in Bond net written
premiums in 2000 is an increase of $130.7 million due to a
reinsurance transaction associated with the acquisition of the
Reliance Surety business.
In addition to fee based products, National
Accounts works with national and regional brokers to provide
tailored insurance coverages and programs, mainly to large
corporations. National Accounts also includes participation in
42
Commercial Accounts serves primarily mid-sized
businesses for casualty products and large, mid-sized and small
businesses for property products through a network of
independent agents and brokers. Commercial Accounts net written
premiums increased 48% to $3.556 billion in 2002. The
increase was significantly impacted by the inclusion in 2002 of
the full year results of Northland and Associates. Net written
premiums related to Northland and Associates were
$824.8 million and $167.4 million in 2002 and 2001,
respectively. Northland and Associates net written premiums
include an increase of approximately $115.0 million related
to the termination of certain reinsurance contracts. Excluding
the impact of Northland and Associates, net written premiums
increased 22% or $491.6 million for 2002, primarily driven
by renewal price changes averaging 22% for 2002 and strong
growth in new business. All major product lines
commercial automobile, property and general
liability contributed to the rise in renewal
pricing. Renewal price change represents the estimated average
change in premium on policies that renew, including rate and
exposure changes, versus the average premium on those same
policies for their prior term. The one area not showing adequate
rate improvement, however, is the workers compensation
line and, accordingly, Commercial Accounts has not grown this
business. New business premiums in Commercial Accounts for 2002
were $733.0 million compared to $507.0 million in
2001. The business retention ratio for 2002 was 75%, up from 71%
for 2001. For Commercial Lines, retention represents the
estimated percentage of premium available for renewal which
renewed in the current period. This renewal price change, new
business and retention information excludes Northland and
Associates for comparison purposes. Commercial Accounts net
written premiums of $2.407 billion in 2001 were
$308.2 million above 2000 premium levels. This increase
reflected renewal price changes of 19%, favorable new business
in national property and the inclusion of Northland and
Associates in the fourth quarter of 2001.
Select Accounts serves small businesses through a
network of independent agents. Select Accounts net written
premiums were $1.870 billion in 2002 compared to
$1.713 billion in 2001 and $1.575 billion in 2000. The
increase in Select Accounts net written premiums primarily
reflected renewal price changes averaging 17% for 2002. New
business premiums in Select Accounts for 2002 were
$306.5 million compared to $275.8 million in 2001. The
business retention ratio for 2002, which was 80%, remained
strong and consistent with 2001. Selects retention remains
strongest for small commercial business handled through the
Companys Service Centers, while premium growth has been
greatest in the commercial multiperil and property lines of
business. The 2001 increase in Select Accounts net written
premiums primarily reflected price increases. This increase was
partially offset by the Companys continued disciplined
approach to underwriting and risk management. Renewal price
changes averaged 14% for 2001 and retention levels were
favorable and averaged 80%.
Bond provides a variety of fidelity and surety
bonds and executive liability coverages to clients of all sizes
through independent agents and brokers. Bond net written
premiums of $629.9 million in 2002 was $39.7 million
higher than 2001. The 2002 amount is reduced by
$17.5 million due to a change in the Bond Executive
Liability excess of loss reinsurance treaty that was effective
January 1, 2002. In addition, the 2001 amount is increased
by $34.1 million due to the termination of the Master Bond
Liability reinsurance treaty effective January 1, 2001.
Excluding these two reinsurance adjustments, Bond net written
premiums increased $91.3 million during 2002 compared to
2001. This increase reflects a favorable premium rate
environment and strong production growth in executive liability
product lines, which target middle and small market private
accounts. In addition, the surety product lines benefited from
higher premium rates in 2002. Bond net written premiums of
$590.2 million in 2001 were $234.4 million above 2000,
after an adjustment of $130.7 million in 2000 due to a
reinsurance transaction associated with the acquisition of the
Reliance Surety business. The $234.4 million increase was
primarily due to the full-year impact of the ongoing business
associated with the Reliance Surety acquisition and production
growth in Bonds Executive Liability product line group,
specifically its fidelity, directors and officers
liability and packaged product lines. The packaged product lines
combine fidelity insurance, employment practices liability
insurance, directors and officers liability
insurance, other related professional liability insurance and
fiduciary liability insurance into one product with either
individual or aggregate limits. Bonds Executive Liability
product lines target middle and small market private accounts as
well as not-for-profit accounts. The growth in these product
lines is reflective of Bonds strategy to further enhance
its product and customer diversification through the faster
growing and larger executive liability market.
Gulf markets products to national, mid-sized and
small customers and distributes them through both wholesale
brokers and retail agents and brokers throughout the United
States with particular emphasis on executive and
43
Commercial Lines claims and expenses of
$10.039 billion in 2002 increased $3.531 billion from
2001 and increased $1.338 billion in 2001 compared to 2000.
The 2002 increase was primarily related to asbestos prior year
reserve development, the inclusion in 2002 of the full-year
results of Northland and Associates, and increased loss cost
trends, partially offset by the $644.0 million of losses
attributed to the effect of the terrorist attack in 2001.
Included in claims and expenses in 2002 is unfavorable prior
year reserve development of $3.162 billion compared to 2001
unfavorable prior year reserve development of
$16.6 million. The most significant component in 2002 prior
year reserve development was asbestos incurred losses which
increased $2.756 billion over 2001. For additional
information see Asbestos Claims and
Litigation. Separately, the Company strengthened its
environmental reserves in the fourth quarter by
$100.0 million, bringing the total to $385.5 million,
and reduced its reserves for cumulative injuries other than
asbestos by $94.8 million to $553.6 million. These
actions were taken as a result of recent payment and settlement
experience. In addition, the Company strengthened prior year
reserves for certain run-off lines of business, including
assumed reinsurance, and experienced favorable development in
certain ongoing businesses. Claims and expenses for Northland
and Associates were $967.7 million in 2002, an increase of
$761.1 million over 2001 which only includes the fourth
quarter of 2001. The increase was also partially offset by the
elimination of goodwill amortization and by reduced catastrophe
losses. The 2001 increase was primarily due to higher
catastrophe losses primarily associated with the terrorist
attack on September 11th, increased loss cost trends,
including increased medical costs, auto repair costs, higher
losses and operating expenses associated with the growth in
premium and claims volume including the full-year impact of the
Reliance Surety acquisition and the acquisition of the renewal
rights for the Reliance Middle Market and Frontier businesses,
and the inclusion of Northland and Associates in the fourth
quarter of 2001, partially offset by higher favorable prior year
reserve development. The inclusion of Northland and Associates
in the fourth quarter of 2001 added $206.6 million to full
year 2001 claims and expenses.
There were no catastrophe losses in 2002 or 2000.
Catastrophe losses, net of taxes and reinsurance, were
$470.5 million in 2001. Catastrophe losses in 2001 were
primarily due to the terrorist attack on September 11th,
the Seattle earthquake and Tropical Storm Allison.
GAAP combined ratios before policyholder
dividends for Commercial Lines were as follows:
Commencing in 2002, the GAAP underwriting expense
ratio has been computed using net earned premiums. Previously,
this ratio for GAAP purposes was computed using net written
premiums. Prior periods have been restated to conform to this
new presentation.
The deterioration in the 2002 GAAP combined ratio
includes the impact of higher prior year reserve development,
primarily due to asbestos, partially offset by no catastrophe
losses in 2002 compared to the impact of the terrorist attack on
September 11th on 2001, and the elimination of goodwill
amortization. The improvement in the GAAP combined ratio,
excluding catastrophes, prior year reserve development and
goodwill amortization, from 2001 to 2002, reflects an
improvement in the loss and LAE ratio and an improvement in the
underwriting expense ratio. The improvement in the loss and LAE
ratio is primarily due to the benefit of the favorable rate
environment and improved profitability from the Companys
continued effort to adjust business mix to areas generating rate
adequacy. The improvement in the underwriting expense ratio is
primarily attributed to the benefit of premium rate increases.
The deterioration in the 2001 GAAP combined ratio
resulted primarily from the impact of the terrorist attack on
September 11th. The improvement in the GAAP combined ratio,
excluding catastrophes, prior year reserve development and
goodwill amortization, from 2000 to 2001, reflects an
improvement in the loss and LAE ratio, partially
44
Personal Lines
Net income in 2002 was $316.8 million
compared to $242.4 million in 2001 and $343.6 million
in 2000. Included in 2001 was a net loss of $41.6 million
related to the terrorist attack on September 11, 2001.
Included in 2000 was minority interest of $16.6 million
related to the January through April 2000 period when
approximately 14.8% of TIGHIs outstanding common stock was
not owned by TPC. During April 2000, TPC completed a cash tender
offer and merger, as a result of which TIGHI became TPCs
wholly-owned subsidiary. Personal Lines net income also includes
net realized investment gains (losses) of
$(28.5) million, $4.3 million and $(0.3) million
in 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively.
The major components of operating income and a
reconciliation of operating income to net income is as follows:
Operating income of $346.9 million for 2002
was $105.9 million higher than $241.0 million for
2001. Operating income in 2002 increased primarily due to
premium rate increases in excess of loss cost trends and the
$41.6 million impact of the terrorist attack on
September 11th on 2001 operating income. This was partially
offset by natural catastrophe losses of $54.7 million
compared to $44.5 million of natural catastrophe losses in
2001. Favorable reserve development was recognized, primarily in
automobile, due to the moderation in loss cost trends. The
elimination of goodwill amortization also contributed to the
increase in 2002 operating income. Despite the benefit of higher
average invested assets resulting from strong cash flows from
underwriting, 2002 net investment income of $278.8 million
was $15.4 million lower than 2001 reflecting reduced
returns in the Companys public equity investments and the
lower interest rate environment. Underwriting gain (loss),
excluding catastrophes, prior year reserve development and
goodwill amortization increased $68.2 million to
$51.6 million in 2002. The 2002 underwriting results
reflect an improved premium rate environment in both auto and
property and a moderation in the increase in loss cost trends.
Operating income of $241.0 million for 2001
was down $119.5 million compared to operating income of
$360.5 million in 2000. The decrease in operating income in
2001 reflects a net loss of $41.6 million related to the
impact of the terrorist attack on September 11th. Operating
income in 2001 was favorably impacted by natural catastrophe
losses of $44.5 million compared to $53.6 million of
natural catastrophe losses in 2000. Operating income in 2001 was
also impacted by lower favorable
45
Revenues of $4.775 billion in 2002 increased
$321.4 million from 2001. The increase in revenues
reflected growth in earned premiums due to premium rate
increases and the full-year inclusion of Northland in 2002,
partially offset by realized investment losses in 2002 compared
to realized investment gains in 2001 and a decrease in net
investment income. Total revenues for Northland were
$123.0 million in 2002, an increase of $99.9 million
over 2001 which only includes the fourth quarter of 2001.
Revenues in 2001 were $4.454 billion, an increase of
$222.0 million compared to $4.232 billion in 2000. The
increase was primarily attributable to a $248.5 million
growth in earned premiums primarily due to rate increases and
$6.3 million of realized investment gains in 2001, compared
to $0.6 million realized investment losses in 2000. This
was partially offset by a $35.9 million decrease in net
investment income from 2000, which largely reflects the increase
in dividends and debt repayments to Citigroup and lower fixed
income interest rates. The inclusion of Northland in the fourth
quarter of 2001 added $23.1 million to full-year 2001
revenues.
Earned premiums increased $390.2 million to
$4.354 billion in 2002 from $3.964 billion in 2001.
The increase in earned premiums in 2002 was primarily due to
rate increases in all product lines and the full-year inclusion
of Northland in 2002. Earned premiums for Northland were
$112.1 million in 2002, an increase of $91.2 million
over 2001 which only includes the fourth quarter of 2001. Earned
premiums increased $248.5 million to $3.964 billion in
2001 from $3.715 billion in 2000 primarily due to rate
increases. The inclusion of Northland in the fourth quarter of
2001 added $20.9 million to full-year 2001 earned premiums.
Net investment income was $384.7 million in
2002, a decrease of $25.5 million from 2001. The decline
resulted from reduced returns in the Companys public
equity investments and the lower interest rate environment,
mostly offset by the benefit of higher average invested assets
resulting from strong cash flows from operations. Net investment
income was $410.2 million in 2001, a decrease of
$35.9 million from 2000. This decrease largely reflects the
increase in dividends and debt repayments to Citigroup and lower
fixed income interest rates.
Other revenues were $80.1 million in 2002, a
$6.8 million increase from 2001. Premium installment
charges are the primary source of Personal Lines other income.
The increase in other revenues was primarily due to the
full-year inclusion of Northland in 2002. Other revenues
increased $2.5 million to $73.3 million in 2001.
Personal Lines had approximately
5.5 million, 5.4 million and 5.4 million policies
in force at December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively.
Net written premiums by product line were as
follows:
Personal Lines net written premiums in 2002 were
$4.575 billion, compared to $4.108 billion in 2001.
The increase in net written premiums of $467.1 million in
2002 was principally a result of renewal price increases in both
the Automobile and Homeowners and Other lines of business and
the full-year inclusion of Northland in 2002. Net written
premiums for Northland were $111.0 million in 2002, an
increase of $85.7 million over 2001 which only includes the
fourth quarter of 2001. Personal Lines net written premiums in
2001 were $4.108 billion, a $295.1 million increase
compared to $3.813 billion in 2000. The increase in 2001
reflects growth in target markets served by independent agents
and growth in affinity group marketing and joint marketing
arrangements, partially offset by continued emphasis on
disciplined underwriting and risk management. Rate increases
implemented in both the automobile and homeowners product lines
were the primary contributors to the growth in net written
premiums in 2001. The inclusion of Northland in the fourth
quarter of 2001 added $25.3 million to full-year 2001 net
written premiums.
Automobile net written premiums increased 10% to
$2.843 billion in 2002. Excluding the impact of Northland,
which contributed $97.5 million and $23.7 million to
2002 and 2001, respectively, Automobile net written premiums
increased 7% to $2.745 billion. Renewal price changes for
standard voluntary business averaged 8% for 2002. Renewal price
change for Personal Lines products represents the estimated
average change in premium on policies that renew, including rate
and exposure changes, versus the average premium on those same
policies for their prior term. Policy retention levels for
standard voluntary business remained favorable and averaged 80%.
Retention for Personal Lines products represents the estimated
percentage of policies from the prior year period renewed in the
current period. Automobile net written premiums increased 9% to
$2.591 billion in 2001, 8% excluding the impact of
46
Homeowners and Other net written premiums
increased 14% to $1.732 billion in 2002. Excluding the
impact of Northland, which contributed $13.5 million and
$1.6 million to 2002 and 2001, respectively, Homeowners and
Other net written premiums increased 13% to $1.719 billion.
Renewal price changes averaged 15% for 2002. Retention levels
also remained favorable and averaged 80%. Homeowners and Other
net written premiums increased 5% to $1.517 billion in
2001. Renewal price changes averaged 10% for 2001 and retention
levels were favorable and averaged 80%.
Production through the Companys independent
agents in Personal Lines, which represents over 81% of Personal
Lines total net written premiums, was up 13% to $3.736 billion
for 2002, including the impact of Northland. Net written
premiums through channels other than independent agents was up
5% to $839.4 million for 2002 as the favorable impact of
renewal price changes was offset in part by a reduction in
policies in force due to underwriting actions taken to eliminate
marginally profitable businesses. Production through the
Companys independent agents in Personal Lines was up 9% to
$3.308 billion in 2001. Net written premiums through
channels other than independent agents was up 2% to
$800.0 million in 2001.
Personal Lines claims and expenses were
$4.331 billion in 2002 compared to $4.115 billion in
2001 and $3.715 billion in 2000. The 2002 increase was
primarily attributed to the inclusion in 2002 of the full-year
results of Northland and increased loss cost trends partially
offset by the effects of the terrorist attack on
September 11th in 2001. Claims and expenses for Northland
were $121.8 million in 2002, an increase of
$97.1 million over 2001 which only includes the fourth
quarter of 2001. During 2002, Personal Lines experienced a
moderation in the rise in auto loss costs. The 2002 amount
includes $29.9 million of favorable prior year reserve
development versus $31.0 million in 2001. Also impacting
year over year results were higher natural catastrophe losses
and the benefit of the elimination of goodwill amortization. The
increase in claims and expenses in 2001 reflects
$60.0 million of catastrophe losses associated with the
terrorist attack on September 11th. The increase also
reflects the impact of increased loss cost trends and lower
favorable prior year reserve development. The inclusion of
Northland in the fourth quarter of 2001 added $24.7 million
to full-year 2001 claims and expenses.
Catastrophe losses, net of taxes and reinsurance,
were $54.7 million, $86.1 million and
$53.6 million in 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively.
Catastrophe losses in 2002 were primarily due to winter storms
in the Midwest and New York in the first quarter, wind and
hailstorms in the mid Atlantic region in the second and third
quarters, and Tropical Storm Lili and wind, hail and icestorms
in the Southeast in the fourth quarter. Catastrophe losses in
2001 were primarily due to the terrorist attack on
September 11th, Tropical Storm Allison and wind and
hailstorms in the Midwest and Texas in the second quarter.
Catastrophe losses in 2000 were primarily due to Texas, Midwest
and Northeast wind and hailstorms in the second quarter and
hailstorms in Louisiana and Texas in the first quarter.
GAAP combined ratios for Personal Lines were as
follows:
Commencing in 2002, the GAAP underwriting expense
ratio has been computed using net earned premiums. Previously,
this ratio for GAAP purposes was computed using net written
premiums. Prior periods have been restated to conform to this
new presentation.
The improvement in the 2002 GAAP combined ratio
includes the impact of slightly higher natural catastrophes in
2002, the impact of the terrorist attack on September 11th
on 2001, slightly lower favorable prior year reserve development
and the elimination of goodwill amortization. The improvement in
the GAAP combined ratio excluding catastrophes, prior year
reserve development and goodwill amortization, from 2001 to
2002, reflects an improvement in both the loss and LAE ratio and
the underwriting expense ratio. The improvement in the loss and
LAE ratio is primarily attributed to rate increases and the
moderation in loss cost trends. The improvement in the
underwriting expense ratio is primarily attributed to the
benefit of premium rate increases. An increase in contingent
commissions, resulting from the improved underwriting results,
offset an overall reduction in other expenses.
The deterioration in the 2001 GAAP combined ratio
includes the impact of September 11th, and lower favorable
prior year reserve development partially offset by lower natural
catastrophes in 2001. The deterioration in the GAAP combined
ratio, excluding catastrophes, prior year reserve development
and goodwill amortization, from 2000 to 2001, reflects a
deterioration in both the loss and
47
Interest Expense and Other
The primary component of net loss before minority
interest for 2002, 2001 and 2000 was after-tax interest expense
of $99.6 million, $133.2 million and
$192.1 million, respectively. Net loss in 2000 reflects
minority interest of $4.7 million related to the January
through April 2000 period when approximately 14.8% of
TIGHIs outstanding common stock was not owned by TPC.
During April 2000, TPC completed a cash tender offer and merger,
as a result of which TIGHI became TPCs wholly owned
subsidiary. The reduction in interest expense in 2002 is due to
lower average interest-bearing debt levels primarily related to
the repayment of debt obligations to Citigroup in the 2002 first
quarter. The decrease in interest expense in 2001 is due to
lower outstanding debt and lower interest rates. Included in
2001 net loss was the after tax benefit of a $5.7 million
dividend from an investment that was sold to Citigroup in 2002.
ASBESTOS CLAIMS AND LITIGATION
The Company believes that the property and
casualty insurance industry has suffered from judicial
interpretations and other trends that have attempted to maximize
insurance availability for asbestos claims, from both a coverage
and liability standpoint, far beyond the intent of the
contracting parties. These policies generally were issued prior
to 1980. As a result, the Company continues to experience an
increase in the number of asbestos claims being tendered to the
Company by the Companys policyholders (which includes
others seeking coverage under a policy) including claims against
the Companys policyholders by individuals who do not
appear to be impaired by asbestos exposure. Factors underlying
these increases include more intensive advertising by lawyers
seeking asbestos claimants, the increasing focus by plaintiffs
on new and previously peripheral defendants and an increase in
the number of entities seeking bankruptcy protection as a result
of asbestos-related liabilities. In addition to contributing to
the increase in claims, bankruptcy proceedings may increase the
volatility of asbestos-related losses by initially delaying the
reporting of claims and later by significantly accelerating and
increasing loss payments by insurers, including the Company. The
Company is currently involved in coverage litigation concerning
a number of policyholders who have filed for bankruptcy,
including, among others, ACandS, Inc., and who have asserted
that all or a portion of their asbestos-related claims are not
subject to aggregate limits on coverage as described generally
in the next paragraph. See Legal
Proceedings. Particularly during the last few months of
2001 and continuing through 2002, the trends described above
both accelerated and became more visible. Accordingly, there is
a high degree of uncertainty with respect to future exposure
from asbestos claims.
Increasingly, policyholders have been asserting
that their claims for asbestos-related insurance are not subject
to aggregate limits on coverage and that each individual bodily
injury claim should be treated as a separate occurrence under
the policy. The Company expects this trend to continue. It is
difficult to predict whether these policyholders will be
successful on both issues or whether the Company will be
successful in asserting additional defenses. To the extent both
issues are resolved in policyholders favor and other
additional Company defenses are not successful, the
Companys coverage obligations under the policies at issue
would be materially increased and bounded only by the applicable
per occurrence limits and the number of asbestos bodily injury
claims against the policyholders. Accordingly, it is difficult
to predict the ultimate size of the claims for coverage not
subject to aggregate limits.
Many coverage disputes with policyholders are
only resolved through settlement agreements. Because many
policyholders make exaggerated demands, it is difficult to
predict the outcome of settlement negotiations. Settlements
involving bankrupt policyholders may include extensive releases
which are favorable to the Company and which could result in
settlements for larger amounts than originally anticipated. As
in the past, the Company will continue to pursue settlement
opportunities.
In addition, proceedings have been launched
directly against insurers, including the Company, challenging
insurers conduct in respect of asbestos claims, including
in some cases with respect to previous settlements. The Company
anticipates the filing of other direct actions against insurers,
including the Company, in the future. Particularly in light of
jurisdictional issues, it is difficult to predict the outcome of
these proceedings, including whether the plaintiffs will be able
to sustain these actions against insurers based on novel legal
theories of liability. See Legal
Proceedings.
48
Because each policyholder presents different
liability and coverage issues, the Company generally evaluates
the exposure presented by each policyholder on a
policyholder-by-policyholder basis. In the course of this
evaluation, the Company considers: available insurance coverage,
including the role of any umbrella or excess insurance the
Company has issued to the policyholder; limits and deductibles;
an analysis of each policyholders potential liability; the
jurisdictions involved; past and anticipated future claim
activity and loss development on pending claims; past settlement
values of similar claims; allocated claim adjustment expense;
potential role of other insurance; the role, if any, of
non-asbestos claims or potential non-asbestos claims in any
resolution process; and applicable coverage defenses or
determinations, if any, including the determination as to
whether or not an asbestos claim is a products/completed
operation claim subject to an aggregate limit and the available
coverage, if any, for that claim. Once the gross ultimate
exposure for indemnity and related claim adjustment expense is
determined for each policyholder by each policy year, the
Company calculates a ceded reinsurance projection based on any
applicable facultative and treaty reinsurance, as well as past
ceded experience. Adjustments to the ceded projections also
occur due to actual ceded claim experience and reinsurance
collections. Conventional actuarial methods are not utilized to
establish asbestos reserves. The Companys evaluations have
not resulted in any meaningful data from which an average
asbestos defense or indemnity payment may be determined.
The Company also compares its historical direct
and net loss and expense paid experience, year-by-year, to
assess any emerging trends, fluctuations or characteristics
suggested by the aggregate paid activity. Losses paid have
increased in 2002 compared to prior years. There has been an
acceleration in recent quarters in the amount of payments,
including those from prior settlements of coverage disputes
entered into between the Company and certain of its
policyholders. For 2002, approximately 54% of total paid losses
relate to policyholders with whom the Company previously entered
into settlement agreements that limit the Companys
liability. Net losses paid were $361.1 million for 2002
compared to $174.8 million for 2001 reflective of the items
described above.
At December 31, 2002, asbestos reserves were
$3.404 billion, an increase of $2.584 billion compared
to $820.4 million as of December 31, 2001. Net
incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses were
$2.945 billion for 2002 compared to $188.8 million for
2001. This charge was partially offset by an after tax benefit
of $520.0 million, included in revenues, related to
recoveries from full utilization of the Citigroup
indemnification agreement. The increase in reserves is based on
the Companys analysis of asbestos claim and litigation
trends. As part of a periodic, ground-up study of asbestos
reserves, the Company studied the implications of these and
other significant developments, with special attention to major
asbestos defendants and non-products claims alleging that the
Companys coverage obligations are not subject to aggregate
limits. In addition, Company management expanded its historical
methodology in response to recent trends. This included further
categorization of policyholders, conducting an examination of
recent claim activity from policyholders reporting claims for
the first time, and a review of past settlements.
The Companys asbestos study segmented
asbestos exposures into the following categories: policyholders
with settlement agreements, other policyholders with active
claims, assumed reinsurance and reserves for unallocated
incurred but not reported (IBNR) claims. The following
table displays asbestos reserves by policyholder category:
Policyholders with settlement agreements include
structured agreements, coverage in place arrangements and
Wellington accounts. Reserves are based on the expected payout
for each policyholder under the applicable agreements.
Structured agreements are arrangements under which policyholders
and/or plaintiffs agree to fixed financial amounts to be paid at
scheduled times. In August 2002, the Company entered into a
settlement agreement with Shook & Fletcher Insulation
Co. (Shook) settling coverage litigation under insurance
policies which the Company issued to Shook. After payments made
in the fourth quarter of 2002 under this settlement, the
remaining obligations are valued at approximately
$99.2 million (after reinsurance and discounting). In May
2002, the Company agreed with approximately three dozen other
insurers and PPG Industries, Inc. (PPG) on key terms to
settle asbestos-related coverage litigation under insurance
policies issued to PPG. While there remain a number of
contingencies, including the final execution of documents, court
approval and possible appeals, the Company believes that the
completion of the settlement pursuant to the terms announced in
May 2002 is likely based upon substantial progress in
negotiations during the fourth quarter of 2002. The
Companys single payment contribution to the proposed
settlement, expected in June 2004, is approximately
$388.8 million after
49
Other policyholders with active claims are
annually identified as Home Office Review or Field Office Review
policyholders. Policyholders are identified for Home Office
Review based upon, among other factors: aggregate payments in
excess of a specified threshold (currently $100,000), perceived
level of exposure, number of reported claims, products/completed
operations and potential non-product exposures, size
of policyholder and geographic distribution of products or
services sold by the policyholder.
Assumed reinsurance exposure primarily consists
of reinsurance of excess coverage, including various pool
participations. In addition to amounts in reserve for specific
policyholders or groups of policyholders, as described above,
the Company has established an unallocated IBNR reserve to
respond to adverse development for existing policyholders, new
claims from policyholders reporting claims for the first time
and for policyholders for which there is, or may be litigation.
The following table displays activity for
asbestos losses and loss expenses and reserves:
See Uncertainty Regarding
Adequacy of Asbestos and Environmental Reserves.
ENVIRONMENTAL CLAIMS AND LITIGATION
The Company continues to receive claims from
policyholders which allege that they are liable for injury or
damage arising out of their alleged disposition of toxic
substances. Mostly, these claims are due to various legislative
as well as regulatory efforts aimed at environmental
remediation. For instance, the Comprehensive Environmental
Response, Compensation and Liability Act, or CERCLA, enacted in
1980 and later modified, enables private parties as well as
federal and state governments to take action with respect to
releases and threatened releases of hazardous substances. This
federal statute permits the recovery of response costs from some
liable parties and may require liable parties to undertake their
own remedial action. Liability under CERCLA may be joint and
several with other responsible parties.
The Company has been, and continues to be,
involved in litigation involving insurance coverage issues
pertaining to environmental claims. The Company believes that
some court decisions have interpreted the insurance coverage to
be broader than the original intent of the insurers and
policyholders. These decisions often pertain to insurance
policies that were issued by the Company prior to the mid-1970s.
These decisions continue to be inconsistent and vary from
jurisdiction to jurisdiction. Environmental claims when
submitted rarely indicate the monetary amount being sought by
the claimant from the policyholder, and the Company does not
keep track of the monetary amount being sought in those few
claims which indicate a monetary amount.
The Companys reserves for environmental
claims are not established on a claim-by-claim basis. The
Company carries an aggregate bulk reserve for all of the
Companys environmental claims that are in dispute until
the dispute is resolved. This bulk reserve is established and
adjusted based upon the aggregate volume of in-process
environmental claims and the Companys experience in
resolving those claims. At December 31, 2002, approximately
81% of the net environmental reserve (approximately
$311.8 million) is carried in a bulk reserve and includes
unresolved and incurred but not reported environmental claims
for which the Company has not received any specific claims as
well as for the anticipated cost of coverage litigation disputes
relating to these claims. The balance, approximately 19% of the
net environmental reserve (approximately $73.7 million),
consists of case reserves for resolved claims.
The Companys reserving methodology is
preferable to one based on identified claims because
the resolution of environmental exposures by the Company
generally occurs by settlement on a policyholder-by-policyholder
basis as opposed to a claim-by-claim basis. Generally, the
settlement between the Company and the policyholder extinguishes
any obligation the Company may have under any
50
In establishing environmental reserves, the
Company evaluates the exposure presented by each policyholder
and the anticipated cost of resolution, if any, for each
policyholder on a quarterly basis. In the course of this
analysis, the Company considers the probable liability,
available coverage, relevant judicial interpretations and
historical value of similar exposures. In addition, the Company
considers the many variables presented, such as the nature of
the alleged activities of the policyholder at each site; the
allegations of environmental harm at each site; the number of
sites; the total number of potentially responsible parties at
each site; the nature of environmental harm and the
corresponding remedy at each site; the nature of government
enforcement activities at each site; the ownership and general
use of each site; the overall nature of the insurance
relationship between the Company and the policyholder, including
the role of any umbrella or excess insurance the Company has
issued to the policyholder; the involvement of other insurers;
the potential for other available coverage, including the number
of years of coverage; the role, if any, of non-environmental
claims or potential non-environmental claims, in any resolution
process; and the applicable law in each jurisdiction.
Conventional actuarial techniques are not used to estimate these
reserves.
The duration of the Companys investigation
and review of these claims and the extent of time necessary to
determine an appropriate estimate, if any, of the value of the
claim to the Company, vary significantly and are dependent upon
a number of factors. These factors include, but are not limited
to, the cooperation of the policyholder in providing claim
information, the pace of underlying litigation or claim
processes, the pace of coverage litigation between the
policyholder and the Company and the willingness of the
policyholder and the Company to negotiate, if appropriate, a
resolution of any dispute pertaining to these claims. Because
these factors vary from claim-to-claim and
policyholder-by-policyholder, the Company cannot provide a
meaningful average of the duration of an environmental claim.
However, based upon the Companys experience in resolving
these claims, the duration may vary from months to several years.
Over the past three years, the Company has
experienced a substantial reduction in the number of
policyholders with pending coverage litigation disputes, a
continued reduction in the number of policyholders tendering for
the first time an environmental remediation-type claim to the
Company, as well as a continued reduction in the number of
policyholders with active environmental claims.
As of December 31, 2002, the number of
policyholders with pending coverage litigation disputes
pertaining to environmental claims was 205, approximately 5%
less than the number pending as of December 31, 2001, and
approximately 16% less than the number pending as of
December 31, 2000. Also, in 2002, there were 110
policyholders tendering for the first time an environmental
remediation-type claim to the Company. This compares to
134 policyholders doing so in 2001 and
158 policyholders in 2000. The Companys review of
policyholders tendering claims for the first time has indicated
that they are fewer in number and lower in severity. More
specifically, policyholders are smaller in size, have fewer
sites per policyholder, they are lower tier defendants, and
regulatory agencies are utilizing risk based analysis and more
efficient clean-up technologies.
The Company has resolved, for approximately
$1.952 billion (before reinsurance), the environmental
liabilities presented by 5,807, or 92%, of the total 6,342
policyholders who have tendered environmental claims to the
Company through December 31, 2002. The Company generally
has been successful in resolving the Companys coverage
litigation disputes and continues to reduce the Companys
potential exposure through settlements with some policyholders.
However, recent increases in settlement amounts have led the
Company to increase its environmental reserves by
$100.0 million in the fourth quarter of 2002.
51
The following table displays activity for
environmental losses and loss expenses and reserves:
UNCERTAINTY REGARDING ADEQUACY OF ASBESTOS AND ENVIRONMENTAL
RESERVES
As a result of the processes and procedures
described above, management believes that the reserves carried
for asbestos and environmental claims at December 31, 2002
are appropriately established based upon known facts, current
law and managements judgment. However, the uncertainties
surrounding the final resolution of these claims continue, and
it is presently not possible to estimate the ultimate exposure
for asbestos and environmental claims and related litigation. As
a result, the reserve is subject to revision as new information
becomes available. The continuing uncertainties include without
limitation, the risks and lack of predictability inherent in
major litigation, any impact from the bankruptcy protection
sought by various asbestos producers and other asbestos
defendants, a further increase or decrease in asbestos and
environmental claims which cannot now be anticipated, the role
of any umbrella or excess policies the Company has issued, the
resolution or adjudication of some disputes pertaining to the
amount of available coverage for asbestos claims in a manner
inconsistent with the Companys previous assessment of
these claims, the number and outcome of direct actions against
the Company, and future developments pertaining to the
Companys ability to recover reinsurance for asbestos and
environmental claims. It is also not possible to predict changes
in the legal and legislative environment and their impact on the
future development of asbestos and environmental claims. This
development will be affected by future court decisions and
interpretations, as well as changes in applicable legislation.
It is also difficult to predict the ultimate outcome of large
coverage disputes until settlement negotiations near completion
and significant legal questions are resolved or, failing
settlement, until the dispute is adjudicated. This is
particularly the case with policyholders in bankruptcy where
negotiations often involve a large number of claimants and other
parties and require court approval to be effective. Also see
Legal Proceedings.
Because of the uncertainties set forth above,
additional liabilities may arise for amounts in excess of the
current related reserves. In addition, the Companys
estimate of ultimate claims and claim adjustment expenses may
change. These additional liabilities or increases in estimates,
or a range of either, cannot now be reasonably estimated and
could result in income statement charges that could be material
to the Companys operating results and financial condition
in future periods.
CUMULATIVE INJURY OTHER THAN ASBESTOS (CIOTA) CLAIMS
CIOTA claims are generally submitted to the
Company under general liability policies and often involve an
allegation by a claimant against a policyholder that the
claimant has suffered injuries as a result of long-term or
continuous exposure to potentially harmful products or
substances. These potentially harmful products or substances
include, but are not limited to, lead paint, pesticides,
pharmaceutical products, silicone-based personal products,
solvents, latex gloves, silica and other potentially harmful
substances.
Due to claimants allegations of long-term
bodily injury in CIOTA claims, numerous complex issues regarding
these claims are presented. The claimants theories of
liability must be evaluated, the evidence pertaining to a causal
link between injury and exposure to a substance must be
reviewed, the potential role of other causes of injury must be
analyzed, the liability of other defendants must be explored, an
assessment of a claimants damages must be made and the law
of the applicable jurisdiction must be analyzed. In addition,
the Company must review the number of policies it has issued to
the policyholder and whether these policies are triggered by the
allegations, the terms and limits of liability of these
policies, the obligations of other insurers to respond to the
claim and the role, if any, of non-CIOTA claims or potential
non-CIOTA claims in any resolution process.
To the extent disputes exist between the Company
and a policyholder regarding the coverage available for CIOTA
claims, the Company resolves the disputes, where feasible,
through settlement with the policyholder or through coverage
litigation. Historically, the Companys experience has
indicated that policyholders with potentially significant
environmental and/or asbestos exposures, may often have other
CIOTA exposures or CIOTA claims pending with the Company.
Generally, the terms of a settlement agreement set forth the
nature of the Companys participation in resolving CIOTA
claims and the scope of coverage to be
52
At December 31, 2002, approximately 77%
(approximately $425.0 million) of the net CIOTA reserve
represents incurred but not reported losses for which the
Company has not received any specific claims. The balance,
approximately 23% of the net aggregate reserve (approximately
$128.6 million), is for pending CIOTA claims.
The following table displays activity for CIOTA
losses and loss expenses and reserves:
INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO
The Companys invested assets at
December 31, 2002 totaled $38.425 billion, including
$3.599 billion of securities in process of settlement, of
which 91% was invested in fixed maturity and short-term
investments, 2% in common stocks and other equity securities, 1%
in mortgage loans and real estate held for sale and 6% in other
investments. Adjusting for the effect of securities in process
of settlement, invested assets at December 31, 2002 totaled
$34.826 billion, of which 90% was invested in fixed
maturity and short-term investments, 2% in common stocks and
other equity securities, 1% in mortgage loans and real estate
held for sale and 7% in other investments. Excluding the impact
of securities lending, unrealized investment gains and losses,
receivables for investment sales and payables on investment
purchases, the pre-tax average yield was 6.0%, 6.9% and 7.6% for
the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000,
respectively, and the after-tax average yield was 4.4%, 5.0% and
5.5% for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000,
respectively.
Because the primary purpose of the investment
portfolio is to fund future claims payments, the Company employs
a conservative investment philosophy. The Companys fixed
maturity portfolio at December 31, 2002 totaled $30.003
billion, comprising $29.462 billion of publicly traded
fixed maturities and $541.6 million of private fixed
maturities. The weighted average quality ratings of the
Companys publicly traded fixed maturity portfolio and
private fixed maturity portfolio at December 31, 2002 were
Aa2 and Baa1, respectively. Included in the fixed maturity
portfolio at that date was approximately $1.945 billion of
below investment grade securities. The average duration of the
fixed maturity portfolio, including short-term investments, was
5.0 years as of December 31, 2002, or 5.8 years
excluding short-term investments.
The following table sets forth the Companys
combined fixed maturity investment portfolio classified by
Moodys Investors Service Inc. ratings:
The Company makes investments in collateralized
mortgage obligations, or CMOs. CMOs typically have high credit
quality, offer good liquidity, and provide a significant
advantage in yield and total return compared to
U.S. Treasury securities. The Companys investment
strategy is to purchase CMO tranches which offer the most
favorable return given the risks involved. One significant risk
evaluated is prepayment sensitivity. This drives the investment
process to generally favor prepayment protected CMO tranches
including planned amortization classes and last cash flow
tranches. The Company does not purchase residual interests in
CMOs.
53
At December 31, 2002, the Company held CMOs
with a fair value of $4.120 billion. Approximately 58% of
CMO holdings were fully collateralized by GNMA, FNMA or FHLMC
securities at that date, and the balance was fully
collateralized by portfolios of individual mortgage loans. In
addition, the Company held $4.815 billion of GNMA, FNMA,
FHLMC or FHA mortgage-backed pass-through securities at
December 31, 2002. Virtually all of these securities are
rated Aaa.
The Companys equity investments are
primarily through private equity and arbitrage partnerships,
which are subject to more volatility than the Companys
fixed income investments, but historically have provided a
higher return. At December 31, 2002, the carrying value of
the Companys investments in private equity and arbitrage
partnerships was $1.611 billion.
OUTLOOK
The 2002 year saw a significant increase in the
number of downgrades by rating agencies for property casualty
insurance companies. Many competitors are experiencing pressure
on their capitalization levels due to underperforming investment
portfolios and the need to strengthen prior year reserves,
especially for asbestos liabilities. This pressure has caused
many competitors to sell, discontinue or shrink certain books of
business and has significantly reduced the acquisition activity
of the industry.
A variety of other factors continue to affect the
property and casualty insurance market and the Companys
core business outlook, including improvement in pricing in the
commercial lines marketplace, a continuing highly competitive
personal lines marketplace, inflationary pressures on loss cost
trends, including medical inflation and auto loss costs,
asbestos related developments and rising reinsurance and
litigation costs.
The Companys strategic objective is to
enhance the Companys position as a consistently profitable
market leader and a cost-effective provider of property and
casualty insurance in the United States.
Changes in the general interest rate environment
affect the returns available on new investments. While a rising
interest rate environment enhances the returns available, it
reduces the market value of existing fixed maturity investments
and the availability of gains on disposition. A decline in
interest rates reduces the return available on new investments,
but creates the opportunity for realized investment gains on
disposition of fixed maturity investments. In 2002, interest
rates declined to their lowest levels since the 1950s, and
equity returns were negative for the second consecutive year.
These trends may continue into 2003, reducing the return
available on the investment of funds.
As required by various state laws and
regulations, the Companys insurance subsidiaries are
subject to assessments from state-administered guaranty
associations, second-injury funds and similar associations. The
Company believes that these assessments will not have a material
impact on the Companys results of operations.
Some social, economic, political and litigation
issues have led to an increased number of legislative and
regulatory proposals aimed at addressing the cost and
availability of some types of insurance as well as the claim and
coverage obligations of insurers. While most of these provisions
have failed to become law, these initiatives may continue as
legislators and regulators try to respond to public
availability, affordability and claim concerns and the resulting
laws, if any, could adversely affect the Companys ability
to write business with appropriate returns.
On November 26, 2002, the Terrorism Risk
Insurance Act of 2002 (the Terrorism Act) was enacted into
Federal law and established a temporary Federal program in the
Department of the Treasury that provides for a system of shared
public and private compensation for insured losses resulting
from acts of terrorism committed by or on behalf of a foreign
interest. In order for a loss to be covered under the Terrorism
Act (i.e., subject losses), the loss must be the result of an
event that is certified as an act of terrorism by the
U.S. Secretary of Treasury. In the case of a war declared
by Congress, only workers compensation losses are covered
by the Terrorism Act. The Terrorism Insurance Program (the
Program) generally requires that all commercial property/
casualty insurers licensed in the U.S. participate in the
Program. The Program became effective upon enactment and
terminates on December 31, 2005. The amount of compensation
paid to participating insurers under the Program is 90% of
subject losses, after an insurer deductible, subject to an
annual cap. The deductible under the Program is 7% for 2003, 10%
for 2004, and 15% for 2005. In each case, the deductible
percentage is applied to the insurers direct earned
premiums from the calendar year immediately preceding the
applicable year. The Program also contains an annual cap that
limits the amount of subject losses to $100 billion
aggregate during a program year. Once subject losses have
reached the $100 billion aggregate during a program year,
there is no additional reimbursement from the U.S. Treasury
and an insurer that has met its deductible for the program year
is not liable for any losses (or portion thereof) that exceed
the $100 billion cap. The Companys deductible
under this Federal program is $570.0 million for 2003
subject to final rules to be established by the
U.S. Treasury. Due to the high level of the deductible, the
Company believes that the bill will have little impact on the
price or availability of terrorism coverage in the marketplace.
54
While the Terrorism Act provides a
Federally-funded backstop for commercial property
casualty insurers, it also requires that insurers immediately
begin offering coverage for insured losses caused by acts of
terrorism. The majority of the Companys Commercial Lines
policies already included such coverage, although exclusions
were added to higher-risk policyholders after September 11,
2001. For those risks considered higher-risk, such as landmark
buildings or high concentrations of employees in one location,
the Company will continue to either decline to offer a renewal
or will offer coverage for losses caused by acts of terrorism on
a limited basis, with an explicit charge for the coverage.
Commercial Lines
In 2002, the trend of higher rates continued in
Commercial Lines. Prices generally rose throughout the year,
although some of the increases varied significantly by region
and business segment. These increases were necessary to offset
the impact of rising loss cost trends, reduction in investment
yields and the decline in profitability from the competitive
pressures of the last decade. Since the terrorist attack on
September 11, 2001, there has been greater concern over the
availability, terms and conditions, and pricing of reinsurance.
As a result, the primary insurance market is expected to
continue to see significant rate increases and more restrictive
terms and conditions, for certain coverages.
In National Accounts, where programs include risk
management services, such as claims settlement, loss control and
risk management information services, generally offered in
connection with a large deductible or self-insured program, and
risk transfer, typically provided through a guaranteed cost or
retrospectively rated insurance policy, pricing improved during
2002 and 2001. The Company has benefited from higher rates and
believes that pricing will continue to stay firm into 2003.
However, the Company will still continue to selectively reject
business that is not expected to produce acceptable returns. The
Company anticipates that the premium and fee income growth
experienced in 2002 will continue into 2003. Included in
National Accounts is service fee income for policy and claim
administration of various states Workers
Compensation Residual Market pools. After several years of
depopulation, these pools began to repopulate in 2000 and
continue to grow significantly as the primary market is firming.
Premium that the Company services for these pools grew 91% in
2002 compared to 2001 and is expected to continue to grow.
Commercial Accounts achieved double-digit price
increases on renewal business during 2002 and 2001, improving
the overall profit margin in this business, more than offsetting
the impacts of rising loss cost and medical inflation,
reinsurance costs and lower investment yields. New business
levels also increased during 2002 across most products but
especially for property coverages where Commercial Accounts
benefited from the Companys property underwriting
specialization, financial strength and limits capacity. The
Company will continue to seek significant rate increases in
2003, as pricing in some areas and business segments, such as
workers compensation, still has not improved to the point
of producing acceptable returns. However, the rate of increase
may decline modestly as compared to the past two years.
Also in Commercial Accounts, during 2002 the
operations of American Equity and Associates were determined to
be non-strategic. Accordingly, these operations were placed in
run-off during the first and fourth quarters of 2002,
respectively, which included non-renewals of inforce policies
and a cessation of writing new business, where allowed by law.
These operations were acquired in the fourth quarter of 2001
from Citigroup as part of the Northland and Associates
acquisitions discussed above. Net written premium for these
combined operations was $86.8 million in 2002.
In Select Accounts, the trend toward increased
pricing on renewal business that started in late 1999 gained
momentum in 2000 and 2001 and continued to improve during 2002.
Prices generally rose during this time frame while customer
retention remained consistent with prior periods. Price
increases varied significantly by region, industry and product.
However, the ability of Select Accounts to achieve future rate
increases is subject to regulatory constraints in some
jurisdictions. Select will continue to seek rate increases in
2003, however the rate of increase may decline modestly as
compared to the past year. Loss cost trends in Select Accounts
improved across major lines in 2002 due to the Companys
continued disciplined approach to underwriting and risk
selection. The Company will continue to pursue business based on
the Companys ability to achieve acceptable returns.
Bond achieved significant growth in 2002 in both
the surety and executive liability markets. A decrease in
capacity in the surety industry, driven by an increase in claim
frequency and severity in accident years 1999 through 2001 for
the surety industry, enabled Bond to increase prices for all
surety products. The decrease in capacity in the surety
marketplace is expected to continue to create opportunities for
further price increases for all surety products in 2003,
although the increased cost of reinsurance will offset some of
the positive impact. In the executive liability market for
middle and small private accounts and not-for-profit accounts,
Bonds expanding array of products and recognized local
expertise enabled it to further enhance its product and customer
diversification, as well as profit opportunities, while
realizing significant price increases. In addition, a decrease
in reinsurance capacity will allow further price increases for
all executive liability products in 2003. Bonds focus
remains on selective underwriting,
55
In Gulf, rate increases began in most lines of
business in 2001 and accelerated significantly in 2002. Although
specific increases varied by region, industry and product,
improvement was most evident in the directors and
officers, professional liability and umbrella lines of
business, with lesser increases achieved in the excess and
surplus lines of business. The favorable impact from rate
improvement continues to be partially offset by rising loss cost
trends. At the end of February 2003, Gulf resolved a claims
coverage dispute with a policyholder relating to a run-off
product line. The settlement will result in a charge by the
Company of approximately $68.0 million after reinsurance,
tax and minority interest.
There are currently various state and federal
legislative and judicial proposals to require asbestos claimants
to demonstrate an asbestos illness. At this time it is not
possible to predict the likelihood or timing of such proposals
being enacted or the effect if they are enacted. The
Companys asbestos study did not assume the adoption of any
asbestos reforms.
For information about the outlook with respect to
asbestos-related claims and liabilities see
Asbestos Claims and Litigation and
Uncertainty Regarding Adequacy of Asbestos and
Environmental Reserves.
Personal Lines
Personal Lines strategy is to profitably grow its
customer base in the independent agent and additional
distribution channels, control operating expenses, keep prices
competitive and aligned with loss trend, and manage its exposure
to catastrophe losses.
During 2002, the personal auto market place
experienced widespread rate increases, as companies attempted to
restore profitability after years of unacceptable underwriting
and investment yields. As a result, premium growth is expected
to outpace growth in losses and expenses in 2003. Personal Lines
will continue to maintain its underwriting discipline and will
continue to increase auto rates as needed to achieve acceptable
returns and to offset inflationary pressures.
Market conditions for property insurance changed
in 2002, as the industry experienced significant rate increases,
scaled back coverages, and reduced new business initiatives to
improve profitability. Personal Lines had implemented these
actions in the past several years, and has achieved
significantly improved profit results relative to the industry.
Personal Lines will maintain its underwriting discipline and
will continue to increase property rates as needed to achieve
acceptable returns and to offset inflationary pressures.
TRANSACTIONS WITH FORMER AFFILIATES
Prior to the Citigroup Distribution, the Company
provided and purchased services to and from Citigroup affiliated
companies, including facilities management, banking and
financial functions, benefit coverages, data processing
services, and short-term investment pool management services.
Charges for these shared services were allocated at cost. In
connection with the Citigroup Distribution, the Company and
Citigroup and its affiliates entered into a transition services
agreement for the provision of certain of these services,
tradename and trademark and similar agreements related to the
use of trademarks, logos and tradenames and an amendment to the
March 26, 2002 Intercompany Agreement with Citigroup.
During the first quarter of 2002, Citigroup provided investment
advisory services on an allocated cost basis, consistent with
prior years. On August 6, 2002, the Company entered into an
investment management agreement, which has been applied
retroactive to April 1, 2002, with an affiliate of
Citigroup whereby the affiliate of Citigroup is providing
investment advisory and administrative services to the Company
with respect to its entire investment portfolio for a period of
two years and at fees mutually agreed upon, including a
component based on performance. Charges incurred related to this
agreement were $47.2 million for the period from
April 1, 2002 through December 31, 2002. Either party
may terminate the agreement effective on the end of a month upon
90 days prior notice. The Company and Citigroup also agreed
upon the allocation or transfer of certain other liabilities and
assets, and rights and obligations in furtherance of the
separation of operations and ownership as a result of the
Citigroup Distribution. The net effect of these allocations and
transfers, in the opinion of management, were not significant to
the Companys results of operations or financial condition.
See note 16 to the Companys
consolidated financial statements for a description of these and
other intercompany arrangements and transactions between the
Company and Citigroup.
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
The Companys principal asset is the capital
stock of TIGHI and its insurance subsidiaries.
The liquidity requirements of the Companys
business have been met primarily by funds generated from
operations, asset maturities and income received on investments.
Cash provided from these sources is used primarily for claims
56
Net cash flows are generally invested in
marketable securities. The Company closely monitors the duration
of these investments, and investment purchases and sales are
executed with the objective of having adequate funds available
to satisfy its maturing liabilities. As the Companys
investment strategy focuses on asset and liability durations,
and not specific cash flows, asset sales may be required to
satisfy obligations and/or rebalance asset portfolios. The
Companys invested assets at December 31, 2002 totaled
$38.425 billion, including $3.599 billion of
securities in process of settlement, of which 91% was invested
in fixed maturity and short-term investments, 2% in common
stocks and other equity securities, 1% in mortgage loans and
real estate held for sale and 6% in other investments. Adjusting
for the effect of securities in process of settlement, invested
assets at December 31, 2002 totaled $34.826 billion,
of which 90% was invested in fixed maturity and short-term
investments, 2% in common stocks and other equity securities, 1%
in mortgage loans and real estate held for sale and 7% in other
investments.
Notes payable to former affiliates at
December 31, 2002 was as follows:
Long-term debt and convertible notes outstanding
at December 31, 2002 was as follows:
The Companys cash flow needs include
shareholder dividends and debt service. TPC and TIGHI are
holding companies and have no direct operations. Accordingly,
TPC and TIGHI meet cash flow needs primarily through dividends
from operating subsidiaries. In addition, TIGHI has available to
it a $250.0 million revolving line of credit from
Citigroup. TIGHI pays a commitment fee to Citigroup for that
line of credit, which expires in 2006. Borrowings under this
line of credit carry a variable interest rate based upon LIBOR
plus 50 basis points. At December 31, 2002, borrowings
under this revolving line of credit were $200.0 million.
The Company expects to repay all of this debt by the end of the
first quarter of 2003. TIGHI also has an additional
$500.0 million revolving line of credit agreement from
Citigroup, which expires in December 2006. At December 31,
2002, current borrowings under this line of credit, which mature
on November 7, 2003 and carry a fixed interest rate of
3.60%, were $500.0 million.
At December 31, 2001, TPC had a note payable
to Citigroup in the amount of $1.198 billion. In
conjunction with the purchase of TIGHIs outstanding shares
in April 2000, TPC entered into a note agreement with Citigroup.
On February 7, 2002, this note agreement was replaced by a
new note agreement. Under the terms of the new note agreement,
interest accrued on the aggregate principal amount outstanding
at the commercial paper rate (the then current short-term rate)
plus 10 basis points per annum. Interest was compounded monthly.
This note was repaid following the offerings.
In February 2002, TPC paid a dividend of
$1.000 billion to Citigroup in the form of a
non-interest bearing note payable on December 31, 2002. On
December 31, 2002, this note was repaid in its entirety.
In February 2002, TPC also paid a dividend of
$3.700 billion to Citigroup in the form of a note payable in two
installments. This note was substantially prepaid following the
offerings. The balance of $150.0 million was due on
May 9, 2004. This note was prepaid on May 8, 2002.
In March 2002, TPC paid a dividend of
$395.0 million to Citigroup in the form of a note. This
note was prepaid following the offerings.
In March 2002, TPC issued $892.5 million
aggregate principal amount of 4.5% convertible junior
subordinated notes which will mature on April 15, 2032,
unless earlier redeemed, repurchased or converted. Interest is
payable quarterly in arrears. See note 8 of notes to the
Companys consolidated financial statements for a further
discussion.
In August 2002, CIRI issued $49.7 million
aggregate principal amount of 6.0% convertible notes which will
mature on December 31, 2032 unless earlier redeemed or
repurchased. See note 8 of notes to the Companys
consolidated financial statements for a further discussion.
57
In December 2002, TPC entered into a loan
agreement with an unaffiliated lender and borrowed
$550.0 million under a promissory note due in January 2004.
The Promissory Note carried a variable interest rate of LIBOR
plus 25 basis points per annum. On February 5, 2003,
TPC issued $550.0 million of Floating Rate Notes due in
February 2004. The proceeds from these notes were used to repay
the promissory note. The Floating Rate Notes also carry a
variable interest rate of LIBOR plus 25 basis points per annum
and are callable by the Company after August 5, 2003. The
Company expects to repay substantially all of this new debt by
the end of 2003.
Contractual obligations at December 31, 2002
were as follows:
In the normal course of business, the Company has
unfunded commitments to partnerships in which it invests. These
commitments were $864.3 million and $1.025 billion at
December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively.
On January 23, 2003, the Companys
board of directors declared a quarterly dividend of
$0.06 per share on class A and class B common stock,
payable on February 28, 2003, to shareholders of record on
February 5, 2003. The declaration and payment of future
dividends to holders of the Companys common stock will be
at the discretion of the Companys board of directors and
will depend upon many factors, including the Companys
financial condition, earnings, capital requirements of
TPCs operating subsidiaries, legal requirements,
regulatory constraints and other factors as the board of
directors deems relevant.
The Companys principal insurance
subsidiaries are domiciled in the State of Connecticut. The
insurance holding company law of Connecticut applicable to the
Companys subsidiaries requires notice to, and approval by,
the state insurance commissioner for the declaration or payment
of any dividend that together with other distributions made
within the preceding twelve months exceeds the greater of 10% of
the insurers surplus as of the preceding December 31,
or the insurers net income for the twelve-month period
ended the preceding December 31, in each case determined in
accordance with statutory accounting practices. This declaration
or payment is further limited by adjusted unassigned surplus, as
determined in accordance with statutory accounting practices.
The insurance holding company laws of other states in which the
Companys subsidiaries are domiciled generally contain
similar, although in some instances somewhat more restrictive,
limitations on the payment of dividends. A maximum of
$727.7 million is available by the end of 2003 for such
dividends without prior approval of the Connecticut Insurance
Department. However, the payment of a portion of this amount is
likely to be subject to approval by the Connecticut Insurance
Department in accordance with the formula described above,
depending upon the amount and timing of the payments.
On September 25, 2002, the Board of
Directors approved a $500.0 million share repurchase
program. Purchases of class A and class B common stock
may be made from time to time through September 2004 in the open
market, and it is expected that funding for the program will
principally come from operating cash flow. When shares are
repurchased, such shares will be reported as authorized and
unissued treasury stock in the consolidated balance sheet. There
were no shares repurchased under this plan in 2002.
TPC has the option to defer interest payments on
its convertible junior subordinated notes for a period not
exceeding 20 consecutive quarterly interest periods. If TPC
elects to defer interest payments on the notes, it will not be
permitted, with limited exceptions, to pay dividends on its
common stock during a deferral period. In addition, the ability
of TIGHI to pay dividends to TPC is subject to the terms of the
TIGHI trust mandatorily redeemable securities which prohibit
TIGHI from paying dividends in the event it has failed to pay or
has deferred dividends or is in default under the trust
mandatorily redeemable securities.
Under the terms of the Tax Allocation Agreement
between TPC and Citigroup, TPC is financially responsible for
adverse tax consequences on the tax-free status of the Citigroup
Distribution as a result of actions taken by TPC. One of the
potential post Citigroup Distribution actions by TPC, which
could adversely impact the tax status of the Citigroup
Distribution, is the issuance of additional common
58
In May 2002, the Company guaranteed certain debt
obligations of TIGHI. If the Company or TIGHI defaults on
certain of their obligations related to the TIGHI Securities,
the Company may not declare or pay dividends on its capital
stock or take certain other actions related to its capital stock.
The NAIC adopted RBC requirements for property
casualty companies to be used as minimum capital requirements by
the NAIC and states to identify companies that merit further
regulatory action. The formulas have not been designed to
differentiate among adequately capitalized companies that
operate with levels of capital higher than RBC requirements.
Therefore, it is inappropriate and ineffective to use the
formulas to rate or to rank these companies. At
December 31, 2002, all of the Companys insurance
subsidiaries had adjusted capital in excess of amounts requiring
any company or regulatory action.
In the opinion of Companys management,
realization of the recognized deferred tax asset of
$1.447 billion is more likely than not based on
expectations as to the Companys future taxable income.
Excluding the effect of the asbestos reserve increase in 2002
(see note 6 of notes to the Companys consolidated
financial statements for a further discussion), the Company has
reported pretax financial statement income of
$1.848 billion on average over the last three years and has
generated federal taxable income exceeding $1.071 billion
on average in each year during this same period. The Company has
a net operating loss carryforward of $1.390 billion at
December 31, 2002. Projections of taxable income for 2003
are in excess of the loss carryforward. See note 9 of notes
to the Companys consolidated financial statements for a
further discussion.
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES
The Company considers its most significant
accounting policies to be those applied to unpaid claim and
claim adjustment liabilities and related reinsurance
recoverables.
Total claims and claim adjustment expense
reserves were $33.736 billion at December 31, 2002.
The Company maintains property and casualty loss reserves to
cover estimated ultimate unpaid liability for losses and loss
adjustment expenses with respect to reported and unreported
claims incurred as of the end of each accounting period.
Reserves do not represent an exact calculation of liability, but
instead represent estimates, generally utilizing actuarial
projection techniques at a given accounting date. These reserve
estimates are expectations of what the ultimate settlement and
administration of claims will cost based on the Companys
assessment of facts and circumstances then known, review of
historical settlement patterns, estimates of trends in claims
severity, frequency, legal theories of liability and other
factors. Variables in the reserve estimation process can be
affected by both internal and external events, such as changes
in claims handling procedures, economic inflation, legal trends
and legislative changes. Many of these items are not directly
quantifiable, particularly on a prospective basis. Additionally,
there may be significant reporting lags between the occurrence
of the policyholder event and the time it is actually reported
to the insurer. Reserve estimates are continually refined in a
regular ongoing process as historical loss experience develops
and additional claims are reported and settled. Adjustments to
reserves are reflected in the results of the periods in which
the estimates are changed. Because establishment of reserves is
an inherently uncertain process involving estimates, currently
established reserves may not be sufficient. If estimated
reserves are insufficient, the Company will incur additional
income statement charges.
During 2001, the Company recorded a charge of
$489.5 million representing the estimated loss for both
reported and unreported claims incurred and related claim
adjustment expenses, net of reinsurance recoverables and taxes,
related to the terrorist attack on September 11th. The
associated reserves and related reinsurance recoverables
represent the estimated ultimate net costs of all incurred
claims and claim adjustment expenses related to the attack.
Since the reserves and related reinsurance recoverables are
based on estimates, the ultimate net liability may be more or
less than such amounts.
Some of the Companys loss reserves are for
asbestos and environmental claims and related litigation. While
the study of asbestos claims and associated liabilities and the
analysis of environmental claims considered the inconsistencies
of court decisions as to coverage, plaintiffs expanded
theories of liability, and the risks inherent in major
litigation and other uncertainties, in the opinion of the
Companys management in future periods it is possible that
the outcome of the continued uncertainties regarding
asbestos-related claims could result in liability that differ
from current reserves by an amount that could be material to the
Companys future operating results and financial condition.
See the preceding discussion of Asbestos Claims and Litigation
and Environmental Claims and Litigation.
Total reinsurance recoverables were
$10.978 billion at December 31, 2002. Amounts
recoverable from reinsurers are estimated in a manner consistent
with the claim liability
59
OTHER MATTERS
Reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses
on a statutory basis were $23.280 billion,
$20.215 billion and $19.428 billion at
December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively. The
increase from December 31, 2001 to December 31, 2002
is primarily due to the increase in asbestos reserves of
$2.584 billion during the year. The increase from
December 31, 2000 to December 31, 2001 includes the
impact of the terrorist attack on September 11th and the
inclusion of Northland and Associates as of October 2001. These
increases were partially offset by net payments of
$578.0 million and $426.6 million for asbestos,
environmental and other cumulative injury claims during the
years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively.
During April 2000, the Company completed a cash
tender offer and merger, as a result of which TIGHI became
TPCs wholly-owned subsidiary. In the tender offer and
merger, TPC acquired all of TIGHIs outstanding shares that
were not already owned by TPC, representing approximately 14.8%
of TIGHIs outstanding common stock, for
$2.413 billion in cash financed by a loan from Citigroup.
Prior to the IPO, the Company participated in
Citigroups Capital Accumulation Plan (CAP) that
provided for the issuance of shares of Citigroup common stock in
the form of restricted stock awards to eligible officers and
other key employees. On August 20, 2002, in connection with
the Citigroup Distribution, the unvested outstanding awards of
restricted stock and deferred shares held by Company employees
on that date under Citigroup CAP awards, were cancelled and
replaced by awards comprised primarily of 3.1 million newly
issued shares of class A common stock at a total market
value of $53.3 million based on the closing price of the
class A common stock on August 20, 2002. These replacement
awards were granted on substantially the same terms, including
vesting, as the former Citigroup awards. The value of these
newly issued shares along with class A and class B
common stock received in the Citigroup Distribution on the
Citigroup restricted shares, were equal to the value of the
cancelled Citigroup restricted share awards. In addition, the
Board of Directors plan allows deferred receipt of shares of
class A common stock (deferred stock) to a future
distribution date or upon termination of their service.
Prior to the Citigroup Distribution on
August 20, 2002, unearned compensation expense associated
with the Citigroup restricted common stock grants is included in
other assets in the consolidated balance sheet. Following the
Citigroup Distribution and the issuance of replacement stock
awards in the Companys class A and class B
shares on August 20, 2002, the unamortized unearned
compensation expense associated with these awards is included as
unearned compensation in the consolidated balance sheet.
Unearned compensation expense is recognized as a charge to
income ratably over the vesting period. The after-tax
compensation cost charged to earnings for these restricted stock
and deferred stock awards was $17.0 million,
$19.4 million and $16.3 million for the years ended
December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively. See note 11
of notes to the Companys consolidated financial statements
for a discussion of restricted common stock awards.
Under agreements with Citigroup, TPC assumed
liabilities for nonqualified pension, post-retirement health
care and life insurance benefit liabilities related to active
Company plan participants as of August 20, 2002. Because
Citigroup assumed liabilities for the same benefits for retired
or inactive plan participants, the Company transferred
short-term securities of $171.1 million and recorded a
payable of $13.5 million in 2002 to Citigroup affiliated
companies, and reduced other liabilities and deferred taxes by
$284.0 million and $99.4 million, respectively,
related to retired or inactive employees, pending final
agreements on the amounts. Final agreement on settlement amounts
was reached and an additional $2.2 million is expected to
be paid to Citigroup during the first quarter of 2003.
In addition, the Company assumed liabilities for
qualified pension plan benefits for active Company employees. As
a result, assets and liabilities for qualified pension plan
benefits relating to active, but not retired or inactive, plan
participants were transferred from the Citigroup qualified
pension plan to the Companys newly established qualified
pension plan. The initial projected benefit obligation of the
Companys qualified pension plan at August 20, 2002
was $445.0 million. Assets of $390.0 million were
transferred from the Citigroup pension plan to the
Companys pension plan in 2002 and were invested primarily
in a Standard & Poors stock index fund and in a Lehman
Brothers Aggregate bond index fund at December 31, 2002. A
final asset transfer is expected in the first quarter of 2003.
Accordingly, beginning August 20, 2002, TPC
sponsors qualified and nonqualified non-contributory defined
benefit
60
The principal assumptions used in determining
pension and postretirement benefit obligation are as follows:
The principal assumptions are considered
appropriate given the underlying investment portfolio asset mix,
nature of liabilities which are primarily for active employees,
expected compensation and health care cost trends. The expected
long-term rate of return on assets of 8% is based on the current
and expected asset mix which is approximately 60% in equity
investments and 40% in fixed income investments. The discount
rate of 6.75% was based on an analysis of current and historical
interest rates and the duration of plan obligations.
FUTURE APPLICATION OF ACCOUNTING STANDARDS
See note 1 of notes to the Companys
consolidated financial statements for a discussion of recently
issued accounting pronouncements.
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This report contains, and oral statements by
management of the Company may contain, certain
forward-looking statements within the meaning of the
Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. All
statements, other than statements of historical facts, may be
forward-looking statements. Specifically, the Company has
forward-looking statements about the Companys results of
operations, financial condition, liquidity, and the sufficiency
of the Companys asbestos reserves under the heading
Outlook and elsewhere.
Many risks and uncertainties may impact the
matters addressed in these forward-looking statements. Actual
results may differ materially from those expressed or implied.
In particular, the sufficiency of the Companys asbestos
reserves, as well as the Companys results of operations,
financial condition and liquidity, to the extent impacted by the
sufficiency of the Companys asbestos reserves, is subject
to a number of potential adverse developments including, among
others, adverse developments involving asbestos claims and
related litigation, the willingness of parties, including the
Company, to settle disputes, the impact of aggregate policy
coverage limits, and the impact of bankruptcies of various
asbestos producers and related businesses.
Some of the other factors that could cause actual
results to differ include, but are not limited to, the
following: the Companys inability to obtain price
increases due to competition or otherwise; the performance of
the Companys investment portfolios, which could be
adversely impacted by adverse developments in U.S. and global
financial markets, interest rates and rates of inflation;
weakening U.S. and global economic conditions; insufficiency of,
or changes in, loss reserves; the occurrence of catastrophic
events, both natural and man-made, including terrorist acts,
with a severity or frequency exceeding the Companys
expectations; exposure to, and adverse developments involving,
environmental claims and related litigation; adverse changes in
loss cost trends, including inflationary pressures in medical
costs and auto and home repair costs; developments relating to
coverage and liability for mold claims; the effects of corporate
bankruptcies on surety bond claims; adverse developments in the
cost, availability and/or ability to collect reinsurance; the
ability of the Companys subsidiaries to pay dividends to
the Company; adverse outcomes in legal proceedings; judicial
expansion of policy coverage and the impact of new theories of
liability; larger than expected assessments for guaranty funds
and mandatory pooling arrangements; a downgrade in the
Companys claims-paying and financial strength ratings; the
loss or significant restriction on the Companys ability to
use credit scoring in the pricing and underwriting of Personal
Lines policies; and amendments to, and changes to the risk-based
capital requirements. The Companys forward-looking
statements speak only as of the date of this report or as of the
date they are made, and the Company undertakes no obligation to
update these forward-looking statements.
61
MARKET RISK
Market risk is the risk of loss arising from
adverse changes in market rates and prices, such as interest
rates, foreign currency exchange rates, and other relevant
market rate or price changes. Market risk is directly influenced
by the volatility and liquidity in the markets in which the
related underlying assets are traded. The following is a
discussion of the Companys primary market risk exposures
and how those exposures are currently managed as of
December 31, 2002. The Companys market risk sensitive
instruments, including derivatives, are primarily entered into
for purposes other than trading.
The carrying value of the Companys
investment portfolio as of December 31, 2002 and 2001 was
$38.425 billion and $32.619 billion, respectively, of
which 78% and 79% was invested in fixed maturity securities,
respectively. The primary market risk to the investment
portfolio is interest rate risk associated with investments in
fixed maturity securities. The Companys exposure to equity
price risk and foreign exchange risk is not significant. The
Company has no direct commodity risk.
For fixed maturity securities, short-term
liquidity needs and the potential liquidity needs of the
business are key factors in managing the portfolio. The
portfolio duration relative to the liabilities duration is
primarily managed through cash market transactions.
For the Companys investment portfolio,
there were no significant changes in the Companys primary
market risk exposures or in how those exposures are managed
compared to the year ended December 31, 2001. The Company
does not currently anticipate significant changes in its primary
market risk exposures or in how those exposures are managed in
future reporting periods based upon what is known or expected to
be in effect in future reporting periods.
The primary market risk for all of the
Companys debt and mandatorily redeemable securities of
subsidiary trusts (trust securities) is interest rate risk at
the time of refinancing. The Company monitors the interest rate
environment and evaluates refinancing opportunities as maturity
dates approach. For additional information regarding the
Companys debt and trust securities see notes 8 and 10
to the consolidated financial statements as well as the
Liquidity and Capital Resources section of Managements
Discussion and Analysis.
SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS
Sensitivity analysis is defined as the
measurement of potential loss in future earnings, fair values or
cash flows of market sensitive instruments resulting from one or
more selected hypothetical changes in interest rates and other
market rates or prices over a selected time. In the
Companys sensitivity analysis model, a hypothetical change
in market rates is selected that is expected to reflect
reasonably possible near-term changes in those rates.
Near-term means a period of time going forward up to
one year from the date of the consolidated financial statements.
Actual results may differ from the hypothetical change in market
rates assumed in this disclosure, especially since this
sensitivity analysis does not reflect the results of any actions
that would be taken by the Company to mitigate such hypothetical
losses in fair value.
In this sensitivity analysis model, the Company
uses fair values to measure its potential loss. The sensitivity
analysis model includes the following financial instruments
entered into for purposes other than trading: fixed maturities,
interest-bearing non-redeemable preferred stocks, mortgage
loans, short-term securities, cash, investment income accrued,
fixed rate trust securities and derivative financial
instruments. The primary market risk to the Companys
market sensitive instruments is interest rate risk. The
sensitivity analysis model uses a 100 basis point change in
interest rates to measure the hypothetical change in fair value
of financial instruments included in the model.
For invested assets, duration modeling is used to
calculate changes in fair values. Durations on invested assets
are adjusted for call, put and interest rate reset features.
Duration on tax-exempt securities is adjusted for the fact that
the yield on such securities is less sensitive to changes in
interest rates compared to Treasury securities. Invested asset
portfolio durations are calculated on a market value weighted
basis, including accrued investment income, using holdings as of
December 31, 2002 and 2001.
For debt and fixed rate trust securities, the
change in fair value is determined by calculating hypothetical
December 31, 2002 and 2001 ending prices based on yields
adjusted to reflect a 100 basis point change, comparing
such hypothetical ending prices to actual ending prices, and
multiplying the difference by the par or securities outstanding.
The sensitivity analysis model used by the
Company produces a loss in fair value of market sensitive
instruments of approximately $1.5 billion based on a 100
basis point increase in interest rates as of December 31,
2002 and 2001. This loss value only reflects the impact of an
interest rate increase on the fair value of the Companys
financial instruments, which constitute approximately 57% of
total assets and approximately 6% of total liabilities as of
December 31, 2002 and approximately 52% of total
62
For example, some non-financial instruments,
primarily insurance accounts for which the fixed maturity
portfolios primary purpose is to fund future claims
payments, are not reflected in the development of the above loss
value. These non-financial instruments include premium balances
receivable, reinsurance recoverables, claims and claim
adjustment expense reserves and unearned premium reserves. The
Companys sensitivity model also calculates a potential
loss in fair value with the inclusion of these non-financial
instruments. For non-financial instruments, changes in fair
value are determined by calculating the present value of the
estimated cash flows associated with such instruments using
risk-free rates as of December 31, 2002 and 2001,
calculating the resulting duration, then using that duration to
determine the change in value for a 100 basis point change.
Based on the sensitivity analysis model the
Company uses, the loss in fair value of market sensitive
instruments, including these non-financial instruments, as a
result of a 100 basis point increase in interest rates as
of December 31, 2002 and 2001 is not material.
63
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements
64
Independent Auditors Report
The Board of Directors and Shareholders
We have audited the accompanying consolidated
balance sheets of Travelers Property Casualty Corp. and
subsidiaries as of December 31, 2002 and 2001, and the
related consolidated statements of income (loss), changes in
shareholders equity and cash flows for each of the years
in the three-year period ended December 31, 2002. These
consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the
Companys management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our
audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with
auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of
America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the
audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial
statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes
examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and
disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall
financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits
provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial
statements referred to above present fairly, in all material
respects, the financial position of Travelers Property Casualty
Corp. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2002 and 2001,
and the results of their operations and their cash flows for
each of the years in the three-year period ended
December 31, 2002, in conformity with accounting principles
generally accepted in the United States of America.
As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated
financial statements, the Company changed its method of
accounting for goodwill and other intangible assets in 2002 and
its methods of accounting for derivative instruments and hedging
activities and for securitized financial assets in 2001.
/s/ KPMG LLP
Hartford, Connecticut
65
TRAVELERS PROPERTY CASUALTY CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME (LOSS)
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
66
TRAVELERS PROPERTY CASUALTY CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
67
TRAVELERS PROPERTY CASUALTY CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS
EQUITY
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
68
TRAVELERS PROPERTY CASUALTY CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
69
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Basis of Presentation
The consolidated financial statements include the
accounts of Travelers Property Casualty Corp. (TPC) and its
subsidiaries (collectively, the Company). Certain
reclassifications have been made to prior years financial
statements to conform to the current years presentation.
Significant intercompany transactions and balances have been
eliminated.
The preparation of the consolidated financial
statements in conformity with accounting principles generally
accepted in the United States of America requires management to
make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts
of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets
and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and claims and
expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could
differ from those estimates.
TPC was reorganized in connection with its
initial public offering (IPO) on March 21, 2002. Pursuant
to the reorganization, which was completed on March 19,
2002, TPCs consolidated financial statements have been
adjusted to exclude the accounts of certain formerly
wholly-owned TPC subsidiaries, principally The Travelers
Insurance Company (TIC) and its subsidiaries (U.S. life
insurance operations), certain other wholly-owned non-insurance
subsidiaries of TPC and substantially all of TPCs assets
and certain liabilities not related to the property casualty
business.
On March 21, 2002, TPC issued
231 million shares of its class A common stock in an
IPO, representing approximately 23% of TPCs common equity.
After the IPO, Citigroup Inc. (together with its consolidated
subsidiaries, Citigroup) beneficially owned all of the
500 million shares of TPCs outstanding class B
common stock, each share of which is entitled to seven votes,
and 269 million shares of TPCs class A common
stock, each share of which is entitled to one vote, representing
at the time 94% of the combined voting power of all classes of
TPCs voting securities and 77% of the equity interest in
TPC. Concurrent with the IPO, TPC issued $892.5 million
aggregate principal amount of 4.5% convertible junior
subordinated notes, which mature on April 15, 2032. The IPO
and the offering of the convertible notes are collectively
referred to as the offerings. During the first quarter of 2002,
TPC paid three dividends of $1.000 billion,
$3.700 billion and $395.0 million, aggregating
$5.095 billion, which were each in the form of notes
payable to Citigroup. The proceeds of the offerings were used to
prepay the $395.0 million note and substantially prepay the
$3.700 billion note. On December 31, 2002, the
$1.000 billion note payable was repaid in its entirety.
In conjunction with the corporate reorganization
and the offerings described above, during March 2002, the
Company entered into an agreement with Citigroup (the Citigroup
indemnification agreement) which provided that in any year in
which the Company recorded additional asbestos-related income
statement charges in excess of $150.0 million, net of any
reinsurance, Citigroup would pay to the Company the amount of
any such excess up to a cumulative aggregate of
$800.0 million, reduced by the tax effect of the highest
applicable federal income tax rate. During 2002, the Company
recorded $2.945 billion of asbestos incurred losses, net of
reinsurance, and accordingly has fully utilized the total
benefit available under the agreement. For the year ended
December 31, 2002, revenues include $520.0 million
from Citigroup under this agreement. At December 31, 2002,
other assets include a $360.6 million receivable from
Citigroup under this agreement. Included in federal income taxes
in the consolidated statement of income is a tax benefit of
$280.0 million related to the asbestos charge covered by
the agreement. See note 6.
On August 20, 2002, Citigroup made a
tax-free distribution to its stockholders (the Citigroup
Distribution), of a portion of its ownership interest in TPC,
which, together with the shares issued in the IPO, represented
more than 90% of TPCs common equity and more than 90% of
the combined voting power of TPCs outstanding voting
securities. For each 100 shares of Citigroup outstanding common
stock, approximately 4.32 shares of TPC class A common
stock and 8.88 shares of TPC class B common stock were
distributed. At December 31, 2002, Citigroup held 9.95% of
TPCs common equity and 9.98% of the combined voting power
of TPCs outstanding voting securities. Citigroup received
a private letter ruling from the Internal Revenue Service that
the Citigroup Distribution is tax-free to Citigroup, its
stockholders and TPC. As part of the ruling process, Citigroup
agreed to vote the shares it continues to hold following the
Citigroup Distribution pro rata with the shares held by the
public and to divest the remaining shares it holds within five
years following the Citigroup Distribution.
On August 20, 2002, in connection with the
Citigroup Distribution, stock-based awards held by Company
employees on that date under Citigroups various incentive
plans were cancelled and replaced by awards under the
Companys own incentive programs. See note 11.
70
TPCs consolidated financial statements
include the accounts of its primary subsidiary, Travelers
Insurance Group Holdings Inc. (TIGHI), a property casualty
insurance holding company. Also included are the accounts of
CitiInsurance International Holdings Inc. and its subsidiaries
(CitiInsurance), the principal assets of which are investments
in the property casualty and life operations of Fubon Insurance
Co., Ltd. and Fubon Assurance Co., Ltd., with respect to results
prior to March 1, 2002. On February 28, 2002, the
Company sold CitiInsurance to other Citigroup affiliated
companies for $402.6 million, its net book value. The
Company has applied $137.8 million of the proceeds from
this sale to repay intercompany indebtedness to Citigroup. In
addition, the Company has purchased from Citigroup affiliated
companies the premises located at One Tower Square,
Hartford, Connecticut and other properties for
$68.2 million. Additionally, certain liabilities relating
to employee benefit plans and lease obligations were assigned
and assumed by Citigroup affiliated companies. In connection
with these assignments, the Company transferred
$172.4 million and $87.8 million, respectively, to
Citigroup affiliated companies.
Prior to the Citigroup Distribution, the Company
provided and purchased services to and from Citigroup affiliated
companies, including facilities management, banking and
financial functions, benefit coverages, data processing services
and short-term investment pool management services. Charges for
these shared services were allocated at cost. In connection with
the Citigroup Distribution, the Company and Citigroup and its
affiliates entered into a transition services agreement for the
provision of certain of these services, tradename and trademark
and similar agreements related to the use of trademarks, logos
and tradenames and an amendment to the March 26, 2002
Intercompany Agreement with Citigroup. See note 16.
Certain equity securities with readily
determinable fair values in the amount of $361.2 million
and owned directly by the Company were reported in trading
securities at December 31, 2001. As part of the Citigroup
Distribution, these investments have been restructured such that
the Company no longer controls the investments. As a result,
these investments are now equity securities accounted for under
the equity method. There is no impact on earnings related to
this change. These investments have been reclassified to other
investments. In addition, similar investments included in equity
securities at December 31, 2001, in the amount of
$96.4 million and $98.3 million at December 31,
2002 and 2001, respectively, have been reclassified to other
investments.
During April 2000, TPC completed a cash tender
offer to purchase all of the outstanding shares of Class A
Common Stock of TIGHI at a price of $41.95 per share. See
note 2.
Accounting Changes
Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation
Business Combinations, Goodwill and Other
The Company stopped amortizing goodwill on
January 1, 2002. Net income and earnings per share adjusted
to
71
During the quarter ended March 31, 2002, the
Company performed the transitional impairment tests using the
fair value approach required by FAS 142. Based on these
tests, the Company impaired $220.0 million after tax of
goodwill and $22.6 million after tax of indefinite-lived
intangible assets representing the value of insurance operating
licenses, all attributable to The Northland Company and
subsidiaries (Northland), as a cumulative effect adjustment as
of January 1, 2002. The fair value of the Northland
reporting unit was based on the use of a multiple of earnings
model. The fair value of Northlands indefinite-lived
intangible assets was based on the present value of estimated
net cash flows. The Northland reporting unit is a component of
the Commercial Lines operating segment.
The Company had customer-related intangible
assets with a gross carrying amount of $470.6 million as of
both December 31, 2002 and 2001, and with accumulated
amortization of $90.8 million and $55.4 million as of
December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively, which are
included in other assets in the consolidated balance sheet.
Amortization expense was $35.4 million, $34.5 million
and $20.9 million for the years ended December 31,
2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively. Intangible assets
amortization expense is estimated to be $35.4 million,
$34.2 million, $31.3 million, $29.6 million and
$29.6 million in 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively.
Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived
Assets
Accounting by Certain Entities (Including
Entities With Trade Receivables) That Lend to or Finance the
Activities of Others
Accounting for Derivative Instruments and
Hedging Activities
72
As a result of adopting FAS 133, the Company
recorded a benefit of $4.5 million after tax, reflected as
a cumulative effect adjustment in the consolidated statement of
income and a charge of $4.0 million after tax, reflected as
a cumulative effect adjustment in the accumulated other changes
in equity from nonowner sources section of shareholders
equity. In addition, the Company redesignated certain
investments as trading from available for sale in accordance
with the transition provisions of FAS 133 resulting in a
gross gain of $8.0 million after tax, reflected in realized
investment gains (losses).
Recognition of Interest Income and Impairment
on Purchased and Retained Beneficial Interests in Securitized
Financial Assets
Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of
Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities
Accounting Policies
Investments
Equity securities, which include common and
nonredeemable preferred stocks, are classified as available for
sale and carried at fair value based on quoted market prices.
Changes in fair values of equity securities are charged or
credited directly to shareholders equity, net of income
taxes.
Mortgage loans are carried at amortized cost. A
mortgage loan is considered impaired when it is probable that
the Company will be unable to collect principal and interest
amounts due. For mortgage loans that are determined to be
impaired, a reserve is established for the difference between
the amortized cost and fair market value of the underlying
collateral. In estimating fair value, the Company uses interest
rates reflecting the current real estate financing market
returns. Impaired loans were not significant at
December 31, 2002 and 2001.
Real estate held for sale is carried at the lower
of cost or fair value less estimated costs to sell. Fair value
is established at the time of acquisition by internal analysis
or external appraisers, using discounted cash flow analyses and
other acceptable techniques. Thereafter, an impairment
73
Accrual of income is suspended on fixed
maturities or mortgage loans that are in default, or on which it
is likely that future payments will not be made as scheduled.
Interest income on investments in default is recognized only as
payment is received. Investments included in the consolidated
balance sheet that were not income-producing for the preceding
12 months were not significant.
Trading securities and related liabilities are
normally held for periods of less than six months. These
investments are marked to market with the change recognized in
net investment income during the current period.
Short-term securities, consisting primarily of
money market instruments and other debt issues purchased with a
maturity of less than one year, are carried at amortized cost,
which approximates fair value.
Other invested assets include certain private
equity securities along with partnership investments and real
estate joint ventures accounted for on the equity method of
accounting. Undistributed income is reported in net investment
income.
Investment Gains and Losses
Reinsurance Recoverables
Deferred Acquisition Costs
Contractholder Receivables and
Payables
Goodwill and Intangible Assets
The carrying amount of intangible assets that are
not deemed to have an indefinite useful life is regularly
reviewed for indicators of impairments in value in accordance
with FAS 144. Impairment is recognized only if the carrying
amount of the intangible asset is not recoverable from its
undiscounted cash flows and is measured as the difference
between the carrying amount and the fair value of the asset.
Prior to the adoption of FAS 141 and
FAS 142, goodwill was generally being amortized on a
straight-line basis over a 40-year period. TPCs purchase
of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock of TIGHI
(see note 2) generated goodwill of $984.5 million,
which was amortized on a straight-line basis over a 36-year
period. The
74
Receivables for Investment Sales
Claims and Claim Adjustment Expense
Reserves
In determining claims and claim adjustment
expense reserves, the Company carries on a continuing review of
its overall position, its reserving techniques and its
reinsurance. The reserves are also reviewed periodically by a
qualified actuary employed by the Company. These reserves
represent the estimated ultimate cost of all incurred claims and
claim adjustment expenses. Since the reserves are based on
estimates, the ultimate liability may be more or less than such
reserves. The effects of changes in such estimated reserves are
included in the results of operations in the period in which the
estimates are changed. Such changes may be material to the
results of operations and financial condition and could occur in
a future period.
Payables for Investment Purchases
Securities Lending Payable
Other Liabilities
Also included in other liabilities is an accrual
for policyholder dividends. Certain insurance contracts,
primarily workers compensation, are participating whereby
dividends are paid to policyholders in accordance with contract
provisions. Net written premiums for participating dividend
policies were approximately 2%, 2% and 4% of total Company net
written premiums for the years ended December 31, 2002,
2001 and 2000, respectively. Policyholder dividends are accrued
against earnings using best available estimates of amounts to be
paid. Policyholder dividends were $14.4 million,
$28.3 million and $31.5 million for the years ended
December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively.
Statutory Accounting Practices
75
Premiums and Unearned Premium
Reserves
Ceded premiums are charged to income over the
applicable term of the various reinsurance contracts with third
party reinsurers. Prepaid reinsurance premiums represent the
unexpired portion of premiums ceded to reinsurers and are
reported as part of other assets.
Fee Income
Recoveries From Former Affiliate
Other Revenues
Federal Income Taxes
Stock-Based Compensation
The Company accounts for these programs under the
recognition and measurement principles of Accounting Principles
Board Opinion No. 25 (APB 25), Accounting for
Stock Issued to Employees, and related interpretations.
Under APB 25 the restricted stock awards are valued based
upon fair value at the date of issuance and charged to
compensation expense ratably over the vesting period. Prior to
the Citigroup Distribution, the restricted stock awards were in
Citigroup common stock. The after-tax compensation cost charged
to earnings for these restricted stock awards was
$17.0 million, $19.4 million and $16.3 million
for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001, and 2000,
respectively.
The stock option programs provide for the issuing
of stock option awards at an exercise price equal to the market
value of the underlying common stock on the date of the grant.
Additionally, the Company replacement awards for Citigroup
awards issued in conjunction with the Citigroup Distribution
were at the intrinsic value of each Citigroup option and the
ratio of exercise price per share to the market value per share
was not reduced. Accordingly, there has been no employee
compensation cost recognized in earnings for the stock option
programs.
FAS 123 provides an alternative to
APB 25 whereby fair values may be ascribed to options using
a valuation model and amortized to compensation cost over the
vesting period of the options. In 2002, in conjunction with the
IPO in March and the Citigroup Distribution in August, the
Companys stock option awards provide for the purchase of
the Companys class A common shares. Prior to 2002 the
stock option awards provided for the purchase of Citigroup
common stock. The following tables illustrate the pro forma
effect on net income (loss) and earnings per share for each
period indicated as if the Company applied the fair value
recognition provisions of FAS 123 to its employee stock
option incentive compensation programs. See note 11 for a
description of the method and fair value assumptions used in
estimating the fair value of options.
The 2002 pro forma fair value of stock-based
employee compensation in the Companys class A common
shares is as follows:
76
The 2001 and 2000 pro forma fair value of
stockbased employee compensation in Citigroups
common stock is as follows:
Effective January 1, 2003, the Company
adopted the fair value based method of accounting for its
employee stock-based compensation plans as defined in
FAS 123. FAS 123 indicates that the fair value based
method is the preferred method of accounting. The Company has
elected to use the prospective recognition transition
alternative of FAS 148. Under this alternative only the
awards granted, modified or settled after January 1, 2003
will be accounted for in accordance with the fair value method.
The Company does not expect the impact of adopting the
FAS 123 fair value based method to be significant in 2003.
Earnings per Share (EPS)
The following is a reconciliation of the income
and share data used in the basic and diluted earnings per share
computations:
Derivative Financial Instruments
77
Interest rate swaps, equity swaps, credit
derivatives, options, forward contracts and financial futures
were not significant at December 31, 2002 and 2001. See
note 14.
Accounting Standards Not Yet Adopted
Consolidation of Variable Interest
Entities
At December 31, 2002, the Company held the
following investments that, for purposes of FIN 46, will
need to be evaluated to determine whether such investments
should be consolidated or disclosed as a variable interest
entity in the Companys future financial statements:
The Company is currently assessing the impact, if
any, that the consolidation provisions of FIN 46 may have
on the consolidated financial statements.
Stock-Based Compensation
Asset Retirement Obligations
Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or
Disposal Activities
78
Nature of Operations
The Company comprises two business segments:
Commercial Lines and Personal Lines. See note 3.
Commercial Lines
Commercial Lines is organized into five marketing
and underwriting groups, each of which focuses on a particular
client base or product grouping to provide products and services
that specifically address customers needs. The Core
marketing and underwriting groups include National Accounts,
Commercial Accounts and Select Accounts, and Specialty includes
Bond and Gulf.
National Accounts provides casualty products to
large companies, with particular emphasis on workers
compensation, general liability and automobile liability.
Products are marketed through national and regional brokers.
Programs offered by National Accounts include risk management
services, such as claims settlement, loss control and risk
management information services, which are generally offered in
connection with a large deductible or self-insured program, and
risk transfer, which is typically provided through a guaranteed
cost or retrospectively rated insurance policy. National
Accounts also includes the Companys residual market
business, which primarily offers workers compensation
products and services to the involuntary market.
Commercial Accounts serves primarily mid-sized
businesses for casualty products and large, mid-sized and small
businesses for property products. Commercial Accounts sells a
broad range of property and casualty insurance products, with an
emphasis on guaranteed cost products, through a large network of
independent agents and brokers. Within Commercial Accounts the
Company has a specialty unit which primarily writes coverages
for the trucking industry and has dedicated operations that
exclusively target the construction industry, providing
insurance and risk management services for virtually all areas
of construction. These dedicated operations reflect the
Companys focus on industry specialization.
Select Accounts serves small businesses. Select
Accounts products are generally guaranteed cost policies,
often a packaged product covering property and liability
exposures. The products are sold through independent agents.
Bond markets its products to national, mid-sized
and small customers as well as individuals, and distributes them
through both national and wholesale brokers, and retail agents
and regional brokers. Bonds range of products includes
fidelity and surety bonds, excess SIPC, directors and
officers liability insurance, errors and omissions
insurance, professional liability insurance, employment
practices liability insurance, fiduciary liability insurance,
and other related coverages.
Gulf markets products to national, mid-sized and
small customers, and distributes them through both wholesale
brokers and retail agents. Gulf provides a diverse product and
program portfolio of specialty insurance lines, with particular
emphasis on management and professional liability insurance.
Products include various types of directors and
officers insurance, fiduciary, employment practices
liability insurance, errors and omissions coverages, and
fidelity and commercial crime coverages.
Net written premiums by market were as follows:
Personal Lines
79
Personal automobile policies provide coverage for
liability to others for both bodily injury and property damage,
and for physical damage to an insureds own vehicle from
collision and various other perils. In addition, many states
require policies to provide first-party personal injury
protection, frequently referred to as no-fault coverage.
Homeowners policies are available for dwellings,
condominiums, mobile homes and rental property contents.
Protection against losses to dwellings and contents from a wide
variety of perils is included in these policies, as well as
coverage for liability arising from ownership or occupancy.
Net written premiums by product line were as
follows:
Catastrophe Exposure
The Company has geographic exposure to
catastrophe losses in certain areas of the country. Catastrophes
can be caused by various natural and man-made events including
hurricanes, windstorms, earthquakes, hail, severe winter
weather, explosions and fires. The incidence and severity of
catastrophes are inherently unpredictable. The extent of losses
from a catastrophe is a function of both the total amount of
insured exposure in the area affected by the event and the
severity of the event. Most catastrophes are restricted to small
geographic areas; however, hurricanes and earthquakes may
produce significant damage in larger areas, especially those
that are heavily populated. The Company generally seeks to
reduce its exposure to catastrophes through individual risk
selection and the purchase of catastrophe reinsurance.
The Company also has exposure to significant
losses from terrorism, primarily in the commercial property and
workers compensation lines of business. On
November 26, 2002, the Terrorism Risk Insurance Act of 2002
(the Terrorism Act) was enacted into Federal law and established
a temporary Federal program in the Department of the Treasury
that provides for a system of shared public and private
compensation for insured losses resulting from acts of
terrorism, committed by or on behalf of a foreign interest. In
order for a loss to be covered under the Terrorism Act (i.e.,
subject losses), the loss must be the result of an event that is
certified as an act of terrorism by the U.S. Secretary of
Treasury. In the case of a war declared by Congress, only
workers compensation losses are covered by the Terrorism
Act. The Terrorism Insurance Program (the Program) generally
requires that all commercial property/ casualty insurers
licensed in the U.S. participate in the Program. The Program
became effective upon enactment and terminates on
December 31, 2005. The amount of compensation paid to
participating insurers under the Program is 90% of subject
losses, after an insurer deductible, subject to an annual cap.
The deductible under the Program is 7% for 2003, 10% for 2004,
and 15% for 2005. In each case, the deductible percentage is
applied to the insurers direct earned premiums from the
calendar year immediately preceding the applicable year. The
Program also contains an annual cap that limits the amount of
subject losses to $100 billion aggregate per program year.
Once subject losses have reached the $100 billion aggregate
during a program year, there is no additional reimbursement from
the U.S. Treasury and an insurer that has met its deductible for
the program year is not liable for any losses (or portion
thereof) that exceed the $100 billion cap. The
Companys deductible under this federal program is
$570.0 million for 2003 subject to final rules to be
established by the U.S. Treasury.
2. ACQUISITIONS AND DISPOSITIONS
On August 1, 2002, Commercial Insurance
Resources, Inc. (CIRI), a subsidiary of the Company and the
holding company for the Gulf Insurance Group (Gulf), completed
its previously announced transaction with a group of outside
investors and senior employees of Gulf. Capital investments made
by the investors and employees included $85.9 million of
mandatory convertible preferred stock, $49.7 million of
convertible notes and $3.6 million of common equity,
representing a 24% ownership interest, on a fully diluted basis.
The dividend rate on the preferred stock is 6.0%. The interest
rate on the notes is 6.0% payable on an interest-only basis. The
notes mature on December 31, 2032. Trident II, L.P.,
Marsh & McLennan Capital Professionals Fund, L.P., Marsh
& McLennan Employees Securities Company, L.P. and
Trident Gulf Holding, LLC (collectively, Trident) invested
$125.0 million, and a group of approximately 75 senior
employees of Gulf invested $14.2 million. Fifty percent of
the CIRI senior employees investment was financed by CIRI.
This financing is collateralized by the CIRI securities
purchased and is forgivable if Trident achieves certain
investment returns. The applicable agreements provide for
registration rights and transfer rights and restrictions and
other matters customarily addressed in agreements with minority
investors. Gulfs results, net of minority interest, are
included in the Commercial Lines segment.
On October 1, 2001, the Company paid
$329.5 million to Citigroup for The Northland Company and
its subsidiaries and Associates Lloyds Insurance Company. These
entities
80
In the third quarter of 2000, the Company
purchased the renewal rights to a portion of Reliance Group
Holdings, Inc.s commercial lines middle-market book of
business. The Company also acquired the renewal rights to
Frontier Insurance Group, Inc.s environmental, excess and
surplus lines casualty businesses and certain classes of surety
business. The final purchase price for these transactions, which
was dependent on the level of business renewed by the Company,
was approximately $26.2 million.
On May 31, 2000, the Company completed the
acquisition of the surety business of Reliance Group Holdings,
Inc. (Reliance Surety) for $580.0 million. In connection
with the acquisition, the Company entered into a reinsurance
arrangement for pre-existing business, and the resulting net
cash outlay for this transaction was approximately
$278.4 million. This transaction included the acquisition
of an intangible asset of approximately $450.0 million,
which is being amortized over 15 years. The results of
operations and the assets and liabilities acquired from Reliance
Surety are included in the financial statements beginning
June 1, 2000. This acquisition was accounted for as a
purchase.
During April 2000, TPC completed a cash tender
offer to purchase all of the outstanding shares of TIGHI that it
did not already own at a price of $41.95 per share. The
total cost of the shares acquired was approximately
$2.413 billion and generated goodwill of approximately
$1.006 billion. The goodwill represents the excess of the
cost of the acquired shares over the minority interest liability
recorded by TPC. In conjunction with the purchase of
TIGHIs outstanding shares, TPC entered into a note
agreement with Citigroup to borrow up to a maximum of
$2.600 billion.
3. SEGMENT INFORMATION
The Company comprises two reportable business
segments: Commercial Lines and Personal Lines. See
note 1 Nature of Operations for a discussion of
the Commercial Lines and Personal Lines segments.
The accounting policies used to generate the
following segment data are the same as those described in the
summary of significant accounting policies in note 1. The
amount of investments in equity method investees and total
expenditures for additions to long-lived assets other than
financial instruments were not significant.
Operating income is reflected net of tax and
excludes realized investment gains (losses), restructuring
charges, the cumulative effect of changes in accounting
principles and TPC minority interest in 2000.
81
Business Segment Reconciliations
Enterprise-Wide Disclosures
The Company generally does not accumulate
revenues by product; therefore, it would be impracticable to
provide revenues from external customers for each product.
Revenues from internal customers, foreign
revenues and foreign assets are not significant. The Company
does not have revenue from transactions with a single customer
amounting to 10 percent or more of its revenues.
4. INVESTMENTS
Fixed Maturities
The amortized cost and fair value of investments
in fixed maturities classified as available for sale were as
follows:
82
The amortized cost and fair value of fixed
maturities by contractual maturity follow. Actual maturities
will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may
have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without
call or prepayment penalties.
The Company makes investments in collateralized
mortgage obligations (CMOs). CMOs typically have high credit
quality, offer good liquidity, and provide a significant
advantage in yield and total return compared to
U.S. Treasury securities. The Companys investment
strategy is to purchase CMO tranches which offer the most
favorable return given the risks involved. One significant risk
evaluated is prepayment sensitivity. This drives the investment
process to generally favor prepayment protected CMO tranches
including planned amortization classes and last cash flow
tranches. The Company does invest in other types of CMO tranches
if a careful assessment indicates a favorable risk/return
tradeoff. The Company does not purchase residual interests in
CMOs.
At December 31, 2002 and 2001, the Company
held CMOs classified as available for sale with a fair value of
$4.120 billion and $3.345 billion, respectively.
Approximately 58% and 54% of the Companys CMO holdings are
fully collateralized by GNMA, FNMA or FHLMC securities at
December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively. In addition, the
Company held $4.815 billion and $2.273 billion of
GNMA, FNMA, FHLMC or FHA mortgage-backed pass-through securities
classified as available for sale at December 31, 2002 and
2001, respectively. Virtually all of these securities are rated
Aaa.
The Company engages in securities lending
agreements whereby certain securities from its portfolio are
loaned to other institutions for short periods of time. The
Company generally receives cash collateral from the borrower,
equal to at least the market value of the loaned securities plus
accrued interest, and reinvests it in a short-term investment
pool. See note 16. The loaned securities remain a recorded asset
of the Company, however, the Company records a liability for the
amount of the collateral held, representing its obligation to
return the collateral related to these loaned securities, and
reports that liability as part of other liabilities in the
consolidated balance sheet. At December 31, 2002 and 2001,
the Company held collateral of $597.9 million and
$1.002 billion, respectively.
At December 31, 2002 and 2001, TPCs
insurance subsidiaries had $2.052 billion and
$1.668 billion, respectively, of securities on deposit at
financial institutions in certain states pursuant to the
respective states insurance regulatory authorities.
Proceeds from sales of fixed maturities
classified as available for sale were $14.699 billion,
$14.469 billion and $12.507 billion in 2002, 2001 and
2000, respectively. Gross gains of $570.9 million,
$599.3 million and $267.2 million and gross losses of
$148.4 million, $158.6 million and
$273.4 million, respectively, were realized on those sales.
Equity Securities
The cost and fair value of investments in equity
securities were as follows:
Proceeds from sales of equity securities were
$127.2 million, $469.7 million and $2.355 billion
in 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively, resulting in gross
realized gains of $18.1 million, $61.1 million and
$154.3 million and gross realized losses of
$13.7 million, $33.4 million and $74.1 million,
respectively.
Mortgage Loans
Aggregate annual maturities on mortgage loans are
$35.8 million, $28.3 million, $9.0 million,
$15.8 million, $40.0 million and $129.0 million
for 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 and 2008 and thereafter,
respectively. There are no mortgage loans that are past due.
Underperforming mortgage loans, which include
delinquent loans, loans in the process of foreclosure and loans
modified at interest rates below market, were not significant at
December 31, 2002 and 2001.
83
Concentrations
At December 31, 2002 and 2001, the Company
had concentrations of credit risk in tax-exempt investments of
the State of Texas of $1.386 billion and
$1.187 billion, respectively, and of the State of New York
of $1.269 billion and $1.027 billion, respectively.
Prior to the Citigroup Distribution, the Company
participated in a short-term investment pool maintained by a
former affiliate. See note 16.
Included in fixed maturities are below investment
grade assets totaling $1.945 billion and
$1.748 billion at December 31, 2002 and 2001,
respectively. The Company defines its below investment grade
assets as those securities rated Ba1 or lower by
external rating agencies, or the equivalent by internal analysts
when a public rating does not exist. Such assets include
publicly traded below investment grade bonds and certain other
privately issued bonds that are classified as below investment
grade loans.
The Company monitors creditworthiness of
counterparties to all financial instruments by using controls
that include credit approvals, limits and other monitoring
procedures. Collateral for fixed maturities often includes
pledges of assets, including stock and other assets, guarantees
and letters of credit.
Net Investment Income
Realized and Unrealized Investment Gains (Losses)
Net realized investment gains (losses) for
the periods were as follows:
Included in net realized investment gains were
impairment charges related to other than temporary declines in
value of $284.1 million, $146.2 million and
$30.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2002,
2001 and 2000, respectively.
Changes in net unrealized gains (losses) on
investment securities that are included as a separate component
of accumulated other changes in equity from nonowner sources
were as follows:
5. REINSURANCE
The Company participates in reinsurance in order
to limit losses, minimize exposure to large risks, provide
additional capacity for future growth and to effect
business-sharing arrangements. In addition, the Company assumes
100% of the workers compensation premiums written by the
Accident Department of its former affiliate, The Travelers
Insurance Company (TIC). The Company is also a member of and
participates as a servicing carrier for several pools and
associations.
84
Reinsurance is placed on both a quota-share and
excess of loss basis. Ceded reinsurance arrangements do not
discharge the Company as the primary insurer, except for cases
involving a novation.
A summary of reinsurance financial data reflected
within the consolidated statement of income is presented below:
Reinsurance recoverables, net of valuation
allowance, include amounts recoverable on unpaid and paid claims
and were as follows:
In 1996, Lloyds of London (Lloyds)
restructured its operations with respect to claims for years
prior to 1993 and reinsured these into Equitas Limited
(Equitas). Amounts recoverable from unaffiliated insurers at
December 31, 2002 and 2001 include $296.5 million and
$247.9 million, respectively, recoverable from Equitas. The
outcome of the restructuring of Lloyds is uncertain and
the impact, if any, on collectibility of amounts recoverable by
the Company from Equitas cannot be quantified at this time. It
is possible that an unfavorable impact on collectibility could
have a material adverse effect on the Companys results of
operations in a future period. However, in the opinion of the
Companys management, it is not likely that the outcome
could have a material adverse effect on the Companys
financial condition or liquidity.
The Company reports its reinsurance recoverables
net of an allowance for estimated uncollectible reinsurance
recoverables. The allowance is based upon the Companys
ongoing review of amounts outstanding, length of collection
periods, changes in reinsurer credit standing, and other
relevant factors. Amounts deemed to be uncollectible, including
amounts due from known insolvent reinsurers, are written off and
charged against the allowance for estimated uncollectible
reinsurance recoverables. Any subsequent collections of amounts
previously written off are reported as part of underwriting
results.
The allowance for estimated uncollectible
reinsurance recoverables was $329.1 million and
$286.2 million at December 31, 2002 and 2001,
respectively.
6. INSURANCE CLAIMS RESERVES
Claims and claim adjustment expense reserves were
as follows:
85
The table below is a reconciliation of beginning
and ending property casualty reserve balances for claims and
claim adjustment expenses.
The increase in the claims and claim adjustment
expense reserves in 2002 from 2001 was primarily due to the
strengthening of the Companys asbestos reserves,
principally in connection with the Companys asbestos
reserve study completed in fourth quarter 2002. Partially
offsetting the above were net payments of $578.0 million in
2002 for asbestos, environmental and cumulative injury claims.
The increase in the claims and claim adjustment
expense reserves in 2001 from 2000 was primarily due to the
additional reserves recorded as part of the acquisition and
contribution of certain affiliates (see note 2), and the
impact of the terrorist attack on September 11th, 2001.
Partially offsetting the above were net payments of
$426.6 million in 2001 for asbestos, environmental and
cumulative injury claims.
In 2002, estimated claims and claim adjustment
expenses for claims arising in prior years was a net unfavorable
development of $3.031 billion. This included
$3.132 billion of net unfavorable development which
impacted results of operations primarily due to unfavorable
development of $2.945 billion related to asbestos. Claims
arising in prior years for 2002 also included unfavorable
development of $150.1 million related to environmental
claims and favorable development of $100.1 million related
to CIOTA claims. In addition, estimated claims and claim
adjustment expenses for claims arising in prior years included
net unfavorable development, primarily related to certain
Commercial Lines coverages, predominantly in assumed reinsurance
specialty businesses, partially offset by favorable development
in Commercial Lines workers compensation and Personal
Lines automobile. In 2002, estimated claims and claim adjustment
expenses for claims arising in prior years included
$71.2 million of net favorable loss development on
Commercial Lines loss sensitive policies in various lines;
however, since the business to which it relates is subject to
premium adjustments, there is no impact on results of
operations. For each of the years ended December 31, 2002,
2001 and 2000, changes in allocations between policy years of
unallocated loss adjustment expenses, pursuant to regulatory
reporting requirements, are included in claims and claim
adjustment expenses for claims arising in prior years and did
not impact results of operations.
In 2001, estimated claims and claim adjustment
expenses for claims arising in prior years was a net favorable
development of $41.0 million which included
$14.4 million of net favorable development which impacted
results of operations, primarily related to certain Commercial
Lines coverages. The $14.4 million includes favorable
development in commercial multi-peril and other claim adjustment
expenses partially offset by unfavorable development in general
liability, commercial auto liability and specialty businesses.
Included in the net unfavorable development in Commercial Lines
general liability was $188.8 million for asbestos claims
and $45.7 million for environmental claims partly reduced
by favorable development of $44.9 million for CIOTA claims.
In addition, estimated claims and claim adjustment expenses for
claims arising in prior years included net favorable loss
development of $43.0 million on Commercial Lines loss
sensitive policies in various lines; however, since the business
to which it relates is subject to premium adjustments, there is
no impact on results of operations.
In 2000, estimated claims and claim adjustment
expenses for claims arising in prior years was a net favorable
development of $247.0 million which included
$76.1 million of net favorable development which impacted
results of operations, primarily relating to certain Commercial
Lines coverages, predominantly in the commercial multi-peril
line of business, and in certain Personal Lines coverages,
predominantly personal umbrella coverages. Included in the
$76.1 million net favorable development was the impact of
unfavorable development of $50.0 million for asbestos
claims, $64.4 million for environmental claims and
$15.9 million for CIOTA claims. In 2000, Commercial Lines
experienced favorable loss development of $53.4 million on
loss sensitive policies in various lines; however, since the
86
The claims and claim adjustment expense reserves
included $3.790 billion and $1.216 billion for
asbestos and environmental-related claims, net of reinsurance,
at December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively.
It is difficult to estimate the reserves for
asbestos and environmental-related claims due to the vagaries of
court coverage decisions, plaintiffs expanded theories of
liability, the risks inherent in major litigation and other
uncertainties, including without limitation, those which are set
forth below.
Because each policyholder presents different
liability and coverage issues, the Company generally evaluates
the exposure presented by each policyholder on
policyholder-by-policyholder basis. In the course of this
evaluation, the Company considers: available insurance coverage,
including the role any umbrella or excess insurance the Company
has issued to the policyholder; limits and deductibles; an
analysis of each policyholders potential liability; the
jurisdictions involved; past and anticipated future claim
activity and loss development on pending claims; past settlement
values of similar claims; allocated claim adjustment expense;
potential role of other insurance; the role, if any, of
non-asbestos claims or potential non-asbestos claims in any
resolution process; and applicable coverage defenses or
determinations, if any, including the determination as to
whether or not an asbestos claim is a products/completed
operation claim subject to an aggregate limit and the available
coverage, if any, for that claim. Once the gross ultimate
exposure for indemnity and related claim adjustment expense is
determined for each policyholder by each policy year, the
Company calculates a ceded reinsurance projection based on any
applicable facultative and treaty reinsurance, as well as past
ceded experience. Adjustments to the ceded projections also
occur due to actual ceded claim experience and reinsurance
collections. Conventional actuarial methods are not utilized to
establish asbestos reserves. The Companys evaluations have
not resulted in any meaningful data from which an average
asbestos defense or indemnity payment may be determined.
With respect to its asbestos exposures, the
Company also compares its historical direct and net loss and
expense paid experience, year-by-year, to assess any emerging
trends, fluctuations or characteristics suggested by the
aggregate paid activity. Losses paid have increased in 2002
compared to prior years. There has been an acceleration in
recent quarters in the amount of payments, including those from
prior settlements of coverage disputes entered into between the
Company and certain of its policyholders. For 2002,
approximately 54% of total paid losses relate to policyholders
with whom the Company previously entered into settlement
agreements that limit the Companys liability. Net losses
paid were $361.1 million for 2002 compared to
$174.8 million for 2001 reflective of the items described
above.
At December 31, 2002, asbestos reserves were
$3.404 billion, an increase of $2.584 billion compared
to $820.4 million as of December 31, 2001. Net
incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses were
$2.945 billion for 2002 compared to $188.8 million for
2001. This charge was partially offset by an after tax benefit
of $520.0 million, included in revenues, related to
recoveries from full utilization of the Citigroup
indemnification agreement. The increase in reserves is based on
the Companys analysis of asbestos claims and litigation
trends. As part of a periodic, ground-up study of asbestos
reserves, the Company studied the implications of these and
other significant developments, with special attention to major
asbestos defendants and non-products claims alleging that the
Companys coverage obligations are not subject to aggregate
limits. In addition, Company management expanded its historical
methodology in response to recent trends. This included further
categorization of policyholders, conducting a detailed
examination of recent claim activity from policyholders
reporting claims for the first time, and conducting a detailed
review of past settlements.
In establishing environmental reserves, the
Company evaluates the exposure presented by each policyholder
and the anticipated cost of resolution, if any, for each
policyholder on a quarterly basis. In the course of this
analysis, the Company considers the probable liability,
available coverage, relevant judicial interpretations and
historical value of similar exposures. In addition, the Company
considers the many variables presented, such as the nature of
the alleged activities of the policyholder at each site; the
allegations of environmental harm at each site; the number of
sites; the total number of potentially responsible parties at
each site; the nature of environmental harm and the
corresponding remedy at each site; the nature of government
enforcement activities at each site; the ownership and general
use of each site; the overall nature of the insurance
relationship between the Company and the policyholder, including
the role of any umbrella or excess insurance the Company has
issued to the policyholder; the involvement of other insurers;
the potential for other available coverage, including the number
of years of coverage; the role, if any, of non-environmental
claims or potential non-environmental claims, in any resolution
process; and the applicable law in each jurisdiction.
Conventional actuarial techniques are not used to estimate these
reserves.
As a result of the processes and procedures
described above, management believes that the reserves carried
for asbestos and environmental claims at December 31, 2002
are appropriately established based upon known facts, current
law and managements judgment. However, the uncertainties
surrounding the final resolution of these claims
87
In March 2002, Citigroup entered into an
agreement under which it provided the Company with financial
support for asbestos claims and related litigation, in any year
that the Companys insurance subsidiaries record
asbestos-related income statement charges in excess of
$150.0 million, net of any reinsurance, up to a cumulative
aggregate of $800.0 million, reduced by the tax effect of
the highest applicable federal income tax rate. During 2002, the
Company recorded $2.945 billion of asbestos incurred
losses, net of reinsurance, and accordingly has fully utilized
the total benefit available under the agreement.
Because of the uncertainties set forth above,
additional liabilities may arise for amounts in excess of the
current related reserves. In addition, the Companys
estimate of ultimate claims and claim adjustment expenses may
change. These additional liabilities or increases in estimates,
or a range of either, cannot now be reasonably estimated and
could result in income statement charges that could be material
to the Companys results of operations and financial
condition in future periods.
In August 2002, the Company entered into a
settlement agreement with Shook & Fletcher Insulation
Co. (Shook) settling coverage litigation under insurance
policies, which the Company issued to Shook. After payments made
in the fourth quarter of 2002 under this settlement, the
remaining obligations are valued at approximately
$99.2 million (after reinsurance and discounting).
In May 2002, the Company agreed with
approximately three dozen other insurers and PPG Industries,
Inc. (PPG) on key terms to settle asbestos-related coverage
litigation under insurance policies issued to PPG. While there
remain a number of contingencies, including the final execution
of documents, court approval and possible appeals, the Company
believes that the completion of the settlement pursuant to the
terms announced in May 2002 is likely based upon substantial
progress in negotiations during the fourth quarter of 2002. The
Companys single payment contribution to the proposed
settlement, expected in June 2004, is approximately
$388.8 million after reinsurance.
7. TERRORIST ATTACK ON SEPTEMBER 11TH
During 2001, the Company recorded a charge of
$489.5 million representing the estimated loss for both
reported and unreported claims incurred and related claim
adjustment expenses, net of reinsurance recoverables and taxes,
related to the terrorist attack on September 11th. The
associated reserves and related reinsurance recoverables
represent the estimated ultimate net costs of all incurred
claims and claim adjustment expenses related to the attack.
Since the reserves and related reinsurance recoverables are
based on estimates, the ultimate net liability may be more or
less than such amounts.
8. DEBT
Notes payable to former affiliates were as
follows:
On April 13, 2001, TIGHI entered into a
$500.0 million revolving line of credit agreement (the line
of credit) with Citigroup, which expires in December 2006. On
April 16, 2001, TIGHI borrowed $275.0 million on the
line of credit. Proceeds from this borrowing together with
$225.0 million of commercial paper proceeds were used to
pay the $500.0 million 6.75% long-term note payable, which
was due on April 16, 2001. On November 8, 2001, TIGHI
borrowed another $225.0 million under the line of credit.
The proceeds were used to pay off maturing commercial paper. The
maturity for all $500.0 million borrowed under this line
was extended to November 7, 2003, and the interest rate was
fixed at 3.60%. The weighted average interest rate for the line
of credit was 3.60% and 3.82% for 2002 and 2001, respectively.
88
TIGHI has an additional $250.0 million
revolving line of credit from Citigroup. TIGHI pays a commitment
fee to Citigroup for this line of credit, which expires in 2006.
This agreement became effective on December 19, 2001 and
replaced a previous facility with a syndicate of banks.
Borrowings under this line of credit carry a variable interest
rate based upon LIBOR plus 50 basis points. During December
2002, the Company borrowed $250.0 million and subsequently
repaid $50.0 million under this line of credit. At
December 31, 2002, borrowings outstanding under this line
of credit were $200.0 million, and the weighted average
interest rate for these borrowings was 1.92% for 2002.
At December 31, 2001, TPC had a note payable
to Citigroup in the amount of $1.198 billion, in
conjunction with the purchase of TIGHIs outstanding shares
in April 2000 (see note 2). On February 7, 2002, this
note payable was replaced by a new note agreement. Under the
terms of the new note agreement, interest accrued on the
aggregate principal amount outstanding at the commercial paper
rate (the then current short-term rate) plus 10 basis
points per annum. Interest was compounded monthly. This note was
prepaid following the offerings.
Long-term debt and convertible notes payable
outstanding were as follows:
At December 31, 2000, TPC had a note payable
to Citigroup, which had a principal balance outstanding of
$287.0 million. Interest accrued at a rate of 5.06%,
compounded semi-annually. On March 29, 2001, this note was
repaid in its entirety, plus accrued interest.
In February 2002, TPC paid a dividend of
$1.000 billion to Citigroup in the form of a non-interest
bearing note payable on December 31, 2002. This note would
have begun to accrue interest from December 31, 2002 on any
outstanding balance at the floating rate of the base rate of
Citibank, N.A., New York City plus 2.0%. On December 31,
2002, this note was repaid in its entirety.
In February 2002, TPC also paid a dividend of
$3.700 billion to Citigroup in the form of a note payable in
two installments. This note was substantially prepaid
following the offerings. The balance of $150.0 million was
due on May 9, 2004. This note would have begun to bear
interest from May 9, 2002 at a rate of 7.25% per annum.
This note was prepaid on May 8, 2002.
In March 2002, TPC paid a dividend of
$395.0 million to Citigroup in the form of a note payable,
which would have begun to bear interest after May 9, 2002
at a rate of 6.0% per annum. This note was prepaid following the
offerings.
In March 2002, TPC issued $892.5 million
aggregate principal amount of 4.5% convertible junior
subordinated notes, which will mature on April 15, 2032,
unless earlier redeemed, repurchased or converted. Interest is
payable quarterly in arrears. TPC has the option to defer
interest payments on the notes for a period not exceeding 20
consecutive interest periods nor beyond the maturity of the
notes. During a deferral period, the amount of interest due to
holders of the notes will continue to accumulate, and such
deferred interest payments will themselves accrue interest.
Deferral of any interest can create certain restrictions for TPC.
Unless previously redeemed or repurchased, the
notes are convertible into shares of class A common stock at the
option of the holders at any time after March 27, 2003 and
prior to April 15, 2032 if at any time (1) the average
of the daily closing prices of class A common stock for the
20 consecutive trading days immediately prior to the
conversion date is at least 20% above the then applicable
conversion price on the conversion date, (2) the notes have
been called for redemption, (3) specified corporate
transactions have occurred, or (4) specified credit rating
events with respect to the notes have occurred. The notes will
be convertible into shares of class A common stock at a
conversion rate of 1.0808 shares of class A common stock
for each $25 principal amount of notes (equivalent to an
initial conversion price of $23.13 per share of
class A common stock), subject to adjustment in certain
events.
On or after April 18, 2007, the notes may be
redeemed at TPCs option. TPC is not required to make
mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to
the notes.
The notes are general unsecured obligations and
are subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future
Senior Indebtedness. The notes are also effectively subordinated
to all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities of
any of TPCs current or future subsidiaries.
During May 2002, TPC fully and unconditionally
guaranteed the payment of all principal, premiums, if any, and
interest on certain debt obligations of its wholly-owned
subsidiary TIGHI. TPC is deemed to have no independent assets or
operations except for its wholly-owned subsidiary TIGHI.
Consolidated financial statements of TIGHI have not
89
In August 2002, Commercial Insurance Resources,
Inc. (CIRI), a subsidiary of the Company, issued
$49.7 million aggregate principal amount of 6.0%
convertible notes (the CIRI Notes) which will mature on
December 31, 2032 unless earlier redeemed or repurchased
(see note 2). Interest on the CIRI Notes is payable
quarterly in arrears. The CIRI Notes are convertible as a whole
and not in part into shares of CIRI common stock at the option
of the holders of 66 2/3% of the aggregate principal amount
of the notes, in the event of an Initial Public Offering
(IPO) or change of control of CIRI. At any time after the
earlier of (a) December 31, 2010 or (b) an IPO by
CIRI, the notes may be redeemed by CIRI.
CIRI also issued $85.9 million of mandatory
convertible preferred stock during August 2002 (see note 2). The
declaration and payment of dividends to holders of CIRIs
convertible preferred stock will be at the discretion of the
CIRI Board of Directors and if declared, paid on a cumulative
basis for each share of convertible preferred stock at an annual
rate of 6% of the stated value per share of the convertible
preferred stock. Dividends of $2.2 million were declared
and paid during 2002.
In December 2002, TPC entered into a loan
agreement with an unaffiliated lender and borrowed
$550.0 million under a promissory note due in January 2004.
The Promissory Note carried a variable interest rate of LIBOR
plus 25 basis points per annum. On February 5, 2003,
TPC issued $550.0 million of Floating Rate Notes due in
February 2004. The proceeds from these notes were used to repay
the Promissory Note. The Floating Rate Notes also carry a
variable interest rate of LIBOR plus 25 basis points per annum
and are callable by the Company after August 5, 2003.
TPCs primary source of funds for debt
service is dividends from subsidiaries, which are subject to
various restrictions. See note 10.
9. FEDERAL INCOME TAXES
Additional tax benefits attributable to employee
stock plans allocated directly to shareholders equity were
$2.6 million, $.3 million and $.4 million for the
years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively.
The current federal income tax payable at
December 31, 2002 and 2001 was $179.5 million and
$155.3 million, respectively.
90
The net deferred tax assets comprise the tax
effects of temporary differences related to the following assets
and liabilities:
For the period ending March 27, 2002, the
Company is included in the consolidated federal income tax
return filed by Citigroup. Citigroup allocates federal income
taxes to its subsidiaries on a separate return basis adjusted
for credits and other amounts required by the consolidation
process. Any resulting liability is paid currently to Citigroup.
Any credits for losses will be paid by Citigroup currently to
the extent that such credits are for tax benefits that have been
utilized in the consolidated federal income tax return.
In the event that the consolidated return
develops an alternative minimum tax (AMT), each company with an
AMT on a separate company basis will be allocated a portion of
the consolidated AMT. Settlement of the AMT will be made in the
same manner and timing as the regular tax.
As of March 28, 2002, as a result of the
IPO, the Company is no longer included in the Citigroup
consolidated federal income tax return. As of that date, the
Company began filing its own consolidated federal income tax
return.
The Company has a net operating loss carryforward
of $1.390 billion as of December 31, 2002, which
expires December 31, 2022. Under terms of the tax sharing
agreement with Citigroup, the Company is entitled to carry
operating losses back to prior years upon receiving
Citigroups consent. These years have sufficient taxable
income to utilize the entire operating loss carryback. If the
carryback is approved, the Companys deferred tax asset
would be reduced by $486.5 million with an offset to the
current federal income tax payable.
In the opinion of the Companys management,
realization of the recognized deferred tax asset of
$1.447 billion is more likely than not based on
expectations as to the Companys future taxable income.
Excluding the effect of the asbestos reserve increase in 2002
(see note 6), the Company has reported pretax financial
statement income of $1.848 billion on average over the last
three years and has generated federal taxable income exceeding
$1.071 billion on average in each year during the same
period. Projections of taxable income for 2003 are in excess of
the December 31, 2002 net operating loss carryforward of
$1.390 billion.
Mandatorily Redeemable Securities of Subsidiary Trusts
TIGHI formed statutory business trusts under the
laws of the state of Delaware, which exist for the exclusive
purposes of (i) issuing Trust Securities representing
undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust;
(ii) investing the gross proceeds of the Trust Securities
in Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures (Junior
Subordinated Debentures) of its parent; and (iii) engaging
in only those activities necessary or incidental thereto. These
Junior Subordinated Debentures and the related income effects
are eliminated in the consolidated financial statements. The
financial structure of each of Travelers P&C Capital I
and Travelers P&C Capital II (the subsidiary trusts) at
December 31, 2002 and 2001 was as follows:
91
The subsidiary trusts will use the proceeds from
any redemption of TIGHI Securities to redeem a like amount of
TIGHI Debentures.
The obligations of TIGHI with respect to the
TIGHI Debentures, when considered together with certain
undertakings of TIGHI with respect to the subsidiary trusts,
constitute full and unconditional guarantees by TIGHI of the
subsidiary trusts obligations under the respective TIGHI
Securities. The TIGHI Securities are classified in the
consolidated balance sheet as TIGHI-obligated mandatory
redeemable securities of subsidiary trusts holding solely junior
subordinated debt securities of TIGHI at their liquidation
value of $900.0 million. TIGHI has the right, at any time,
to defer payments of interest on the TIGHI Debentures and
consequently the distributions on the TIGHI Securities and
common securities would be deferred (though such distributions
would continue to accrue with interest thereon since interest
would accrue on the TIGHI Debentures during any such extended
interest payment period). TIGHI cannot pay dividends on its
common stock during such deferments. Distributions on the TIGHI
Securities have been classified as interest expense in the
consolidated statement of income.
Common Stock
TPCs common stock consists of class A and
class B common stock. On all matters submitted to vote of the
TPC shareholders, holders of class A and class B
common stock are entitled to one and seven votes per share,
respectively.
On March 21, 2002, TPC sold approximately
231.0 million shares of its class A common stock in a
public offering for net proceeds of $4.090 billion. See
note 1.
On January 23, 2003, the Company, through
its Capital Accumulation Program (CAP), issued 1,943,627 shares
of class A common stock in the form of restricted stock to
participating officers and other key employees. The fair market
value per share of the class A common stock was $16.18. The
restricted stock generally vests after a three-year period. See
note 11.
Rights Plan
In 2002, prior to the Companys IPO, the
Companys Board of Directors adopted a shareholder rights
plan as a result of which each outstanding share of the
Companys class A common stock and class B common
stock carries with it the right to acquire one-thousandth of a
share in a new series of the Companys preferred stock
designated as series A junior participating preferred
stock. These Rights trade with the Companys common stock
and will expire on March 20, 2012, unless the Rights are
earlier redeemed. Such Rights are not presently exercisable and
have no voting power.
Ten business days after the announcement that a
person is making a tender or exchange offer for 15% or more of
the Companys general voting power or acquires 15% or more
of the Companys general voting power (other than as a
result of repurchases of stock by the Company or through
inadvertence by certain shareholders that subsequently divest
all excess shares as set forth in the rights agreement), the
Rights detach from the common stock and become freely tradable
and exercisable, entitling a holder to purchase one-thousandth
of a share in the Companys series A junior
participating preferred stock at $77.50, subject to adjustment.
If a person becomes the beneficial owner of 15%
or more of the Companys general voting power, each Right
will entitle its holder to purchase $155 market value of the
Companys common stock for $77.50. If the Company
subsequently merges with another entity or transfers 50% or more
of its assets, cash flow or earnings power to another entity,
each Right will entitle its holder to purchase $155 market value
of such other entitys common stock for $77.50. The Company
may redeem the Rights, at its option, at $0.01 per Right, prior
to any person acquiring beneficial ownership of at least 15% of
the Companys common stock. The shareholder rights plan is
designed primarily to encourage anyone seeking to acquire the
Company to negotiate with the Board of Directors.
Treasury Stock
During September 2002, the Board of Directors
approved a $500.0 million share repurchase program.
Purchases of class A and class B common stock may be made from
time to time through September 2004 in the open market, and it
is expected that funding for the program will principally come
from operating cash flow. There were no shares repurchased under
this plan in 2002.
The Companys stock incentive plan provides
settlement alternatives to employees in which the Company
repurchases shares to cover tax withholding costs and exercise
costs. At December 31, 2002, TPC had purchased
$3.7 million of its common stock under this plan.
The Company also has a commitment in conjunction
with the Citigroup Distribution, for which it prepaid
$15.1 million, to acquire class A and class B
common stock Distribution shares held by the Citigroup Capital
Accumulation Program (CAP) upon forfeiture of plan participants.
See note 11. This commitment expires over three years upon
vesting of the Citigroup CAP participants. At December 31,
2002, TPC had acquired $1.3 million of its common stock
pursuant to this arrangement.
Shares acquired under these plans are authorized
and unissued and are reported as treasury stock in the
consolidated balance sheet.
92
Dividends
TPCs insurance subsidiaries are subject to
various regulatory restrictions that limit the maximum amount of
dividends available to be paid to their parent without prior
approval of insurance regulatory authorities. A maximum of
$727.7 million will be available by the end of 2003 for
such dividends without prior approval of the Connecticut
Insurance Department. However, the payment of a portion of this
amount is likely to be subject to approval by the Connecticut
Insurance Department, depending upon the amount and timing of
the payments. See note 1.
Statutory Net Income and Surplus
Statutory net income (loss) of TPCs
insurance subsidiaries was ($973.6) million,
$1.090 billion and $1.368 billion for the years ended
December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively. Statutory
capital and surplus of TPCs insurance subsidiaries was
$7.287 billion and $7.687 billion at December 31,
2002 and 2001, respectively. Effective January 1, 2001, the
Company began preparing its statutory basis financial statements
in accordance with the NAIC Accounting Practices and Procedures
Manual subject to any deviations prescribed or permitted by its
domiciliary insurance commissioner (see note 1, Summary of
Significant Accounting Policies, Permitted Statutory Accounting
Practices). The impact of this change was an increase to the
statutory capital and surplus of the TPCs insurance
subsidiaries of approximately $350.0 million. In addition,
the acquisition of The Northland Company and Associates Lloyds
Insurance Company and the contribution of Associates Insurance
Company (see note 2) increased the statutory capital and
surplus of TPCs insurance subsidiaries by approximately
$340.0 million as of December 31, 2001.
93
Accumulated Other Changes in Equity from Nonowner Sources,
Net of Tax
Changes in each component of Accumulated Other
Changes in Equity from Nonowner Sources were as follows:
11. INCENTIVE PLANS
The Companys Board of Directors, in
connection with the IPO, adopted the Travelers Property Casualty
Corp. 2002 Stock Incentive Plan (the 2002 Incentive Plan). The
2002 Incentive Plan permits grants of stock options, restricted
stock and other stock-based awards. The purposes of the 2002
Incentive Plan are to attract and retain employees by providing
compensation opportunities that are competitive with other
companies, provide incentives to those employees who contribute
significantly to the Companys long-term performance and
growth, and align employees long-term financial interest
with those of the Companys shareholders. The maximum
number of shares of class A common stock that may be issued
pursuant to awards granted under the 2002 Incentive Plan is
120.0 million shares.
The Companys Board of Directors, in
connection with the IPO, also adopted the Travelers Property
Casualty Corp. Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors (the
Directors Plan). Under the Directors Plan, the directors receive
their annual fees in the form of Company common stock. Each
director may choose to receive a portion of their fees in cash
to pay taxes. Directors may also defer receipt of shares of
class A common stock to a future distribution date or upon
termination of their service. The shares of class A common
stock issued under the Directors Plan come from the 2002
Incentive Plan.
94
Stock Option Programs
The Company has established stock option programs
pursuant to the 2002 Incentive Plan: the Management stock option
program and the Wealthbuilder stock option program (see also
Restricted Stock Program below). The Management stock option
program provides for the granting of stock options to officers
and key employees of the Company and its participating
subsidiaries. The Wealthbuilder stock option program provides
for the granting of stock options to all employees meeting
certain requirements. The exercise price of options is equal to
the fair market value of the Companys class A common
stock at the time of grant. Generally, options may be exercised
for a period of ten years from the date of grant, vest 20% each
year over a five-year period and are exercisable only if the
optionee is employed by the Company, and for certain periods
after employment termination, depending on the cause of
termination. The Management stock option program also permits an
employee exercising an option to be granted a new option (a
reload option) in an amount equal to the number of shares of
class A common stock used to satisfy both the exercise
price and withholding taxes due upon exercise of an option. The
reload options are granted at an exercise price equal to the
fair market value of the class A common stock on the date
of grant, are exercisable for the remaining term of the related
original option, and vest six months after the grant date. The
reload feature is not available for initial option grants after
January 23, 2003. The Wealthbuilder stock option program
does not contain a reload feature.
Prior to the IPO, the Company participated in
various stock option plans sponsored by its former affiliate,
Citigroup, that provided for the granting of stock options in
Citigroup common stock to officers and key employees, and, in
the case of certain stock option programs, to all employees
meeting specific requirements.
On August 20, 2002, in connection with the
Citigroup Distribution, Citigroup stock option awards held by
Company employees on that date under Citigroups various
stock option plans were cancelled and replaced with stock option
awards (replacement awards) to purchase the Companys
class A common stock under the Companys own incentive
plan. These replacement awards were granted on substantially the
same terms, including vesting, as the former Citigroup awards.
The total number of the Companys class A common stock
subject to the replacement awards was 56.9 million shares
of which 24.6 million shares were then exercisable. The
number of shares of the Companys class A common stock
to which the replacement options relate and the per share
exercise price of the replacement options were determined so
that:
Information with respect to stock option activity
under the Companys stock option plans for the year ended
December 31, 2002 is as follows:
95
The following table summarizes the information
about stock options outstanding under the Companys stock
option plans at December 31, 2002:
Restricted Stock Program
The Company, through its Capital Accumulation
Program (CAP) established pursuant to the 2002 Incentive
Plan, issues shares of the Companys common stock in the
form of restricted stock awards to eligible officers and key
employees. Certain CAP participants may elect to receive part of
their awards in restricted stock and part in stock options. The
number of shares included in the restricted stock award is
calculated at a 25% discount from the market price at the time
of the award and generally vest in full after a three-year
period. Except under limited circumstances, during this period
the stock cannot be sold or transferred by the participant, who
is required to render service to the Company during the
restricted period.
Prior to the IPO, the Company participated in
Citigroups Capital Accumulation Plan (Citigroup CAP) that
provided for the issuance of shares of Citigroup common stock in
the form of restricted stock awards to eligible officers and
other key employees with substantially the same terms as the
Companys 2002 CAP.
On August 20, 2002, in connection with the
Citigroup Distribution, the unvested outstanding awards of
restricted stock and deferred shares held by Company employees
on that date under Citigroup CAP awards, were cancelled and
replaced by awards comprised primarily of 3.1 million newly
issued shares of class A common stock at a total market value of
$53.3 million based on the closing price of the class A
common stock on August 20, 2002. These replacement awards
were granted on substantially the same terms, including vesting,
as the former Citigroup awards. The value of these newly issued
shares along with class A and class B common stock
received in the Citigroup Distribution on the Citigroup
restricted shares, were equal to the value of the cancelled
Citigroup restricted share awards.
In addition, the Directors Plan allows deferred
receipt of shares of class A common stock (deferred stock)
to a future distribution date or upon termination of their
service. The after-tax compensation cost associated with this
plan was not significant in 2002.
Prior to the Citigroup Distribution on
August 20, 2002, unearned compensation expense associated
with the Citigroup restricted common stock grants was included
in other assets in the consolidated balance sheet. Following the
Citigroup Distribution and the issuance of replacement stock
awards in the Companys class A and class B
shares on August 20, 2002, the unamortized unearned
compensation expense associated with these awards is included as
unearned compensation as a separate component of equity in the
consolidated balance sheet. Unearned compensation expense is
recognized as a charge to income ratably over the vesting period.
The after-tax compensation cost charged to
earnings for these restricted stock awards was
$17.0 million, $19.4 million and $16.3 million
for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000,
respectively.
Information with respect to restricted stock
awards is as follows:
96
401(k) Savings Plan
On August 20, 2002, in connection with the
Citigroup Distribution, the Company established a 401(k) savings
plan under which substantially all employees are eligible to
participate. The Company matches employee contributions up to 3%
of eligible pay but not more than $1,500 annually. The
expense related to this plan was $17.0 million for the year
ended December 31, 2002. Prior to the IPO and the Citigroup
Distribution, substantially all the Company employees were
eligible to participate in a 401(k) savings plan sponsored by
Citigroup, for which there was no Company matching contribution
for substantially all employees.
Stock Option Fair Value Information
The fair value effect of stock options reported
in note 1, Stock-Based Compensation, is derived by
application of a variation of the Black-Scholes option pricing
model.
The significant assumptions used during the year
in estimating the fair value on the date of the grant for
original options and reload options granted in 2002 and for
replacement awards issued August 20, 2002 to Company
employees who held Citigroup stock option awards on that date
were as follows:
In accordance with FAS 123, the exchange of
options in conjunction with a spinoff is considered a
modification and therefore the modification guidance was applied
to the replacement awards issued on August 20, 2002. For
vested replacement options, any excess of the fair value of the
modified options issued over the fair value of the original
options at the date of exchange was recognized as additional
compensation cost. For nonvested replacement options, any excess
of the fair value of the modified options issued over the fair
value of the original options at the date of exchange is added
to the remaining unrecognized compensation cost of the original
option and recognized over the remaining vesting period.
Also under FAS 123 reload options are treated as
separate grants from the original grants and as a result are
separately valued when granted. Reload options are exercisable
for the remaining term of the related original option and
therefore would generally have a shorter estimated life. Shares
received through option exercises under the reload program are
subject to restriction on sale. Discounts (as measured by the
estimated cost of protection) have been applied to the fair
value of reload options granted to reflect these sales
restrictions.
Awards issued prior to 2002 were granted in
Citigroup stock options. The fair value effect of stock options
reported in note 1, Stock-Based Compensation, for 2001 and
2000 applied assumptions underlying the Citigroup stock option
plan. The significant assumptions used for prior years in
estimating the fair values for Citigroup stock options were as
follows:
All original and reload stock options granted
under the TPC stock option programs had an exercise price equal
to the market value of the Companys class A common
stock on the date of the grant. The replacement awards granted
on August 20, 2002 retained the intrinsic value of the
awards immediately prior to conversion and therefore the
exercise price either exceeded the market value or was less than
the market value on August 20, 2002. The following table
presents the weighted average exercise price and
97
Beginning August 20, 2002, TPC sponsors
qualified and nonqualified non-contributory defined benefit
pension plans covering substantially all employees. These plans
provide benefits under a cash balance formula, except that
employees satisfying certain age and service requirements remain
covered by a prior final pay formula. TPC also provides
postretirement health and life insurance benefits for employees
satisfying certain age and service requirements who retire after
the Citigroup Distribution. Prior to the Citigroup Distribution,
substantially similar benefits were provided to TPC employees
through plans sponsored by Citigroup.
Under agreements with Citigroup, TPC assumed
liabilities for nonqualified pension, postretirement health care
and life insurance benefit liabilities related to active Company
plan participants as of August 20, 2002. The initial
projected benefit obligation of the Companys nonqualified
pension plan at August 20, 2002 was $21.3 million.
Because Citigroup assumed liabilities for the same benefits for
retired or inactive plan participants, the Company transferred
short-term securities of $171.1 million and recorded a
payable of $13.5 million in 2002 to Citigroup affiliated
companies, and reduced other liabilities and deferred taxes by
$284.0 million and $99.4 million, respectively,
related to retired or inactive employees, pending final
agreements on the amounts. Final agreement on settlement amounts
was reached and an additional $2.2 million is expected to
be paid to Citigroup during the first quarter of 2003.
In addition, the Company assumed liabilities for
qualified pension plan benefits for active Company employees. As
a result, assets and liabilities for qualified pension plan
benefits relating to active, but not retired or inactive, plan
participants were transferred from the Citigroup qualified
pension plan to the Companys newly established qualified
pension plan. The initial projected benefit obligation of the
Companys qualified pension plan at August 20, 2002
was $445.0 million. Assets of $390.0 million were
transferred from the Citigroup pension plan to the
Companys pension plan in 2002 and were invested primarily
in a Standard & Poors stock index fund and in a Lehman
Brothers Aggregate bond index fund at December 31, 2002. A
final asset transfer is expected in the first quarter of 2003.
The following tables summarize the funded status
and amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheet for
TPCs plans.
98
For the pension plans, the aggregate projected
benefit obligation and the aggregate accumulated benefit
obligation were $502.6 million and $482.2 million,
respectively, at December 31, 2002.
The principal assumptions used in determining
pension and postretirement benefit obligation are shown in the
following table:
As an indicator of sensitivity, increasing the
assumed health care cost trend rate by 1% would have increased
the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation as of
December 31, 2002 by $.8 million and the aggregate of
the service and interest cost components of 2002 net
postretirement benefit expense by less than $.1 million.
Decreasing the assumed health care cost trend rate by 1% would
have decreased the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation
as of December 31, 2002 by $.7 million and the
aggregate of the service and interest cost components of 2002
net postretirement benefit expense by less than $.1 million.
The following table summarizes the components of
net benefit expense recognized in the consolidated statement of
income for TPCs plans for the period August 20, 2002
through December 31, 2002.
Prior to the Citigroup Distribution, the Company
participated in noncontributory defined benefit pension plans
and a postretirement health care and life insurance benefit plan
sponsored by Citigroup. The Companys share of net expense
(credit) related to these plans was $(3.9) million for
January 1, 2002 through August 20, 2002,
$11.7 million for 2001, and $14.5 million for 2000.
13. LEASES
Prior to the Citigroup Distribution, most leasing
functions for TPC and its subsidiaries were administered by the
Company. Rent expense related to these leases was shared by a
former affiliate and the Company on a cost allocation method
based generally on estimated usage by department. See
note 16. In conjunction with the Citigroup Distribution,
the Company purchased certain properties from Citigroup. See
note 1. Rent expense was $123.3 million,
$121.0 million and $113.3 million in 2002, 2001 and
2000, respectively.
Future minimum annual rentals under
noncancellable operating leases are $84.5 million,
$64.7 million, $49.3 million, $36.5 million,
$25.7 million and $40.7 million for 2003, 2004, 2005,
2006, 2007 and 2008 and thereafter, respectively. Future
sublease rental income of approximately $4.9 million will
partially offset these commitments.
Derivative Financial Instruments
The Company uses derivative financial
instruments, including interest rate swaps, equity swaps, credit
derivatives, options, financial futures and forward contracts,
as a means of hedging exposure to interest rate, equity price
change and foreign currency risk. The Companys insurance
subsidiaries do not hold or issue derivatives for trading
purposes.
Beginning January 1, 2001, the Company
adopted FAS 133, which establishes accounting and reporting
standards for derivative instruments, including certain
derivative instruments embedded in other contracts, and for
hedging activities. It requires that an entity recognizes all
derivatives as either assets or liabilities in the consolidated
balance sheet and measure those instruments at fair value. Where
applicable, hedge accounting is used to account for derivatives.
To qualify as a hedge, the hedge relationship is
designated and formally documented at inception detailing the
particular risk management objective and strategy for the hedge,
which includes the item and risk that is being hedged, the
derivative that is being used, as well as how effectiveness is
being assessed. A derivative has to be highly effective in
accomplishing the objective of offsetting either changes in fair
value or cash flows for the risk being hedged.
99
For fair value hedges, changes in the fair value
of derivatives are reflected in realized investment gains
(losses), together with changes in the fair value of the related
hedged item. The Company did not utilize fair value hedges
during the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001.
For cash flow hedges, the accounting treatment
depends on the effectiveness of the hedge. To the extent these
derivatives are effective in offsetting the variability of the
hedged cash flows, changes in the derivatives fair value
will not be included in current earnings but are reported in
accumulated other changes in equity from nonowner sources. These
changes in fair value will be included in the earnings of future
periods when earnings are also affected by the variability of
the hedged cash flows. At December 31, 2002, the Company
expects to include realized investment losses of approximately
$.1 million in earnings over the next twelve months for
these cash flow hedges. To the extent these derivatives are not
effective, changes in their fair value are immediately included
in realized investment gains (losses). The Companys cash
flow hedges primarily include hedges of floating rate
available-for-sale securities and certain forecasted
transactions up to a maximum tenure of one year. While the
earnings impact of cash flow hedges are similar to the previous
accounting practice, the amounts included in the accumulated
other changes in equity from nonowner sources will vary
depending on market conditions.
For net investment hedges in which derivatives
hedge the foreign currency exposure of a net investment in a
foreign operation, the accounting treatment will similarly
depend on the effectiveness of the hedge. The effective portion
of the change in fair value of the derivative, including any
forward premium or discount, is reflected in the accumulated
other changes in equity from nonowner sources as part of the
foreign currency translation adjustment. For the years ended
December 31, 2002 and 2001, the amount included in the
foreign currency translation adjustment in equity from nonowner
sources was an $8.5 million gain and $3.2 million
loss. The ineffective portion is reflected in realized
investment gains (losses).
Derivatives that are either hedging instruments
that are not designated or do not qualify as hedges under the
new rules are also carried at fair value with changes in value
reflected in realized investment gains (losses). The Company has
certain foreign currency forward contracts, which are not
designated as hedges at December 31, 2002 and 2001.
The effectiveness of these hedging relationships
is evaluated on a retrospective and prospective basis using
quantitative measures of correlation. If a hedge relationship is
found to be ineffective, it no longer qualifies as a hedge, and
any excess gains or losses attributable to such ineffectiveness
as well as subsequent changes in fair value are recognized in
realized investment gains (losses). During the year ended
December 31, 2002, the Company realized a gain of
$3.8 million from hedge ineffectiveness. During the year
ended December 31, 2001, there was no hedge ineffectiveness.
For those hedge relationships that are
terminated, hedge designations removed, or forecasted
transactions that are no longer expected to occur, the hedge
accounting treatment described in the paragraphs above will no
longer apply. For fair value hedges, any changes to the hedged
item remain as part of the basis of the asset and are ultimately
reflected as an element of the yield. For cash flow hedges, any
changes in fair value of the end-user derivative remain in
accumulated other changes in equity from nonowner sources, and
are included in earnings of future periods when earnings are
also affected by the variability of the hedged cash flow. If the
hedged relationship was discontinued or a forecasted transaction
is not expected to occur when scheduled, any changes in fair
value of the end-user derivative are immediately reflected in
realized investment gains (losses). During the year ended
December 31, 2002, the Company recognized a
$4.9 million gain from discontinued forecasted
transactions. During the year ended December 31, 2001,
there were no such discontinued forecasted transactions.
The Company also purchases investments that have
embedded derivatives, primarily convertible debt securities.
These embedded derivatives are carried at fair value with
changes in value reflected in realized investment gains
(losses). The Company bifurcates an embedded derivative where:
a) the economic characteristics and risks of the embedded
instrument are not clearly and closely related to the economic
characteristics and risks of the host contract, b) the
entire instrument would not otherwise be remeasured at fair
value, and c) a separate instrument with the same terms of
the embedded instrument would meet the definition of a
derivative under FAS 133. Derivatives embedded in convertible
debt securities are reported on a combined basis with their host
instrument and are classified as fixed maturity securities.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The Company uses various financial instruments in
the normal course of its business. Certain insurance contracts
are excluded by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 107, Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial
Instruments, and, therefore, are not included in the
amounts discussed.
At December 31, 2002 and 2001, investments
in fixed maturities had a fair value, which equaled carrying
value, of $30.003 billion and $25.851 billion,
respectively. The fair value of investments in fixed maturities
for which a quoted market price or dealer quote are not
available was
100
The carrying values of cash, trading securities,
short-term securities, mortgage loans, investment income
accrued, receivables for investment sales, payables for
investment purchases and securities lending payable approximated
their fair values. See notes 1 and 4.
At December 31, 2002 and 2001, the carrying
value of $700.0 million and $1.698 billion,
respectively, of the notes payable to former affiliates
approximated their fair value. Fair value is based upon
discounted cash flows.
At December 31, 2002, long-term debt had a
carrying value and a fair value of $926.2 million and
$971.7 million, respectively. At December 31, 2001,
long-term debt had a carrying value of $379.8 million,
which approximated its fair value. At December 31, 2002,
the convertible junior subordinated notes payable had a carrying
value and a fair value of $867.8 million and
$797.9 million, respectively. The convertible notes payable
had a carrying value of $49.7 million, which approximated
its fair value. Fair value is based upon bid price at
December 31, 2002 and 2001. At December 31, 2002 and
2001, the TIGHI Debentures had a carrying value of
$900.0 million, which approximated their fair value. Fair
value is based upon the closing price at December 31, 2002
and 2001.
The carrying values of $607.5 million and
$392.7 million of financial instruments classified as other
assets approximated their fair values at December 31, 2002
and 2001, respectively. The carrying values of
$2.272 billion and $2.556 billion of financial
instruments classified as other liabilities at December 31,
2002 and 2001, respectively, also approximated their fair
values. Fair value is determined using various methods including
discounted cash flows, as appropriate for the various financial
instruments.
Commitments
In the normal course of business, the Company has
unfunded commitments to partnerships, joint ventures and certain
private equity investments in which it invests. These
commitments were $864.3 million and $1.025 billion at
December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively.
Litigation
The Company is involved in numerous lawsuits,
other than asbestos and environmental claims, arising mostly in
the ordinary course of business operations either as a liability
insurer defending third-party claims brought against insureds or
as an insurer defending coverage claims brought against it.
While the ultimate resolution of these legal proceedings could
be significant to the Companys results of operations in a
future quarter, in the opinion of the Companys management
it would not be likely to have a material adverse effect on the
Companys results of operations for a calendar year or on
the Companys financial condition or liquidity.
For asbestos and environmental claims matters see
note 6.
Prior to the Citigroup Distribution, the Company
provided and purchased services to and from Citigroup affiliated
companies, including facilities management, banking and
financial functions, benefit coverages, data processing
services, and short-term investment pool management services.
Charges for these shared services were allocated at cost. In
connection with the Citigroup Distribution, the Company and
Citigroup and its affiliates entered into a transition services
agreement for the provision of certain of these services,
tradename and trademark and similar agreements related to the
use of trademarks, logos and tradenames and an amendment to the
March 26, 2002 Intercompany Agreement with Citigroup.
During the first quarter of 2002, Citigroup provided investment
advisory services on an allocated cost basis, consistent with
prior years. On August 6, 2002, the Company entered into an
investment management agreement, which has been applied
retroactively to April 1, 2002, with an affiliate of
Citigroup whereby the affiliate of Citigroup is providing
investment advisory and administrative services to the Company
with respect to its entire investment portfolio for a period of
two years and at fees mutually agreed upon, including a
component based on performance. Charges incurred related to this
agreement were $47.2 million for the period from
April 1, 2002 through December 31, 2002. Either party
may terminate the agreement effective on the end of a month upon
90 days prior notice. The Company and Citigroup also agreed
upon the allocation or transfer of certain other liabilities and
assets, and rights and obligations in furtherance of the
separation of operations and ownership as a result of the
Citigroup Distribution. The net effect of these allocations and
transfers, in the opinion of management, were not significant to
the Companys results of operations or financial condition.
For a period of two years following the Citigroup
Distribution, the Company has the right of first offer to
provide Citigroup property and casualty coverage that it does
not currently provide to it and Citigroup has the right of first
offer to provide the Company any financial service it does not
currently provide to the Company, at market rates, terms and
conditions at the time of the offer. Neither party is required
to purchase the services at rates, terms or conditions less
favorable than those offered by any third party at the time of
the offer.
101
Prior to the Citigroup Distribution, a former
affiliate maintained a short-term investment pool in which the
Company participated. The positions of each company
participating in the pool were calculated and adjusted daily. At
December 31, 2001, the total of the pool and the
Companys share of the pool were $5.632 billion and
$2.406 billion, respectively. Subsequent to the Citigroup
Distribution, the former affiliate, which provides investment
and advisory services to the Company (see note 1),
established a separate investment pool for the Company.
Included in revenues in the consolidated
statement of income (loss) is $520.0 million from the
Citigroup indemnification agreement in 2002. At
December 31, 2002, other assets in the consolidated balance
sheet include a $360.6 million receivable under the
Citigroup indemnification agreement. See note 6.
In conjunction with the purchase of TIGHIs
outstanding shares in April 2000, TPC borrowed $2.2 billion
pursuant to a note agreement with Citigroup. At
December 31, 2001 the outstanding balance of the note
payable to Citigroup was $1.198 billion. This note was
prepaid following the offerings. Interest expense included in
the consolidated statement of income was $5.5 million,
$79.2 million and $112.7 million in 2002, 2001 and
2000, respectively. See notes 2 and 8.
The Company had notes payable to Citigroup of
$700.0 million and $500.0 million at December 31,
2002 and 2001, respectively. Interest expense included in the
consolidated statement of income was $18.1 million and
$8.7 million in 2002 and 2001, respectively. See
note 8.
At December 31, 2000, the Company had a note
payable to Citigroup of $287.0 million. This was repaid
during 2001. Interest expense included in the consolidated
statement of income was $3.5 million and $48.8 million
in 2001 and 2000, respectively. See note 8.
On October 1, 2001, the Company paid
$329.5 million to Citigroup for The Northland Company and
its subsidiaries and Associates Lloyds Insurance Company. In
addition, on October 3, 2001, the capital stock of
Associates Insurance Company, with a net book value of
$356.5 million, was contributed to the Company. See
note 2.
At December 31, 2002 and 2001, the Company
had $60.2 million and $102.0 million, respectively, of
securities pledged as collateral to Citigroup to support a
letter of credit facility for certain of the Companys
surety customers.
In the ordinary course of business, the Company
purchases and sells securities through formerly affiliated
broker-dealers. These transactions are conducted on an
arms-length basis. Commissions are not paid for the
purchase and sale of debt securities. In addition, Citigroup
performs investment banking and advisory services for the
Company. Citigroup was the underwriter of the offerings and
received underwriting discounts and commissions of approximately
$90.0 million.
The Company participates in reinsurance
agreements with TIC, a former affiliate. See note 5.
The Company purchases annuities from former
affiliates to settle certain claims. Through 2004, the Company
has agreed to use TIC as the most preferred provider of
annuities, as long as Citigroup maintains competitive ratings
and its products are competitively priced. Reinsurance
recoverables at December 31, 2002 and 2001 included
$810.4 million and $824.7 million, respectively,
related to these annuities.
In 2002, TPC paid dividends of
$5.095 billion to Citigroup in the form of notes payable.
These notes were all repaid during 2002. See notes 1 and 8.
On October 3, 2001, the capital stock of Associates
Insurance Company, with a net book value of $356.5 million,
was contributed to the Company. See note 2. There were no
significant noncash financing or investing activities for the
year ended December 31, 2000.
102
18. SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (Unaudited)
103
Not Applicable.
The information required by this item regarding
the directors of the Company is set forth under the caption
Item 1 Election Of Directors
The Class I Nominees Directors Continuing In
Office in the definitive Proxy Statement for the
Companys Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on
April 24, 2003, filed or to be filed with the Securities
and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the
Companys 2002 fiscal year end (the Proxy
Statement), and is incorporated herein by reference. The
information required by this item regarding executive officers
is set forth in Item 1, Business Other
Information Executive Officers of the Company
herein. Information required by this item regarding
Section 16 reporting compliance is set forth under the
caption Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership
Reporting Compliance in the Proxy Statement and is
incorporated herein by reference.
The information required by this item is set
forth under the caption Executive Compensation in
the Proxy Statement, (except for the information under the
caption Report on Executive Compensation by the
Compensation and Governance Committee), and is
incorporated herein by reference.
The information required by this item is set
forth under the captions About the Annual Meeting -
does any single shareholder control as much as 5% of any class
of Travelers stock? and Stock Ownership and
Item 2 Approval and Adoption Of The
Travelers Property Casualty Corp. 2002 Stock Incentive
Plan in the Proxy Statement, and is incorporated herein by
reference.
The information required by this item is set
forth under the caption Certain Relationships And
Transactions in the Proxy Statement, and is incorporated
herein by reference.
The Company has established and maintains
disclosure controls and procedures (as those terms
are defined in Rules 13a-14(c) and 15d-14(c) under the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the Exchange Act).
Robert I. Lipp, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the
Company, and Jay S. Benet, Chief Financial Officer of the
Company, have evaluated the Companys disclosure controls
and procedures within ninety days of the filing of this
Form 10-K. Based on their evaluations, Messrs. Lipp
and Benet have concluded that the Companys disclosure
controls and procedures are effective to ensure that the
information required to be disclosed by the Company in reports
that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded,
processed, summarized and reported within the time periods
specified by SEC rules and Forms.
There were no significant changes in the
Companys internal controls or in other factors that could
significantly affect these controls after the date of their
evaluations. There were no significant deficiencies or material
weaknesses, and therefore there were no corrective actions taken.
104
See Exhibit Index on pages 120-122
hereof.
On October 17, 2002, the Company filed a
Current Report on Form 8-K, dated October 17, 2002,
reporting under Item 5 thereof the results of the
Companys operations for the quarter ended
September 30, 2002, and certain other selected financial
data.
No other reports on Form 8-K were filed
during the 2002 fourth quarter.
105
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13
or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant
has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on the 4th day of March,
2003.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the
following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the
capacities indicated on the 4th day of March, 2003.
106
107
CERTIFICATION
I,
Robert I. Lipp, certify that:
Date: March 4, 2003
108
Item 1.
BUSINESS
National Accounts provides large corporations
with casualty products and services and includes the
Companys residual market business which offers
workers compensation products and services to the
involuntary market;
Commercial Accounts provides property and
casualty products to mid-sized businesses, property products to
large businesses and boiler and machinery products to businesses
of all sizes, and includes dedicated groups focused on the
construction industry, trucking industry, agribusiness, and
ocean and inland marine;
Select Accounts provides small businesses with
property and casualty products, including packaged property and
liability policies;
Bond provides a wide range of customers with
specialty products built around the Companys market
leading surety bond business along with an expanding executive
liability practice for middle and small market private accounts
and not-for-profit accounts; and
Gulf serves all sizes of customers through
specialty programs, with particular emphasis on executive and
professional liability products.
guaranteed cost insurance products, in which
policy premium charges are fixed for the period of coverage and
do not vary as a result of the insureds loss experience;
loss-sensitive insurance products, including
large deductible plans and retrospectively rated policies, in
which fees or premiums are adjusted based on actual loss
experience of the insured during the policy period; and
service programs, which are generally sold to the
Companys National Accounts customers, where the Company
receives fees rather than premiums for providing loss
prevention, risk management, and claim and benefit
administration services to organizations under service
agreements. The Company also participates in state assigned risk
pools as a servicing carrier and pool participant.
Construction dedicated claim,
engineering and underwriting expertise solely targeting
construction risks;
National property underwrites large
property schedules insuring buildings, property and business
interruption exposures;
Transportation auto products tailored
to the trucking industry distributed via general agents;
Boiler and machinery, offers comprehensive
breakdown coverages for equipment;
Marine inland and ocean coverages for
mid-sized to large accounts;
Agribusiness insurance programs for
small to mid-sized farmowners, ranchowners and commercial
growers;
Specialty E&S products sold
through general agents targeting small commercial risks; and
Affinity programs sold to
association, franchise, trade or affinity groups.
% of
State
Total
11.3
%
10.9
6.4
5.1
5.1
4.6
4.0
3.6
49.0
100.0
%
(1)
No other single state accounted for 3.0% or more
of the total direct written premiums written in 2002 by the
Company.
% of Total
(for the year ended December 31, in millions)
2002
2001
2000
2002
Net written premiums
by product line:
$
2,842.9
$
2,590.7
$
2,366.3
62.1
%
1,732.1
1,517.2
1,446.5
37.9
$
4,575.0
$
4,107.9
$
3,812.8
100.0
%
Net written premiums
by distribution
channel:
$
3,735.6
$
3,307.9
$
3,027.9
81.6
%
735.5
687.1
633.7
16.1
103.9
112.9
151.2
2.3
$
4,575.0
$
4,107.9
$
3,812.8
100.0
%
% of
State
Total
19.4
%
9.3
8.1
7.4
7.1
5.1
4.6
4.4
4.1
3.1
27.4
100.0
%
(1)
No other single state accounted for 3.0% or more
of the total direct written premiums written in 2002 by the
Company.
fair, efficient, fact-based claims management
controls losses for the Company and its customers;
use of advanced technology provides front-line
claims professionals with necessary information and facilitates
prompt claim resolution;
specialization of claims professionals and
segmentation of claims by complexity, as indicated by severity
and causation, allow the Company to focus its resources
effectively; and
excellent customer service enhances customer
retention.
facultative reinsurance, in which reinsurance is
provided for all or a portion of the insurance provided by a
single policy and each policy reinsured is separately negotiated;
treaty reinsurance, in which reinsurance is
provided for a specified type or category of risks; and
catastrophe reinsurance, in which the Company is
indemnified for an amount of loss in excess of a specified
retention with respect to losses resulting from a catastrophic
event.
(a)
For years prior to 1996, excludes Aetna P&C
reserves, which were acquired on April 2, 1996.
Accordingly, the reserve development (net reserves for loss and
loss adjustment expense recorded at the end of the year, as
originally estimated, less net reserves re-estimated as of
subsequent years) for years prior to 1996 relates only to losses
recorded by Travelers P&C and does not include reserve
development recorded by Aetna P&C. For 1996 and subsequent
years, includes Aetna P&C reserves and subsequent
development recorded by Aetna P&C. At December 31, 1996
Aetna P&C gross reserves were $16,775 million and net
reserves were $11,752 million. Included in the cumulative
deficiency by year is the impact of unfavorable prior year
reserve development, net of reinsurance, related to asbestos
claims and litigation, primarily due to $2,945 million of
unfavorable development in 2002, as follows, in millions:
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
$
1,888
$
1,656
$
1,605
$
1,562
$
3,376
$
3,307
$
3,241
$
3,184
$
3,134
$
2,945
(b)
Includes reserves of The Northland Company and
its subsidiaries and Associates Lloyds Insurance Company which
were acquired from Citigroup on October 1, 2001. Also
includes reserves of Associates Insurance Company, which was
contributed to TPC by Citigroup on October 3, 2001. These
net reserves were $623 million at December 31, 2001.
Standard &
A.M. Best
Moodys
Poors
Fitch
A++ (1st of 16)
Aa3 (4th of 21)
AA- (4th of 21)
AA (3rd of 24)
A++ (1st of 16)
Aa3 (4th of 21)
AA- (4th of 21)
AA (3rd of 24)
A+ (2nd of 16)
A2 (6th of 21)
AA- (4th of 21)
A+ (2nd of 16)
A (3rd of 16)
AA (3rd of 24)
A (3rd of 16)
AA (3rd of 24)
A (3rd of 16)
AA (3rd of 24)
(a)
The Travelers Property Casualty pool consists of
The Travelers Indemnity Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety
Company, The Phoenix Insurance Company, The Standard Fire
Insurance Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of
Illinois, Farmington Casualty Company, The Travelers Indemnity
Company of Connecticut, The Automobile Insurance Company of
Hartford, Connecticut, The Charter Oak Fire Insurance Company,
The Travelers Indemnity Company of America, Travelers Commercial
Casualty Company, Travelers Casualty Company of Connecticut,
Travelers Commercial Insurance Company, The Travelers Indemnity
Company of Illinois, Travelers Property Casualty Insurance
Company, TravCo Insurance Company, The Travelers Home and Marine
Insurance Company, Travelers Personal Security Insurance
Company, Travelers Property Casualty Insurance Company of
Illinois and Travelers Excess and Surplus Lines Company.
(b)
The Gulf pool consists of Gulf Insurance Company,
Gulf Underwriters Insurance Company, Select Insurance Company
and Atlantic Insurance Company.
(c)
The Northland pool consists of Northland
Insurance Company, Northfield Insurance Company, Northland
Casualty Company, Mendota Insurance Company, Mendakota Insurance
Company, American Equity Insurance Company, and American Equity
Specialty Insurance Company.
(a)
Reduced by securities lending and adjusted for
the impact of unrealized investment gains and losses,
receivables for investment sales and payables on investment
purchases.
(b)
Excluding realized and unrealized investment
gains and losses.
underwriting, which encompasses the risk of
adverse loss developments and inadequate pricing;
declines in asset values arising from market
and/or credit risk; and
off-balance sheet risk arising from adverse
experience from non-controlled assets, guarantees for affiliates
or other contingent liabilities and reserve and premium growth.
Name
Age
Office
64
67
64
42
50
50
57
46
38
55
49
33
45
Accident year
The annual calendar accounting period in which
loss events occurred, regardless of when the losses are actually
reported, booked or paid.
Adjusted unassigned surplus
Unassigned surplus as of the most recent
statutory annual report reduced by twenty-five percent of that
years unrealized appreciation in value or revaluation of
assets or unrealized profits on investments, as defined in that
report.
Admitted insurer
A company licensed to transact insurance business
within a state.
Annuity
A contract that pays a periodic benefit for the
life of a person (the annuitant), the lives of two or more
persons or for a specified period of time.
Assigned risk pools
Reinsurance pools which cover risks for those
unable to purchase insurance in the voluntary market. Possible
reasons for this inability include the risk being too great or
the profit being too small under the required insurance rate
structure. The costs of the risks associated with these pools
are charged back to insurance carriers in proportion to their
direct writings.
Assumed reinsurance
Insurance risks acquired from a ceding company.
Broker
One who negotiates contracts of insurance or
reinsurance on behalf of an insured party, receiving a
commission from the insurer or reinsurer for placement and other
services rendered.
Capacity
The percentage of surplus, or the dollar amount
of exposure, that an insurer or reinsurer is willing or able to
place at risk. Capacity may apply to a single risk, a program, a
line of business or an entire book of business. Capacity may be
constrained by legal restrictions, corporate restrictions or
indirect restrictions.
Case reserves
Loss reserves, established with respect to
specific, individual reported claims.
Casualty insurance
Insurance which is primarily concerned with the
losses caused by injuries to third persons, i.e., not the
insured, and the legal liability imposed on the insured
resulting therefrom. It includes, but is not limited to,
employers liability, workers compensation, public
liability, automobile liability, personal liability and aviation
liability insurance. It excludes certain types of losses that by
law or custom are considered as being exclusively within the
scope of other types of insurance, such as fire or marine.
Catastrophe
A severe loss, resulting from natural and manmade
events, including risks such as fire, earthquake, windstorm,
explosion, terrorism and other similar events.
Catastrophe loss
Loss and directly identified loss adjustment
expenses from catastrophes.
Catastrophe reinsurance
A form of excess of loss reinsurance which,
subject to a specified limit, indemnifies the ceding company for
the amount of loss in excess of a specified retention with
respect to an accumulation of losses resulting from a
catastrophic event. The actual reinsurance document is called a
catastrophe cover. These reinsurance contracts are
typically designed to cover property insurance losses but can be
written to cover casualty insurance losses such as from
workers compensation policies.
Cede; ceding company
When an insurer reinsures its liability with
another insurer or a cession, it cedes
business and is referred to as the ceding company.
Ceded reinsurance
Insurance risks transferred to another company as
reinsurance. See Reinsurance.
Claim
Request by an insured for indemnification by an
insurance company for loss incurred from an insured peril.
Claim adjustment expenses
See Loss adjustment expenses.
Claims and claim adjustment expenses
See Loss and loss adjustment expenses.
Claims and claim adjustment expense reserves
See Loss reserves.
Combined ratio
The sum of the loss and LAE ratio, the
underwriting expense ratio and, where applicable, the ratio of
dividends to policyholders to net premiums earned. A combined
ratio under 100% generally indicates an underwriting profit. A
combined ratio over 100% generally indicates an underwriting
loss.
Commercial lines
The various kinds of property and casualty
insurance that are written for businesses.
Commercial multi-peril policies
Refers to policies which cover both property and
third-party liability exposures.
Commutation agreement
An agreement between a reinsurer and a ceding
company whereby the reinsurer pays an agreed upon amount in
exchange for a complete discharge of all obligations, including
future obligations, between the parties for reinsurance losses
incurred.
Deductible
The amount of loss that an insured retains.
Deferred acquisition costs
Primarily commissions and premium taxes that vary
with and are primarily related to the production of new
contracts and are deferred and amortized to achieve a matching
of revenues and expenses when reported in financial statements
prepared in accordance with GAAP.
Direct written premiums
The amounts charged by an insurer to insureds in
exchange for coverages provided in accordance with the terms of
an insurance contract. It excludes the impact of all reinsurance
premiums, either assumed or ceded.
Earned premiums or premiums earned
That portion of property casualty premiums
written that applies to the expired portion of the policy term.
Earned premiums are recognized as revenues under both Statutory
Accounting Practices (SAP) and GAAP.
Excess liability
Additional casualty coverage above a layer of
insurance exposures.
Excess of loss reinsurance
Reinsurance that indemnifies the reinsured
against all or a specified portion of losses over a specified
dollar amount or retention.
Excess SIPC
A type of surety protection provided for broker
dealer firms, excess of primary protection programs such as that
provided by the Securities Investors Protection Corporation
(SIPC), which may respond in favor of broker dealer customers in
the event of missing customer property following a broker
dealers liquidation.
Expense ratio
See Underwriting expense ratio.
Facultative reinsurance
The reinsurance of all or a portion of the
insurance provided by a single policy. Each policy reinsured is
separately negotiated.
Fidelity and surety programs
Fidelity insurance coverage protects an insured
for loss due to embezzlement or misappropriation of funds by an
employee. Surety is a three-party agreement in which the insurer
agrees to pay a second party or make complete an obligation in
response to the default, acts or omissions of an insured.
Guaranteed cost products
An insurance policy where the premiums charged
will not be adjusted for actual loss experience during the
covered period.
Guaranty fund
State-regulated mechanism which is financed by
assessing insurers doing business in those states. Should
insolvencies occur, these funds are available to meet some or
all of the insolvent insurers obligations to policyholders.
Incurred but not reported (IBNR) reserves
Reserves for estimated losses and LAE that have
been incurred but not yet reported to the insurer.
Inland marine
A broad type of insurance generally covering
articles that may be transported from one place to another, as
well as bridges, tunnels and other instrumentalities of
transportation. It includes goods in transit, generally other
than transoceanic, and may include policies for movable objects
such as personal effects, personal property, jewelry, furs, fine
art and others.
IRIS ratios
Financial ratios calculated by the NAIC to assist
state insurance departments in monitoring the financial
condition of insurance companies.
Large deductible policy
An insurance policy where the customer assumes at
least $25,000 or more of each loss. Typically, the insurer is
responsible for paying the entire loss under those policies and
then seeks reimbursement from the insured for the deductible
amount.
Loss
An occurrence that is the basis for submission
and/or payment of a claim. Losses may be covered, limited or
excluded from coverage, depending on the terms of the policy.
Loss adjustment expenses (LAE)
The expenses of settling claims, including legal
and other fees and the portion of general expenses allocated to
claim settlement costs.
Loss and LAE ratio
For SAP it is the ratio of incurred losses and
loss adjustment expenses to net earned premiums. For GAAP it is
the ratio of incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses
reduced by an allocation of fee income to net earned premiums.
Loss reserves
Liabilities established by insurers and
reinsurers to reflect the estimated cost of claims incurred that
the insurer or reinsurer will ultimately be required to pay in
respect of insurance or reinsurance it has written. Reserves are
established for losses and for LAE, and consist of case reserves
and IBNR reserves. As the term is used in this document,
loss reserves is meant to include reserves for both
losses and LAE.
Losses incurred
The total losses sustained by an insurance
company under a policy or policies, whether paid or unpaid.
Incurred losses include a provision for IBNR.
National Association of Insurance Commissioners
(NAIC)
An organization of the insurance commissioners or
directors of all 50 states and the District of Columbia
organized to promote consistency of regulatory practice and
statutory accounting standards throughout the United States.
Net written premiums
Direct written premiums plus assumed reinsurance
premiums less premiums ceded to reinsurers.
Operating income (loss)
Net income (loss) excluding net realized
investment gains (losses), restructuring charges, the cumulative
effect of changes in accounting principles and TPCs
minority interest in 2000.
Personal lines
Types of property and casualty insurance written
for individuals or families, rather than for businesses.
Pool
An organization of insurers or reinsurers through
which particular types of risks are underwritten with premiums,
losses and expenses being shared in agreed-upon percentages.
Premiums
The amount charged during the year on policies
and contracts issued, renewed or reinsured by an insurance
company.
Producer
Contractual entity which directs insureds to the
insurer for coverage. This term includes agents and brokers.
Property insurance
Insurance that provides coverage to a person with
an insurable interest in tangible property for that
persons property loss, damage or loss of use.
Quota share reinsurance
Reinsurance wherein the insurer cedes an
agreed-upon fixed percentage of liabilities, premiums and losses
for each policy covered on a pro rata basis.
Rates
Amounts charged per unit of insurance.
Reinsurance
The practice whereby one insurer, called the
reinsurer, in consideration of a premium paid to that insurer,
agrees to indemnify another insurer, called the ceding company,
for part or all of the liability of the ceding company under one
or more policies or contracts of insurance which it has issued.
Reinsurance agreement
A contract specifying the terms of a reinsurance
transaction.
Residual market (involuntary business)
Insurance market which provides coverage for
risks unable to purchase insurance in the voluntary market.
Possible reasons for this inability include the risk being too
great or the profit potential too small under the required
insurance rate structure. Residual markets are frequently
created by state legislation either because of lack of available
coverage such as property coverage in a windstorm prone area or
protection of the accident victim as in the case of
workers compensation. The costs of the residual market are
usually charged back to the direct insurance carriers in
proportion to the carriers voluntary market shares for the
type of coverage involved.
Retention
The amount of exposure a policyholder company
retains on any one risk or group of risks. The term may apply to
an insurance policy, where the policyholder is an individual,
family or business, or a reinsurance policy, where the
policyholder is an insurance company.
Retention ratio
Current period renewal accounts or policies as a
percentage of total accounts or policies available for renewal.
Retrospective premiums
Premiums related to retrospectively rated
policies.
Retrospective rating
A plan or method which permits adjustment of the
final premium or commission on the basis of actual loss
experience, subject to certain minimum and maximum limits.
Risk-based capital (RBC)
A measure adopted by the NAIC and enacted by
states for determining the minimum statutory capital and surplus
requirements of insurers. Insurers having total adjusted capital
less than that required by the RBC calculation will be subject
to varying degrees of regulatory action depending on the level
of capital inadequacy.
Risk retention group
An alternative form of insurance in which members
of a similar profession or business band together to self insure
their risks.
Run-off business
An operation which has been determined to be
nonstrategic; includes non-renewals of inforce policies and a
cessation of writing new business, where allowed by law.
Salvage
The amount of money an insurer recovers through
the sale of property transferred to the insurer as a result of a
loss payment.
Second-injury fund
The employer of an injured, impaired worker is
responsible only for the workers compensation benefit for
the most recent injury; the second-injury fund would cover the
cost of any additional benefits for aggravation of a prior
condition. The cost is shared by the insurance industry and
self-insureds, funded through assessments to insurance companies
and self-insureds based on either premiums or losses.
Self-insured retentions
That portion of the risk retained by a person for
its own account.
Servicing carrier
An insurance company that provides, for a fee,
various services including policy issuance, claims adjusting and
customer service for insureds in a reinsurance pool.
Statutory accounting practices (SAP)
The practices and procedures prescribed or
permitted by domiciliary state insurance regulatory authorities
in the United States for recording transactions and preparing
financial statements. Statutory accounting practices generally
reflect a modified going concern basis of accounting.
Statutory surplus
As determined under SAP, the amount remaining
after all liabilities, including loss reserves, are subtracted
from all admitted assets. Admitted assets are assets of an
insurer prescribed or permitted by a state to be recognized on
the statutory balance sheet. Statutory surplus is also referred
to as surplus or surplus as regards
policyholders for statutory accounting purposes.
Structured settlements
Periodic payments to an injured person or
survivor for a determined number of years or for life, typically
in settlement of a claim under a liability policy, usually
funded through the purchase of an annuity.
Subrogation
A principle of law incorporated in insurance
policies, which enables an insurance company, after paying a
claim under a policy, to recover the amount of the loss from
another who is legally liable for it.
Third-party liability
A liability owed to a claimant (third-party) who
is not one of the two parties to the insurance contract. Insured
liability claims are referred to as third-party claims.
Treaty reinsurance
The reinsurance of a specified type or category
of risks defined in a reinsurance agreement (a
treaty) between a primary insurer or other reinsured
and a reinsurer. Typically, in treaty reinsurance, the primary
insurer or reinsured is obligated to offer and the reinsurer is
obligated to accept a specified portion of all that type or
category of risks originally written by the primary insurer or
reinsured.
Umbrella coverage
A form of insurance protection against losses in
excess of amounts covered by other liability insurance policies
or amounts not covered by the usual liability policies.
Unassigned surplus
The undistributed and unappropriated amount of
statutory surplus.
Underwriter
An employee of an insurance company who examines,
accepts or rejects risks and classifies accepted risks in order
to charge an appropriate premium for each accepted risk. The
underwriter is expected to select business that will produce an
average risk of loss no greater than that anticipated for the
class of business.
Underwriting
The insurers or reinsurers process of
reviewing applications for insurance coverage, and the decision
whether to accept all or part of the coverage and determination
of the applicable premiums; also refers to the acceptance of
that coverage.
Underwriting expense ratio
For SAP it is the ratio of underwriting expenses
incurred to net written premiums. For GAAP it is the ratio of
underwriting expenses incurred reduced by an allocation of fee
income to net earned premiums.
Underwriting gain or underwriting loss
The pre-tax profit or loss experienced by a
property casualty insurance company after deducting loss and
loss adjustment expenses and operating expenses from net earned
premiums and fee income. This profit or loss calculation
includes reinsurance assumed and ceded but excludes investment
income.
Unearned premium
The portion of premiums written that is allocable
to the unexpired portion of the policy term.
Voluntary market
The market in which a person seeking insurance
obtains coverage without the assistance of residual market
mechanisms.
Wholesale broker
An independent or exclusive agent that represents
both admitted and nonadmitted insurers in market areas, which
include standard, non-standard, specialty and excess and surplus
lines of insurance. The wholesaler does not deal directly with
the insurance consumer. The wholesaler deals with the retail
agent or broker.
Workers compensation
A system (established under state and federal
laws) under which employers provide insurance for benefit
payments to their employees for work-related injuries, deaths
and diseases, regardless of fault.
Item 2.
PROPERTIES
Item 3.
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
Item 4.
SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS
Item 5.
MARKET FOR REGISTRANTS COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED
SHAREHOLDER MATTERS
(1)
Since March 22, 2002.
(2)
Since August 21, 2002 for class B
common stock.
(1)
On October 1, 2001, the Company purchased
The Northland Company and its subsidiaries (Northland) from
Citigroup. On October 3, 2001, Citigroup contributed the
capital stock of Associates Insurance Company (Associates) to
the Company. During April 2000, TPC completed a cash tender
offer and merger and acquired all of Travelers Insurance Group
Holdings Inc.s outstanding shares of common stock that
were not already owned by TPC for approximately
$2.413 billion in cash financed by a loan from Citigroup.
On May 31, 2000, the Company acquired the surety business
of Reliance Group Holdings, Inc. (Reliance Surety). Includes
amounts related to Northland, Associates, the remainder of TIGHI
and Reliance Surety from their dates of acquisition.
(2)
Cumulative effect of changes in accounting
principles, net of tax (1) for the year ended
December 31, 2002 consists of a loss of $242.6 million
as a result of a change in accounting for goodwill and other
intangible assets; (2) for the year ended December 31,
2001 includes a gain of $4.5 million as a result of a
change in accounting for derivative instruments and hedging
activities and a loss of $1.3 million as a result of a
change in accounting for securitized financial assets; and
(3) for the year ended December 31, 1999 includes a
loss of $(135.0) million as a result of a change in
accounting for insurance-related assessments and a gain of
$22.9 million as a result of a change in accounting for
insurance and reinsurance contracts that do not transfer
insurance risk.
(3)
Total liabilities include a minority interest
liability of $87.0 million, $1.368 billion and
$1.487 billion at December 31, 2002, 1999 and 1998,
respectively.
(4)
In March 2002, the Company issued common stock
through its Initial Public Offering (IPO). See note 1 to
the Consolidated Financial Statements.
(5)
Dividends per common share reflect the
recapitalization effected as part of the Companys
corporate reorganization. See note 1 to the Consolidated
Financial Statements.
Item 7.
MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
TPC transferred substantially all of its assets
to affiliates of Citigroup Inc. (together with its consolidated
subsidiaries, Citigroup), other than the capital stock of
Travelers Insurance Group Holdings Inc. (TIGHI);
Citigroup assumed all of TPCs third-party
liabilities, other than liabilities relating to TIGHI and
TIGHIs active employees;
TPC effected a recapitalization whereby the
previously outstanding shares of its common stock
(1,500 shares), all of which were owned by Citigroup, were
changed into 269.0 million shares of class A common stock
and 500.0 million shares of class B common stock;
TPC amended and restated its certificate of
incorporation and bylaws.
the intrinsic value of each Citigroup option,
which was the difference between the closing price of
Citigroups common stock on August 20, 2002 and the
exercise price of the Citigroup options, was preserved in each
replacement option for TPC class A common stock, and
the ratio of the exercise price of the
replacement option to the closing price of TPC class A
common stock on August 20, 2002, immediately after the
Citigroup Distribution, was the same as the ratio of the
exercise price of the Citigroup option to the price of Citigroup
common stock immediately before the Citigroup Distribution.
(1)
Net of benefit of $520.0 million related to
asbestos incurrals subject to the Citigroup indemnification
agreement in 2002.
(1)
Excludes losses recovered under the Citigroup
indemnification agreement.
(for the year ended December 31, in millions)
2002
2001
2000
$
9,493.6
$
7,771.2
$
6,835.6
$
(2.5
)
$
959.8
$
1,220.1
1.1
48.2
(242.6
)
2.7
$
(246.2
)
$
962.5
$
1,171.9
(1)
Net of benefit of $520.0 million related to
asbestos incurrals subject to the Citigroup indemnification
agreement in 2002.
(1)
Excludes losses recovered under the Citigroup
indemnification agreement.
(for the year ended December 31, in millions)
2002
2001
2000
$
4,775.1
$
4,453.7
$
4,231.7
$
316.8
$
241.9
$
360.2
16.6
0.5
$
316.8
$
242.4
$
343.6
(for the year ended December 31, in millions)
2002
2001
2000
$
51.6
$
(16.6
)
$
(3.2
)
(54.7
)
(44.5
)
(53.6
)
(41.6
)
19.4
20.2
72.2
(18.5
)
(16.1
)
16.3
(101.0
)
(0.7
)
278.8
294.2
315.1
51.8
47.8
46.1
346.9
241.0
360.5
(28.5
)
4.3
(0.3
)
(1.6
)
(3.4
)
0.5
16.6
$
316.8
$
242.4
$
343.6
(for the year ended December 31, in millions)
2002
2001
2000
$
2,842.9
$
2,590.7
$
2,366.3
1,732.1
1,517.2
1,446.5
$
4,575.0
$
4,107.9
$
3,812.8
(for the year ended December 31,)
2002
2001
2000
72.4
%
74.5
%
74.4
%
25.8
26.3
26.0
98.2
100.8
100.4
1.9
1.7
2.2
1.6
(0.7
)
(0.8
)
(3.0
)
0.5
0.4
99.4
%
103.8
%
100.0
%
(for the year ended
December 31, in millions)
2002
2001
2000
$
1.0
$
5.6
$
3.7
$
(97.6
)
$
(139.5
)
$
(208.0
)
(4.7
)
$
(97.6
)
$
(139.5
)
$
(203.3
)
(1)
Net of reinsurance recoveries.
(2)
Net of reinsurance recoverable.
(in millions)
$500.0
200.0
$700.0
Item 7A.
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
Item 8.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
Page
65
66
67
68
69
70
For the year ended December 31,
2002
2001
2000
$
11,155.3
$
9,410.9
$
8,462.2
1,880.5
2,034.0
2,161.6
454.9
347.4
312.4
146.7
322.5
47.0
520.0
112.3
115.7
87.8
14,269.7
12,230.5
11,071.0
11,138.5
7,764.7
6,472.9
1,810.2
1,538.7
1,298.4
156.8
204.9
295.5
1,424.0
1,333.2
1,140.6
14,529.5
10,841.5
9,207.4
(259.8
)
1,389.0
1,863.6
(476.5
)
326.8
491.3
1.1
60.1
215.6
1,062.2
1,312.2
(242.6
)
4.5
(1.3
)
$
(27.0
)
$
1,065.4
$
1,312.2
$
0.23
$
1.38
$
1.71
(0.26
)
0.01
$
(0.03
)
$
1.39
$
1.71
949.5
769.0
769.0
951.2
769.0
769.0
At December 31,
2002
2001
$
30,003.2
$
25,850.7
851.5
984.0
257.9
274.4
12.5
38.3
4,853.6
2,798.3
40.7
628.1
2,405.8
2,044.8
38,425.2
32,618.6
92.2
236.9
339.3
359.5
3,861.4
3,657.0
10,977.5
11,047.3
873.0
768.1
1,447.1
1,182.4
2,544.1
2,197.8
2,411.5
2,576.5
138.7
129.7
3,027.5
3,004.0
$
64,137.5
$
57,777.8
$
33,736.0
$
30,736.6
6,459.9
5,666.9
2,544.1
2,197.8
700.0
1,697.7
926.2
379.8
867.8
49.7
3,737.9
485.2
597.9
1,001.7
3,480.7
4,025.8
53,100.2
46,191.5
900.0
900.0
5.0
2.7
5.0
5.0
8,618.4
4,433.0
880.5
6,004.2
656.6
241.4
(4.9
)
(23.3
)
10,137.3
10,686.3
$
64,137.5
$
57,777.8
For the year ended December 31,
2002
2001
2000
$
4,440.7
$
3,823.4
$
3,792.1
4,089.5
64.7
578.0
33.5
39.3
31.3
8,628.4
4,440.7
3,823.4
6,004.2
4,989.9
2,818.5
(27.0
)
1,065.4
1,312.2
157.5
474.9
859.2
(5,254.2
)
(526.0
)
880.5
6,004.2
4,989.9
241.4
400.7
(171.0
)
21.1
475.4
(172.0
)
577.8
(68.3
)
8.1
(8.4
)
(6.1
)
656.6
241.4
400.7
(4.9
)
(4.9
)
(29.3
)
6.0
(23.3
)
$
10,137.3
$
10,686.3
$
9,214.0
769.0
769.0
769.0
231.0
4.2
(.3
)
1,003.9
769.0
769.0
$
(27.0
)
$
1,065.4
$
1,312.2
415.2
(180.4
)
571.7
$
388.2
$
885.0
$
1,883.9
(1)
Includes foreign currency translation
adjustments, hedged futures contracts and the cumulative effect
of the change in accounting for derivative instruments and
hedging activities.
For the year ended December 31,
2002
2001
2000
$
(27.0
)
$
1,065.4
$
1,312.2
(146.7
)
(322.5
)
(47.0
)
242.6
(3.2
)
41.8
121.9
90.4
(588.8
)
11.1
166.7
1,810.2
1,538.7
1,298.4
(204.4
)
(174.1
)
(179.1
)
69.8
(1,386.2
)
(168.4
)
(1,915.1
)
(1,619.8
)
(1,355.0
)
3,792.4
1,886.6
(102.0
)
115.6
(73.8
)
(264.8
)
175.1
(352.7
)
2,925.6
1,219.2
663.5
3,013.3
2,081.4
1,805.6
21.6
15.8
288.6
14,699.0
14,469.2
12,506.6
127.2
469.7
2,354.7
23.3
18.7
(20,861.4
)
(16,008.7
)
(12,802.8
)
(99.6
)
(67.4
)
(2,331.8
)
(5.2
)
(4.1
)
(40.4
)
(1.2
)
(6.2
)
(2,398.6
)
(2,055.3
)
(106.1
)
(1,086.5
)
244.7
(667.9
)
(595.9
)
2,623.4
58.3
491.4
(329.5
)
(298.0
)
(2,270.2
)
(95.5
)
(2,088.4
)
917.3
211.8
(211.8
)
549.4
(3.0
)
(500.0
)
250.0
500.0
2,391.3
(6,349.0
)
(1,040.0
)
(1,687.7
)
275.0
(275.0
)
4,089.5
10.1
(3.7
)
157.5
474.9
859.2
(157.5
)
(526.0
)
(2.2
)
(68.2
)
(172.4
)
(87.8
)
8.0
3.0
89.5
(19.6
)
(800.1
)
(1,083.1
)
1,565.8
(144.7
)
40.6
140.9
236.9
196.3
55.4
$
92.2
$
236.9
$
196.3
$
83.4
$
325.6
$
310.2
$
140.6
$
129.7
$
155.3
1.
SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Transition and Disclosure
Intangible Assets
(for the year ended December 31,
in millions, except per share data)
2001
2000
$
1,065.4
$
1,312.2
71.8
63.1
$
1,137.2
$
1,375.3
$
1.39
$
1.71
0.09
0.08
$
1.48
$
1.79
(1)
Restricted stock compensation expense.
(2)
Includes restricted stock compensation expense.
(for the year ended December 31, in millions)
2001
2000
$
1,065.4
$
1,312.2
19.4
16.3
(68.1
)
(66.9
)
$
1,016.7
$
1,261.6
$
1.39
$
1.71
1.32
1.64
(1)
Restricted stock compensation expense.
(2)
Includes restricted stock compensation expense.
Real estate partnerships and joint ventures that
are accounted for under the equity method of accounting and have
a total carrying value of $250.8 million on the
consolidated balance sheet; the Companys unfunded
commitments associated with real estate partnerships and joint
ventures were $192.2 million.
Investment partnerships that are accounted for
under the equity method of accounting and have a carrying value
of $1.022 billion on the consolidated balance sheet; the
Companys unfunded commitments associated with investment
partnerships were $662.4 million.
Below investment grade asset-backed securities
and commercial mortgage-backed securities that are reported at
fair value and have a carrying value of $128.1 million on
the consolidated balance sheet.
Equity investments that are reported at fair
value and have a carrying value of $39.1 million on the
balance sheet and private equity investments that are accounted
for under the equity method of accounting and have a carrying
value of $483.3 million on the balance sheet. The
Companys unfunded commitments associated with private
equity investments were $9.7 million.
(for the year ended December 31, in millions)
2002
2001
2000
$
734.6
$
418.9
$
352.3
3,556.1
2,407.1
2,098.9
1,869.5
1,713.2
1,575.4
6,160.2
4,539.2
4,026.6
629.9
590.2
486.5
579.4
608.2
517.4
1,209.3
1,198.4
1,003.9
$
7,369.5
$
5,737.6
$
5,030.5
(for the year ended December 31, in millions)
2002
2001
2000
$
2,842.9
$
2,590.7
$
2,366.3
1,732.1
1,517.2
1,446.5
$
4,575.0
$
4,107.9
$
3,812.8
Total
Commercial
Personal
Reportable
(at and for the year ended December 31, in millions)
Lines
Lines
Segments
$
6,801.2
$
4,354.1
$
11,155.3
1,495.3
384.7
1,880.0
454.9
454.9
190.1
(43.8
)
146.3
520.0
520.0
32.1
80.1
112.2
$
9,493.6
$
4,775.1
$
14,268.7
$
1,112.2
$
739.4
$
1,851.6
(543.3
)
127.0
(416.3
)
(125.8
)
346.9
221.1
54,782.8
8,842.5
63,625.3
$
5,447.0
$
3,963.9
$
9,410.9
1,616.3
410.2
2,026.5
347.4
347.4
319.1
6.3
325.4
41.4
73.3
114.7
$
7,771.2
$
4,453.7
$
12,224.9
$
954.0
$
695.3
$
1,649.3
302.6
97.0
399.6
752.2
241.0
993.2
48,234.7
8,369.3
56,604.0
$
4,746.8
$
3,715.4
$
8,462.2
1,713.2
446.1
2,159.3
312.4
312.4
47.1
(0.6
)
46.5
16.1
70.8
86.9
$
6,835.6
$
4,231.7
$
11,067.3
$
749.5
$
637.3
$
1,386.8
444.3
156.6
600.9
1,189.3
360.5
1,549.8
45,166.2
7,961.1
53,127.3
(at and for the year ended December 31, in millions)
2002
2001
2000
$
14,268.7
$
12,224.9
$
11,067.3
1.0
5.6
3.7
$
14,269.7
$
12,230.5
$
11,071.0
$
221.1
$
993.2
$
1,549.8
(102.9
)
(137.5
)
(208.1
)
99.0
209.9
30.6
(242.6
)
3.2
(1.6
)
(3.4
)
(60.1
)
$
(27.0
)
$
1,065.4
$
1,312.2
$
63,625.3
$
56,604.0
$
53,127.3
512.2
1,173.8
723.1
assets
$
64,137.5
$
57,777.8
$
53,850.4
(1)
The primary component of the other operating loss
is after-tax interest expense of $99.6 million,
$133.2 million and $192.1 million in 2002, 2001 and
2000, respectively.
(2)
Other assets consists primarily of a receivable
under the Citigroup indemnification agreement in 2002, goodwill
in 2002, 2001 and 2000 and the investment in CitiInsurance in
2001 and 2000.
Gross Unrealized
Amortized
Fair
(at December 2002, in millions)
Cost
Gains
Losses
Value
$
8,595.4
$
346.6
$
1.5
$
8,940.5
1,034.8
62.0
1,096.8
12,664.4
631.9
10.3
13,286.0
258.2
19.9
1.7
276.4
6,093.9
342.8
245.8
6,190.9
231.1
5.6
24.1
212.6
$
28,877.8
$
1,408.8
$
283.4
$
30,003.2
Gross Unrealized
Amortized
Fair
(at December 2001, in millions)
Cost
Gains
Losses
Value
$
5,558.9
$
106.5
$
56.6
$
5,608.8
1,361.4
36.9
15.2
1,383.1
10,842.6
240.7
73.6
11,009.7
592.7
29.7
4.4
618.0
6,917.4
256.0
125.1
7,048.3
187.5
6.8
11.5
182.8
$
25,460.5
$
676.6
$
286.4
$
25,850.7
Gross
Unrealized
Fair
(at December 31, 2002, in millions)
Cost
Gains
Losses
Value
$
57.4
$
4.0
$
11.3
$
50.1
804.5
24.6
27.7
801.4
$
861.9
$
28.6
$
39.0
$
851.5
(at December 31, 2001, in millions)
$
65.7
$
5.0
$
15.9
$
54.8
914.7
29.0
14.5
929.2
$
980.4
$
34.0
$
30.4
$
984.0
(for the year ended December 31, in millions)
2002
2001
2000
$
1,629.8
$
1,657.3
$
1,708.3
26.8
28.3
57.9
280.6
394.6
435.9
1,937.2
2,080.2
2,202.1
56.7
46.2
40.5
$
1,880.5
$
2,034.0
$
2,161.6
(for the year ended December 31, in millions)
2002
2001
2000
$
167.5
$
331.0
$
(16.8
)
(4.1
)
(8.1
)
59.9
9.8
12.6
(16.7
)
(.4
)
(18.5
)
146.7
322.5
47.0
47.7
112.6
16.4
$
99.0
$
209.9
$
30.6
(for the year ended December 31, in millions)
2002
2001
2000
$
13,468.3
$
10,995.3
$
9,762.5
82.9
143.7
196.9
524.0
529.4
689.0
(118.4
)
(120.0
)
(105.0
)
(2,012.3
)
(1,702.9
)
(1,700.1
)
$
11,944.5
$
9,845.5
$
8,843.3
$
12,525.1
$
10,460.1
$
9,356.9
109.3
181.1
218.2
562.1
596.0
646.7
(116.1
)
(113.0
)
(100.2
)
(1,925.1
)
(1,713.3
)
(1,659.4
)
$
11,155.3
$
9,410.9
$
8,462.2
6.0
%
8.3
%
10.2
%
$
2,111.6
$
1,844.5
$
1,248.0
(at December 31, in millions)
2002
2001
$
2,094.9
$
2,082.0
1,563.9
1,573.8
810.4
824.7
107.6
120.1
6,398.8
6,445.5
1.9
1.2
$
10,977.5
$
11,047.3
(at December 31, in millions)
2002
2001
$
33,628.4
$
30,616.5
107.6
120.1
$
33,736.0
$
30,736.6
(at and for the year ended December 31, in millions)
2002
2001
2000
$
30,616.5
$
28,312.0
$
28,853.3
10,419.2
8,878.1
8,870.6
20,197.3
19,433.9
19,982.7
7,872.1
7,600.6
6,508.9
years
3,031.0
(41.0
)
(247.0
)
622.7
10,903.1
8,182.3
6,261.9
2,814.3
3,044.9
2,728.7
5,018.0
4,374.0
4,082.0
7,832.3
7,418.9
6,810.7
23,268.1
20,197.3
19,433.9
10,360.3
10,419.2
8,878.1
$
33,628.4
$
30,616.5
$
28,312.0
(at December 31, in millions)
2002
2001
$
500.0
$
500.0
200.0
1,197.7
$
700.0
$
1,697.7
(at December 31, in millions)
2002
2001
$
550.0
$
150.0
150.0
27.0
30.0
200.0
200.0
892.5
49.7
1,869.2
380.0
25.5
.2
$
1,843.7
$
379.8
(for the year ended December 31, in millions)
2002
2001
2000
$
(259.8
)
$
1,389.0
$
1,863.6
35.0
%
35.0
%
35.0
%
(90.9
)
486.2
652.3
(180.1
)
(169.2
)
(166.3
)
(182.0
)
(23.5
)
9.8
5.3
$
(476.5
)
$
326.8
$
491.3
(183.4
)%
23.5
%
26.4
%
$
109.0
$
310.6
$
307.3
3.3
5.1
17.3
112.3
315.7
324.6
(588.5
)
11.0
167.2
(.3
)
.1
(.5
)
(588.8
)
11.1
166.7
$
(476.5
)
$
326.8
$
491.3
(at December 31, in millions)
2002
2001
$
923.4
$
944.6
486.5
388.2
323.4
74.6
135.7
45.1
51.6
32.6
145.4
173.2
2,063.2
1,661.1
304.4
268.4
261.0
144.7
50.7
65.6
616.1
478.7
$
1,447.1
$
1,182.4
10.
SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY AND DIVIDEND AVAILABILITY
Travelers P&C
Travelers P&C
Capital I
Capital II
April 1996
May 1996
32,000,000
4,000,000
$25
$25
$800.0
$100.0
8.08
%
8.00
%
Quarterly
Quarterly
TIGHI
TIGHI
989,720
123,720
Junior Subordinated Debentures (TIGHI
Debentures)
$825.0
$103.0
8.08
%
8.00
%
Quarterly
Quarterly
April 30, 2036
May 15, 2036
April 30, 2001
May 15, 2001
(1)
Under the arrangements, taken as a whole,
payments due are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a
subordinated basis.
Net
Accumulated
Unrealized
Other
Gains
Minimum
Changes in
(Losses) on
Pension
Equity from
Investment
Liability
Nonowner
(at and for the year ended December 31, in millions)
Securities
Adjustment
Other
(1)
Sources
$
(170.7
)
$
$
(.3
)
$
(171.0
)
606.8
606.8
(29.0
)
(29.0
)
(6.1
)
(6.1
)
577.8
(6.1
)
571.7
407.1
(6.4
)
400.7
21.1
21.1
37.9
37.9
(209.9
)
(209.9
)
(8.4
)
(8.4
)
(150.9
)
(8.4
)
(159.3
)
256.2
(14.8
)
241.4
574.4
574.4
(99.0
)
(99.0
)
(68.3
)
(68.3
)
8.1
8.1
475.4
(68.3
)
8.1
415.2
$
731.6
$
(68.3
)
$
(6.7
)
$
656.6
(1)
Includes foreign currency translation
adjustments, hedged futures contracts and the cumulative effect
of the change in accounting for derivative instruments and
hedging activities.
(2)
Certain equity investments were reclassified to
other investments at December 31, 2002. See note 1. As a
result of this change, the realized gains/(losses) from these
investments are reported in net income beginning in 2002.
the intrinsic value of each Citigroup option,
which was the difference between the closing price of
Citigroups common stock on August 20, 2002 and the
exercise price of the Citigroup options, was preserved in each
replacement option for the Companys class A common stock;
and
the ratio of the exercise price of the
replacement option to the closing price of the Companys
class A common stock on August 20, 2002, immediately
after the Citigroup Distribution, was the same as the ratio of
the exercise price of the Citigroup option to the price of
Citigroup common stock immediately before the Citigroup
Distribution.
Weighted
Average
Options
Exercise Price
$
56,894,116
17.29
21,643,341
18.22
264,595
13.77
(1,186,383
)
8.54
(1,500,419
)
19.84
76,115,250
$
17.63
Options Outstanding
Options Exercisable
Weighted
Weighted
Weighted
Average
Average
Average
Range of
Number
Contractual
Exercise
Number
Exercise
Exercise Prices
Outstanding
Life Remaining
Price
Exercisable
Price
2,279,909
2.7 years
$
3.99
2,277,419
$
3.99
26,489
3.4 years
7.90
25,659
7.85
23,240,238
5.4 years
11.72
14,980,804
11.63
24,085,515
8.9 years
18.09
1,980,742
16.87
15,978,375
6.6 years
22.15
8,648,533
22.52
10,504,724
7.0 years
25.75
4,054,375
26.03
76,115,250
6.9 years
$
17.63
31,967,532
$
16.18
2002
3,311,551
$17.31
2002
4 years
36.8
%
3.17
%
$0.20
5
%
(1)
The expected volatility is based on the average
volatility of an industry peer group of entities because the
Company only became publicly traded in March 2002.
2001
2000
3 years
3 years
38.6
%
41.5
%
4.52
%
6.23
%
$0.92
$
0.78
5
%
5
%
Weighted
Weighted
Average
Options
Average
Grant Date
Granted
Exercise Price
Fair Value
21,907,936
$
18.16
$
5.84
27,704,096
$
23.45
$
3.14
29,190,020
$
11.43
$
7.28
78,802,052
$
17.53
$
5.42
12.
PENSION PLANS AND RETIREMENT BENEFITS
Postretirement
(in millions)
Pension Plans
Benefit Plans
$
466.3
$
14.2
11.1
.1
11.5
.4
17.0
.8
(3.3
)
(.1
)
$
502.6
$
15.4
$
429.3
$
(16.3
)
.3
.1
(3.3
)
(.1
)
$
410.0
$
$
(92.6
)
$
(15.4
)
(42.9
)
(.2
)
168.3
3.7
$
32.8
$
(11.9
)
$
49.0
$
(121.2
)
(11.9
)
105.0
$
32.8
$
(11.9
)
Postretirement
(in millions)
Pension Plans
Benefit Plans
$
11.1
$
.1
11.5
.4
(14.0
)
(2.1
)
.1
2.1
$
8.6
$
.6
14.
DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL
INSTRUMENTS
15.
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
16.
RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
17.
NONCASH FINANCING AND INVESTING ACTIVITIES
2002
First
Second
Third
Fourth
(in millions, except per share data)
Quarter
Quarter
Quarter
Quarter
Total
$
3,232.7
$
3,319.8
$
3,563.9
$
4,153.3
$
14,269.7
2,778.4
2,884.6
3,224.3
5,642.2
14,529.5
454.3
435.2
339.6
(1,488.9
)
(259.8
)
109.6
103.2
6.0
(695.3
)
(476.5
)
1.3
(.2
)
1.1
344.7
332.0
332.3
(793.4
)
215.6
(242.6
)
(242.6
)
$
102.1
$
332.0
$
332.3
$
(793.4
)
$
(27.0
)
$
0.43
$
0.33
$
0.33
$
(0.79
)
$
0.23
(0.30
)
(0.26
)
$
0.13
$
0.33
$
0.33
$
(0.79
)
$
(0.03
)
2001
First
Second
Third
Fourth
(in millions, except per share data)
Quarter
Quarter
Quarter
Quarter
Total
$
3,058.1
$
2,983.0
$
3,012.5
$
3,176.9
$
12,230.5
2,389.9
2,513.3
3,165.1
2,773.2
10,841.5
668.2
469.7
(152.6
)
403.7
1,389.0
194.1
125.0
(92.7
)
100.4
326.8
474.1
344.7
(59.9
)
303.3
1,062.2
4.5
4.5
(1.3
)
(1.3
)
$
478.6
$
343.4
$
(59.9
)
$
303.3
$
1,065.4
$
0.61
$
0.45
$
(0.08
)
$
0.39
$
1.38
0.01
0.01
$
0.62
$
0.45
$
(0.08
)
$
0.39
$
1.39
(1)
Due to the averaging of shares, quarterly
earnings per share may not add to the total for the full year.
Item 9.
CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING
AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
Item 10.
DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT
Item 11.
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
Item 12.
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND
MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
Item 13.
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
Item 14.
CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Item 15.
EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON FORM
8-K
(a)
Documents filed as a part of the report:
(1)
Financial Statements. See Index to Consolidated
Financial Statements on page 64 hereof.
(2)
Financial Statement Schedules. See Index to
Consolidated Financial Statements and Schedules on page 110
hereof.
(3)
Exhibits:
(b)
Reports on Form 8-K:
TRAVELERS PROPERTY CASUALTY CORP.
(Registrant)
By:
/s/ ROBERT I. LIPP
Robert I. Lipp,
Chief Executive Officer
Signature
Title
/s/ ROBERT I. LIPP
Robert I. Lipp
Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer), and Chairman of the Board
/s/ JAY S. BENET
Jay S. Benet
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
/s/ DOUGLAS K. RUSSELL
Douglas K. Russell
Chief Accounting Officer
(Principal Accounting Officer)
/s/ HOWARD P. BERKOWITZ
Howard P. Berkowitz
Director
/s/ KENNETH J. BIALKIN
Kenneth J. Bialkin
Director
/s/ CHARLES J. CLARKE
Charles J. Clarke
President and Director
/s/ LESLIE B. DISHAROON
Leslie B. Disharoon
Director
/s/ MERYL D. HARTZBAND
Meryl D. Hartzband
Director
/s/ CLARENCE OTIS, JR.
Clarence Otis, Jr.
Director
/s/ JEFFREY M. PEEK
Jeffrey M. Peek
Director
Signature
Title
/s/ NANCY A. ROSEMAN
Nancy A. Roseman
Director
/s/ CHARLES W. SCHARF
Charles W. Scharf
Director
/s/ FRANK J. TASCO
Frank J. Tasco
Director
/s/ LAURIE J. THOMSEN
Laurie J. Thomsen
Director
1.
I have reviewed this annual report on
Form 10-K of Travelers Property Casualty Corp.;
2.
Based on my knowledge, this annual report does
not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to
state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in
light of the circumstances under which such statements were
made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this
annual report;
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements,
and other financial information included in this annual report,
fairly present in all material respects the financial condition,
results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of,
and for, the periods presented in this annual report;
4.
The registrants other certifying officer
and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining
disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act
Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14) for the registrant and have:
a)
designed such disclosure controls and procedures
to ensure that material information relating to the registrant,
including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by
others within those entities, particularly during the period in
which this annual report is being prepared;
b)
evaluated the effectiveness of the
registrants disclosure controls and procedures as of a
date within 90 days prior to the filing date of this annual
report (the Evaluation Date); and
c)
presented in this annual report our conclusions
about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and
procedures based on our evaluation as of the Evaluation Date;
5.
The registrants other certifying officer
and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation, to
the registrants auditors and the audit committee of
registrants board of directors (or persons performing the
equivalent functions):
a)
all significant deficiencies in the design or
operation of internal controls which could adversely affect the
registrants ability to record, process, summarize and
report financial data and have identified for the
registrants auditors any material weaknesses in internal
controls; and
b)
any fraud, whether or not material, that involves
management or other employees who have a significant role in the
registrants internal controls; and
6.
The registrants other certifying officer
and I have indicated in this annual report whether there were
significant changes in internal controls or in other factors
that could significantly affect internal controls subsequent to
the date of our most recent evaluation, including any corrective
actions with regard to significant deficiencies and material
weaknesses.
/s/ ROBERT I. LIPP
Robert I. Lipp
Chief Executive Officer
CERTIFICATION
I, Jay S. Benet, certify that:
Date: March 4, 2003
109
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Schedules
110
1.
I have reviewed this annual report on
Form 10-K of Travelers Property Casualty Corp.;
2.
Based on my knowledge, this annual report does
not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to
state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in
light of the circumstances under which such statements were
made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this
annual report;
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements,
and other financial information included in this annual report,
fairly present in all material respects the financial condition,
results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of,
and for, the periods presented in this annual report;
4.
The registrants other certifying officer
and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining
disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act
Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14) for the registrant and have:
a)
designed such disclosure controls and procedures
to ensure that material information relating to the registrant,
including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by
others within those entities, particularly during the period in
which this annual report is being prepared;
b)
evaluated the effectiveness of the
registrants disclosure controls and procedures as of a
date within 90 days prior to the filing date of this annual
report (the Evaluation Date); and
c)
presented in this annual report our conclusions
about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and
procedures based on our evaluation as of the Evaluation Date;
5.
The registrants other certifying officer
and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation, to
the registrants auditors and the audit committee of
registrants board of directors (or persons performing the
equivalent functions):
a)
all significant deficiencies in the design or
operation of internal controls which could adversely affect the
registrants ability to record, process, summarize and
report financial data and have identified for the
registrants auditors any material weaknesses in internal
controls; and
b)
any fraud, whether or not material, that involves
management or other employees who have a significant role in the
registrants internal controls; and
6.
The registrants other certifying officer
and I have indicated in this annual report whether there were
significant changes in internal controls or in other factors
that could significantly affect internal controls subsequent to
the date of our most recent evaluation, including any corrective
actions with regard to significant deficiencies and material
weaknesses.
/s/ JAY S. BENET
Jay S. Benet
Chief Financial Officer
Page
*
*
*
*
*
*
112
117
118
119
*
See index on page 64.
Independent Auditors Report
The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Under date of January 23, 2003, we reported
on the consolidated balance sheets of Travelers Property
Casualty Corp. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2002 and
2001, and the related consolidated statements of income (loss),
changes in shareholders equity, and cash flows for each of
the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2002,
which are included in this Form 10-K. In connection with
our audits of the aforementioned consolidated financial
statements, we also audited the related financial statement
schedules as listed in the accompanying index. These financial
statement schedules are the responsibility of the Companys
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statement schedules based on our audits.
In our opinion, such financial statement
schedules, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated
financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly, in all
material respects, the information set forth therein.
As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated
financial statements, the Company changed its method of
accounting for goodwill and other intangible assets in 2002 and
its methods of accounting for derivative instruments and hedging
activities and for securitized financial assets in 2001.
/s/ KPMG LLP
Hartford, Connecticut
111
TRAVELERS PROPERTY CASUALTY CORP.
CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT
CONDENSED STATEMENT OF INCOME (LOSS)
The condensed financial statements should be read
in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and
notes thereto and the accompanying notes to the condensed
financial information of Registrant.
112
SCHEDULE II
TRAVELERS PROPERTY CASUALTY CORP.
CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT
CONDENSED BALANCE SHEET
The condensed financial statements should be read
in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and
notes thereto and the accompanying notes to the condensed
financial information of Registrant.
113
SCHEDULE II
TRAVELERS PROPERTY CASUALTY CORP.
CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT
CONDENSED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
The condensed financial statements should be read
in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and
notes thereto and the accompanying notes to the condensed
financial information of Registrant.
114
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT
1. GENERAL
The condensed financial statements include the
accounts of Travelers Property Casualty Corp. (TPC) and, on an
equity basis, its subsidiaries and should be read in conjunction
with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto.
Certain reclassifications have been made to prior years
financial statements to conform to the current years
presentation.
TPC was reorganized in connection with its
initial public offering (IPO) in March 2002. Pursuant to the
reorganization, which was completed on March 19, 2002,
TPCs financial statements have been adjusted to exclude
the accounts of certain formerly wholly-owned TPC subsidiaries,
principally The Travelers Insurance Company (TIC) and its
subsidiaries (U.S. life insurance operations), certain other
wholly-owned non-insurance subsidiaries of TPC and substantially
all of TPCs assets and certain liabilities not related to
the property casualty business.
In March 2002, TPC issued 231 million shares
of its class A common stock in an IPO, representing
approximately 23% of TPCs common equity. After the IPO,
Citigroup Inc. (together with its consolidated subsidiaries,
Citigroup) beneficially owned all of the 500 million shares of
TPCs outstanding class B common stock, each share of which
is entitled to seven votes, and 269 million shares of
TPCs class A common stock, each share of which is entitled
to one vote, representing at the time 94% of the combined voting
power of all classes of TPCs voting securities and 77% of
the equity interest in TPC. Concurrent with the IPO, TPC issued
$892.5 million aggregate principal amount of 4.5%
convertible junior subordinated notes which mature on
April 15, 2032. The IPO and the offering of the convertible
notes are collectively referred to as the Offerings. During the
first quarter of 2002, TPC paid three dividends of
$1.000 billion, $3.700 billion and
$395.0 million, aggregating $5.095 billion, which were each
in the form of notes payable to Citigroup. On December 31,
2002, the $1.000 billion note was repaid in its entirety.
The proceeds of the offerings were used to prepay the
$395.0 million note and substantially prepay the
$3.700 billion note.
On August 20, 2002, Citigroup made a
tax-free distribution to its stockholders (the Citigroup
Distribution), of a portion of its ownership interest in TPC,
which, together with the shares issued in the IPO, represented
more than 90% of TPCs common equity and more than 90% of
the combined voting power of TPCs outstanding voting
securities. For each 100 shares of Citigroup outstanding common
stock, approximately 4.32 shares of TPC class A common
stock and 8.88 shares of TPC class B common stock were
distributed. At December 31, 2002, Citigroup was a holder
of 9.95% of TPCs common equity and 9.98% of the combined
voting power of TPCs outstanding voting securities.
Citigroup received a private letter ruling from the Internal
Revenue Service that the Citigroup Distribution is tax-free to
Citigroup, its stockholders and TPC. As part of the ruling
process, Citigroup agreed to vote the shares it continues to
hold following the Citigroup Distribution pro rata with the
shares held by the public and to divest the remaining shares it
holds within five years following the Citigroup Distribution.
2. DEBT
Long-term debt outstanding was as follows:
At December 31, 2001, TPC had a note payable
to Citigroup in the amount of $1.198 billion, in
conjunction with the purchase of TIGHIs outstanding shares
in April 2000 (see note 2). On February 7, 2002, this
note payable was replaced by a new note agreement. Under the
terms of the new note agreement, interest accrued on the
aggregate principal amount outstanding at the commercial paper
rate (the then current short-term rate) plus 10 basis points per
annum. Interest was compounded monthly. This note was prepaid
following the offerings.
At December 31, 2000, TPC had a note payable
to Citigroup, which had a principal balance outstanding of
$287.0 million. Interest accrued at a rate of 5.06%,
compounded semi-annually. On March 29, 2001, this note was
repaid in its entirety, plus accrued interest.
In February 2002, TPC paid a dividend of
$1.000 billion to Citigroup in the form of a non-interest
bearing note payable on December 31, 2002. This note would
have begun to accrue interest from December 31, 2002 on any
outstanding balance at the floating rate of the base rate of
Citibank, N.A., New York City plus 2.0%. On December 31,
2002, this note was repaid in its entirety.
In February 2002, TPC also paid a dividend of
$3.700 billion to Citigroup in the form of a note payable
in two installments. This note was substantially prepaid
following the offerings. The balance of $150.0 million was
due on May 9, 2004. This note would have begun to bear
interest
115
In March 2002, TPC paid a dividend of
$395.0 million to Citigroup in the form of a note payable
which would have begun to bear interest after May 9, 2002
at a rate of 6.0% per annum. This note was prepaid following the
offerings.
In March 2002, TPC issued $892.5 million
aggregate principal amount of 4.5% convertible junior
subordinated notes which will mature on April 15, 2032,
unless earlier redeemed, repurchased or converted. Interest is
payable quarterly in arrears. TPC has the option to defer
interest payments on the notes for a period not exceeding 20
consecutive interest periods nor beyond the maturity of the
notes. During a deferral period, the amount of interest due to
holders of the notes will continue to accumulate, and such
deferred interest payments will themselves accrue interest.
Deferral of any interest can create certain restrictions for TPC.
Unless previously redeemed or repurchased, the
notes are convertible into shares of class A common stock at the
option of the holders at any time after March 27, 2003 and
prior to April 15, 2032 if at any time (1) the average
of the daily closing prices of class A common stock for the 20
consecutive trading days immediately prior to the conversion
date is at least 20% above the then applicable conversion price
on the conversion date, (2) the notes have been called for
redemption, (3) specified corporate transactions have
occurred, or (4) specified credit rating events with
respect to the notes have occurred. The notes will be
convertible into shares of class A common stock at a conversion
rate of 1.0808 shares of class A common stock for each $25
principal amount of notes (equivalent to an initial conversion
price of $23.13 per share of class A common stock), subject to
adjustment in certain events.
On or after April 18, 2007, the notes may be
redeemed at TPCs option. TPC is not required to make
mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to
the notes.
The notes are general unsecured obligations and
are subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future
Senior Indebtedness. The notes are also effectively subordinated
to all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities of
any of TPCs current or future subsidiaries.
During May 2002, TPC fully and unconditionally
guaranteed the payment of all principal, premiums, if any, and
interest on certain debt obligations of its wholly-owned
subsidiary TIGHI. TPC is deemed to have no independent assets or
operations except for its wholly-owned subsidiary TIGHI.
Consolidated financial statements of TIGHI have not been
presented herein or in any separate reports filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission because management has
determined that such financial statements would not be material
to holders of TIGHI debt. The guarantees pertain to the
$150.0 million 6.75% Notes due 2006 and the
$200.0 million 7.75% Notes due 2026 included in long-term
debt and the $900.0 million of TIGHI-obligated mandatorily
redeemable securities of subsidiary trusts holding solely junior
subordinated debt securities of TIGHI (TIGHI Securities). TIGHI
has the right, at any time, to defer distributions on the TIGHI
Securities for a period not exceeding 20 consecutive quarterly
interest periods (though such distributions would continue to
accrue interest during any such extended payment period). TIGHI
cannot pay dividends during such deferments.
In December 2002, TPC entered into a loan
agreement with an unaffiliated lender and borrowed
$550.0 million under a promissory note due in January 2004.
The Promissory Note carried a variable interest rate of LIBOR
plus 25 basis points per annum. On February 5, 2003, TPC
issued $550.0 million of Floating Rate Notes due in
February 2004. The proceeds from these notes were used to repay
the Promissory Note. The Floating Rate Notes also carry a
variable interest rate of LIBOR plus 25 basis points per annum
and are callable by the Company after August 5, 2003.
116
SCHEDULE III
Travelers Property Casualty Corp. and Subsidiaries
Supplementary Insurance Information
2000 2002
117
For the year ended December 31,
2002
2001
2000
$
4.8
$
2.5
$
1.4
(.3
)
19.0
9.1
520.0
.3
524.5
21.5
10.8
36.9
82.7
161.4
81.1
5.9
4.5
118.0
88.6
165.9
406.5
(67.1
)
(155.1
)
44.8
22.2
53.3
451.3
(44.9
)
(101.8
)
(478.3
)
1,110.3
1,414.0
$
(27.0
)
$
1,065.4
$
1,312.2
At December 31,
2002
2001
$
8.9
$
152.4
11,142.1
11,152.5
360.6
418.4
155.0
155.0
133.6
40.5
$
11,800.2
$
11,918.8
$
$
1,197.7
549.5
867.8
245.6
34.8
1,662.9
1,232.5
5.0
2.7
5.0
5.0
8,618.4
4,433.0
880.5
6,004.2
656.6
241.4
(4.9
)
(23.3
)
10,137.3
10,686.3
$
11,800.2
$
11,918.8
For the year ended December 31,
2002
2001
2000
$
(27.0
)
$
1,065.4
$
1,312.2
478.3
(1,110.3
)
(1,414.0
)
60.0
1,100.0
1,226.0
(92.8
)
29.0
2.7
(5.8
)
26.5
(28.4
)
99.5
87.2
(228.4
)
512.2
1,197.8
870.1
(2,398.6
)
143.5
(114.7
)
(36.3
)
402.6
(1.0
)
546.1
(114.7
)
(2,435.9
)
867.2
549.4
2,391.3
(6,299.0
)
(1,040.0
)
(1,687.7
)
4,089.5
(3.7
)
157.5
474.9
859.2
(157.5
)
(526.0
)
(172.4
)
(87.8
)
8.0
3.0
(1,056.8
)
(1,083.1
)
1,565.8
1.5
$
1.5
$
$
$
24.1
$
88.4
$
29.4
$
22.1
$
10.5
$
20.6
Debt
Face
Issuance
(at December 31, 2002, in millions)
Value
Costs
Total
$
550.0
$
.5
$
549.5
892.5
24.7
867.8
$
1,442.5
$
25.2
$
1,417.3
Claims
Amortization
and Claim
Claims and
of Deferred
Adjustment
Net
Claim
Policy
Other
Deferred Policy
Expense
Unearned
Premium
Investment
Adjustment
Acquisition
Operating
Premiums
Segment
Acquisition Costs
Reserves
Premiums
Revenue
Income
(a)
Expenses
Costs
Expenses
(b)
Written
$
540.8
$
30,593.8
$
4,292.5
$
6,801.2
$
1,495.3
$
7,932.1
$
1,072.8
$
1,034.5
$
7,369.5
332.2
3,034.6
2,167.4
4,354.1
384.7
3,206.4
737.4
387.5
4,575.0
873.0
33,628.4
6,459.9
11,155.3
1,880.0
11,138.5
1,810.2
1,422.0
11,944.5
107.6
.5
158.8
$
873.0
$
33,736.0
$
6,459.9
$
11,155.3
$
1,880.5
$
11,138.5
$
1,810.2
$
1,580.8
$
11,944.5
$
466.0
$
27,749.4
$
3,728.8
$
5,447.0
$
1,616.3
$
4,711.7
$
864.9
$
932.2
$
5,737.6
302.1
2,867.0
1,938.1
3,963.9
410.2
3,053.0
673.8
388.0
4,107.9
768.1
30,616.4
5,666.9
9,410.9
2,026.5
7,764.7
1,538.7
1,320.2
9,845.5
120.2
7.5
217.9
$
768.1
$
30,736.6
$
5,666.9
$
9,410.9
$
2,034.0
$
7,764.7
$
1,538.7
$
1,538.1
$
9,845.5
$
340.6
$
25,671.8
$
3,028.0
$
4,746.8
$
1,713.2
$
3,738.9
$
680.4
$
751.9
$
5,030.5
273.3
2,640.2
1,764.3
3,715.4
446.1
2,734.0
618.0
362.9
3,812.8
613.9
28,312.0
4,792.3
8,462.2
2,159.3
6,472.9
1,298.4
1,114.8
8,843.3
130.4
2.3
321.3
$
613.9
$
28,442.4
$
4,792.3
$
8,462.2
$
2,161.6
$
6,472.9
$
1,298.4
$
1,436.1
$
8,843.3
(a)
Net investment income for each segment is
accounted for separately, except for the portion earned on the
investment of shareholders equity, which is allocated
based on assigned capital.
(b)
Expense allocations are determined in accordance
with prescribed statutory accounting practices. These practices
make a reasonable allocation of all expenses to those product
lines with which they are associated.
SCHEDULE V
Travelers Property Casualty Corp. and Subsidiaries
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
Balance at
Charged to
Charged to
Balance at
Beginning
Costs and
Other
End of
of Period
Expenses
Accounts
(1)
Deductions
(2)
Period
$
286.2
$
$
49.8
$
6.9
$
329.1
$
213.0
$
$
130.5
$
57.3
$
286.2
$
219.5
$
$
$
6.5
$
213.0
(1) | Charged to claims and claim adjustment expenses in the consolidated statement of income. |
(2) | Credited to the related asset account. |
118
SCHEDULE VI
Travelers Property Casualty Corp. and Subsidiaries
Supplementary Information Concerning Property-Casualty
Insurance Operations
(1)
2000-2002
Reserves for
Unpaid
Discount
Deferred
Claims
from
Affiliation
Policy
and Claim
Reserves
Net
with
Acquisition
Adjustment
for Unpaid
Unearned
Earned
Investment
Registrant
Costs
Expenses
Claims
(2)
Premiums
Premiums
Income
Consolidated property -casualty operations
$
873.0
$
33,628.4
$
802.9
$
6,459.9
$
11,155.3
$
1,880.0
Consolidated property -casualty operations
$
768.1
$
30,616.5
$
792.4
$
5,666.9
$
9,410.9
$
2,026.5
Consolidated property -casualty operations
$
613.9
$
28,312.0
$
799.6
$
4,792.3
$
8,462.2
$
2,159.3
[Additional columns below]
[Continued from above table, first column(s) repeated]
(1) | Excludes accident and health business. |
(2) | See Discounting on page 11. |
119
Exhibit Index
120
121
The total amount of securities authorized
pursuant to any instrument defining rights of holders of
long-term debt of the Company does not exceed 10% of the total
assets of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries.
Therefore, the Company is not filing any instruments evidencing
long-term debt. However, the Company will furnish copies of any
such instrument to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon
request.
Copies of any of the exhibits referred to above
will be furnished to security holders who make written request
therefore to Shareholder Relations, Travelers Property Casualty
Corp., One Tower Square, Hartford, Connecticut 06183.
Exhibit
Number
Description of Exhibit
2.1
Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of
November 28, 1995, between the Company (then known as The
Travelers Insurance Group Inc.) and Aetna Life and Casualty
Company, was filed as Exhibit 10.1 of the Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 1995 of Aetna Life and
Casualty Company (File No. 15704), and is incorporated
herein by reference.
3.1.1
Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the
Company, effective March 19, 2002, was filed as
Exhibit 3.1.1 to the Companys quarterly report on
Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2002,
and is incorporated herein by reference.
3.1.2
Amendment to Restated Certificate of
Incorporation of the Company, effective March 20, 2002, was
filed as Exhibit 3.1.2 to the Companys quarterly
report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended
March 31, 2002, and is incorporated herein by reference.
3.2
Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company, as
amended on January 23, 2003.
4.1
Rights Agreement, dated as of March 21,
2002, between the Company and EquiServe Trust Company, N.A., was
filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Companys quarterly report
on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended March 31,
2002, and is incorporated herein by reference.
4.2
Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the
Company, Amendment to Restated Certificate of Incorporation of
the Company, and Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company
(filed herewith as Exhibits 3.1.1, 3.1.2 and 3.2,
respectively).
10.1
Intercompany Agreement, dated as of
March 26, 2002, by and among the Company, The Travelers
Insurance Company and Citigroup Inc., was filed as
Exhibit 10.1 to the Companys quarterly report on
Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2002,
and is incorporated herein by reference.
10.2
Amendment No. 1 to Intercompany Agreement,
dated as of August 19, 2002, amending that certain
Intercompany Agreement dated as of March 26, 2002, by and
among the Company, The Travelers Insurance Company and Citigroup
Inc., was filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Companys
quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended
September 30, 2002, and is incorporated herein by reference.
10.3
Amended and Restated Tax Allocation Agreement,
dated as of March 27, 2002, between the Company and
Citigroup Inc., was filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the
Companys quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal
quarter ended March 31, 2002, and is incorporated herein by
reference.
10.4
Trademark License Agreement dated as of
August 19, 2002, by and between the Company and The
Travelers Insurance Company, was filed as Exhibit 10.2 to
the Companys quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the
fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2002, and is
incorporated herein by reference.
10.5
Transition Services Agreement dated as of
August 19, 2002 by and between the Company and Citigroup
Inc., was filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Companys
quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended
September 30, 2002, and is incorporated herein by reference.
10.6
Investment Management and Administrative Services
Agreement dated as of August 6, 2002, by and between
Travelers Insurance Group Holdings, Inc. (TIGHI) and Citigroup
Alternative Investments LLC, was filed as Exhibit 10.4 to
the Companys quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the
fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2002, and is
incorporated herein by reference.
10.7
Promissory note dated February 7, 2002,
between the Company and Citicorp, was filed as
Exhibit 10.4.1 to the Companys Registration Statement
on Form S-1 (Amendment No. 2) dated March 5, 2002
(Registration No. 333-82388), and is incorporated herein by
reference.
10.8
Promissory note dated February 7, 2002,
between the Company and PFS Services, Inc., was filed as
Exhibit 10.4.2 to the Companys Registration Statement
on Form S-1 (Amendment No. 2) dated March 5, 2002
(Registration No. 333-82388), and is incorporated herein by
reference.
10.9
Promissory note dated February 7, 2002,
between the Company and PFS Services, Inc., was filed as
Exhibit 10.4.3 to the Companys Registration Statement
on Form S-1 (Amendment No. 2) dated March 5, 2002
(Registration No. 333-82388), and is incorporated herein by
reference.
Exhibit
Number
Description of Exhibit
10.10
Promissory note, dated as of April 13, 2001,
by and between Travelers Insurance Group Holdings Inc. (then
known as Travelers Property Casualty Corp.) and Citicorp Banking
Corporation was filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Companys
Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Amendment No. 4)
dated March 12, 2002 (Registration No. 333-82388), and
is incorporated herein by reference.
10.11
Line of credit agreement, dated December 19,
2001 between Travelers Insurance Group Holdings Inc. (then known
as Travelers Property Casualty Corp.) and Citigroup Inc. was
filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Companys Registration
Statement on Form S-1 (Amendment No. 4) dated
March 12, 2002 (Registration No. 333-82388), and is
incorporated herein by reference.
10.12
Indemnification Agreement dated as of
March 25, 2002, between the Company and Citigroup Inc., was
filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Companys quarterly
report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended
March 31, 2002, and is incorporated herein by reference.
10.13
First Supplemental Indenture dated May 10,
2002, by and among the Company, TIGHI and Bank One Trust
Company, N.A., as trustee, relating to $200,000,000 aggregate
principal amount of TIGHIs 7 3/4% Notes due 2026 and
$150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of TIGHIs
6 3/4% Notes due 2006, was filed as Exhibit 4.1 to
TIGHIs current report on Form 8-K dated May 14,
2002, and is incorporated herein by reference.
10.14
First Supplemental Indenture dated May 10,
2002, by and among the Company, TIGHI, and JPMorgan Chase Bank,
as trustee, relating to TIGHIs $800,000,000 aggregate
principal amount 8.08% Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest
Debentures due 2036, and $100,000,000 aggregate principal amount
8.0% Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures due
2036, was filed as Exhibit 4.2 to TIGHIs current
report on Form 8-K dated May 14, 2002, and is
incorporated herein by reference.
10.15
Amended and Restated Preferred Securities
Guarantee Agreement dated May 10, 2002, by and among the
Company, TIGHI and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as trustee, relating to
32,000,000 preferred securities, designated the 8.08% Trust
Preferred Securities, having an aggregate liquidation amount of
$800,000,000, issued by Travelers P & C
Capital I, was filed as Exhibit 4.3 to TIGHIs
current report on Form 8-K dated May 14, 2002, and is
incorporated herein by reference.
10.16
Amended and Restated Preferred Securities
Guarantee Agreement dated May 10, 2002, by and among the
Company, TIGHI, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as trustee, relating to
4,000,000 preferred securities, designated the 8.0% Trust
Preferred Securities, having an aggregate liquidation amount of
$100,000,000, issued by Travelers P & C
Capital II, was filed as Exhibit 4.4 to TIGHIs
current report on Form 8-K dated May 14, 2002, and is
incorporated herein by reference.
10.17
Lease for office space at CityPlace, Hartford,
Connecticut, dated March 28, 1996, by and between Aetna Life and
Casualty Company and The Travelers Indemnity Company, was filed
as Exhibit 10.10 to the registration statement on
Form S-1 of Travelers Insurance Group Holdings Inc. (then
known as Travelers/ Aetna Property Casualty Corp.) on
April 22, 1996 (File No. 333-2254), and is
incorporated herein by reference.
10.18
Lease for office space in Hartford, Connecticut,
dated as of April 2, 1996, by and between The Travelers
Insurance Company and The Travelers Indemnity Company, was filed
as Exhibit 10.14 to the annual report on Form 10-K of
Travelers Insurance Group Holdings Inc. (then known as
Travelers/ Aetna Property Casualty Corp.), and is incorporated
herein by reference.
10.19
Agreement between the Company and HPB Management
LLC dated as of January 1, 2002, and Termination Agreement
between the parties dated September 24, 2002, were filed as
Exhibit 10.5 to the Companys quarterly report on
Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended September 30,
2002, and are incorporated herein by reference.
10.20*
Travelers Property Casualty Corp. Compensation
Plan for Non-Employee Directors was filed as Exhibit 10.8
to the Companys quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the
fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2002, and is incorporated
herein by reference.
10.21*
Travelers Property Casualty Corp. Executive
Performance Compensation Plan was filed as Exhibit 10.9 to
the Companys quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the
fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2002, and is incorporated
herein by reference.
10.22*
Travelers Property Casualty Corp. 2002 Stock
Incentive Plan, as amended effective January 23, 2003.
Exhibit
Number
Description of Exhibit
10.23*
Travelers Deferred Compensation Plan.
10.24*
Travelers Benefit Equalization Plan.
10.25*
Employment Agreement between the Company and
Robert I. Lipp dated March 7, 2002 was filed as
Exhibit 10.11 to the Companys quarterly report on
Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2002,
and is incorporated herein by reference.
10.26*
Employment Letter Agreement dated May 22,
2002 between the Company and Maria Olivo, Executive Vice
President of the Company, was filed as Exhibit 10.12 to the
Companys quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal
quarter ended June 30, 2002, and is incorporated herein by
reference.
10.27*
Employment Letter Agreement dated
October 25, 2002 between the Company and Stewart R.
Morrison, Chief Investment Officer of the Company.
12.1
Statement of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
21.1
Subsidiaries of the Company.
23.1
Consent of KPMG LLP, Independent Certified Public
Accountants, with respect to the incorporation by reference of
KPMG LLPs audit report into Forms S-8 of the Company,
Registration Nos. 333-98365 and 333-84740.
99.1
Certification of Robert I. Lipp, Chief
Executive Officer of the Company, as required by
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
99.2
Certification of Jay S. Benet, Chief
Financial Officer of the Company, as required by
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
122
Exhibit 3.2
AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS
OF
TRAVELERS PROPERTY CASUALTY CORP.
(A CONNECTICUT CORPORATION)
EFFECTIVE JANUARY 23, 2003
AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS
OF
TRAVELERS PROPERTY CASUALTY CORP.
(HEREINAFTER CALLED THE "COMPANY")
ARTICLE I
LOCATION
SECTION 1. The location of the registered office of the Company in Connecticut shall be in the City of Hartford, County of Hartford, State of Connecticut.
SECTION 2. The Company shall, in addition to the registered office in the State of Connecticut, establish and maintain an office within or without the State of Connecticut or offices in such other places as the Board of Directors may from time to time find necessary or desirable.
ARTICLE II
CORPORATE SEAL
SECTION 1. The corporate seal of the Company shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Company and the year of its creation (1979) and the words "Corporate Seal, Connecticut."
ARTICLE III
MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS
SECTION 1. The annual meeting of the shareholders, or any special meeting thereof, shall be held at such place as may be designated by the Board of Directors, or by the officer or group of Directors calling any special meeting.
SECTION 2. Shareholders entitled to vote may vote at all meetings either in person or by proxy. All proxies shall be filed with the Secretary of the meeting before being voted upon.
SECTION 3. A majority of the votes entitled to be cast on a matter by the voting group constitutes a quorum of that voting group for action on that matter except as otherwise provided by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company. If at any annual or special meeting of the shareholders, a quorum shall fail to attend, the Chairman of the Board or other person acting as Chairman of the meeting may adjourn the meeting from time to time, not exceeding one hundred twenty (120) days in all, without notice other than by announcement at the meeting (except as otherwise provided herein) until a quorum
shall attend and thereupon any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting originally called had the same been held at the time so called. If the adjournment is for more than one hundred twenty (120) days, or if, after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.
SECTION 4. The annual meeting of the shareholders shall be held on such date and at such time as the Board of Directors may determine by resolution.
SECTION 5. The business to be transacted at the annual meeting shall include the election of Directors and any other matters within the power of the Company which may properly be brought before the meeting.
SECTION 6. Notice of the annual meeting shall be mailed by the Secretary to each shareholder entitled to vote, at such shareholder's last known post office address, at least ten (10) days but not more than sixty (60) days prior to the meeting.
SECTION 7. Except as otherwise required by law, special meetings of the shareholders may be called by the Chairman of the Board, any Vice Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer or the Secretary. A special meeting shall be called at the request, in writing, of a majority of the Board of Directors or by the vote of the Board of Directors. A special meeting shall be called at the request of the shareholders only to the extent required by the Connecticut Business Corporation Act (the "CBCA") and, if requested and so required, shall be called by the Chairman of the Board, any Vice Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer or the Secretary.
SECTION 8. Notice of each special meeting, indicating briefly the purpose or purposes thereof, shall be mailed by the Secretary to each shareholder entitled to vote, at such shareholder's last known post office address, at least ten (10) days but not more than sixty (60) days prior to the meeting.
SECTION 9. If the entire Board of Directors becomes vacant, any shareholder may call a special meeting in the same manner that the Chairman of the Board may call such meeting, and Directors for the unexpired terms may be elected at said special meeting in the manner provided for their election at annual meetings.
SECTION 10. Unless the CBCA or the Certificate of Incorporation requires a greater number of affirmative votes, actions to be voted upon by the shareholders (other than the election of Directors) at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be approved if the votes cast in favor of such action by shares entitled to vote on such action exceed the votes cast in opposition to such action. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of
Incorporation, Directors shall be elected by a plurality of votes cast by shares entitled to vote for Directors at a meeting at which a quorum is present.
SECTION 11. A. No business may be transacted at a meeting of shareholders, other than business that is either (i) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given in accordance with these Bylaws, (ii) otherwise properly brought before the meeting in accordance with these Bylaws, or (iii) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by any shareholder of the Company (x) who is a shareholder of record on the date of the giving of the notice provided for in this Bylaw and on the record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to vote at such meeting and (y) who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Bylaw.
B. In addition to any other applicable requirements for business to be properly brought before a meeting by a shareholder, such shareholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the Secretary of the Company.
C. To be timely for an annual meeting of shareholders, a
shareholder's notice to the Secretary must be delivered to or mailed and
received at the principal executive offices of the Company not less than ninety
(90) days nor more than one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the anniversary
date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of shareholders; provided,
however, that, in the event that the annual meeting is called for a date that is
not within twenty-five (25) days before or after such anniversary date, notice
by the shareholder in order to be timely must be so received not later than the
close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which notice of
the date of the annual meeting was mailed or public disclosure of the date of
the annual meeting was made, whichever first occurs.
D. To be timely, a demand for a special meeting of shareholders,
that meets the requirements of Section 33-696 of the CBCA, must be delivered by
one or more shareholders to the Secretary of the Company no later than ninety
(90) days prior to the date such meeting is proposed to be held.
E. To be in proper written form, a shareholder's notice to the
Secretary must set forth as to each matter such shareholder proposes to bring
before the meeting (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought
before the meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting,
(ii) the name and record address of such shareholder, (iii) the class and series
and number of shares of each class and series of capital stock of the Company
which are owned beneficially or of record by such shareholder, (iv) a
description of all arrangements or understandings between such shareholder and
any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the
proposal of such business by such shareholder and any material interest of such
shareholder in such business and (v) a representation that such shareholder is a
holder of record of
stock of the Company entitled to vote at such meeting and that such shareholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to bring such business before the meeting.
F. In addition, notwithstanding anything in this Bylaw to the contrary, a shareholder intending to nominate one or more persons for election as a director at an annual or special meeting of shareholders must comply with Article IV, Section 3 of these Bylaws for such nominations to be properly brought before such meeting.
G. The Chairman of the Board or other person acting as Chairman of the meeting shall determine the order of business and shall have the authority to establish rules for the conduct of the meeting.
H. No business shall be conducted at an annual meeting of shareholders except business brought before such annual meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Bylaw; provided, however, that, once business has been properly brought before an annual meeting in accordance with such procedures, nothing in this Bylaw shall be deemed to preclude discussion by any shareholder of any such business. If the Chairman of an annual meeting determines that business was not properly brought before an annual meeting in accordance with the foregoing procedures, the Chairman shall declare to the meeting that the business was not properly brought before the meeting and such business shall not be transacted.
I. No business shall be conducted at a special meeting of shareholders except for such business as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the notice of meeting.
ARTICLE IV
DIRECTORS
SECTION 1. The affairs, property and business of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board of Directors, with the exact number of Directors to be determined from time to time solely by resolution adopted by affirmative vote of a majority of the entire Board of Directors. The election and term of Directors shall be as provided in the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company.
SECTION 2. Vacancies in the Board of Directors shall be filled as provided in the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company.
SECTION 3. A. Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the following procedures shall be eligible for election as Directors of the Company, subject to the rights of holders of any class or series of stock having a preference over the Common Stock to elect Directors under specified circumstances. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at any annual meeting of shareholders, or at
any special meeting of shareholders called for the purpose of electing Directors, (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors (or any duly authorized committee thereof) or (ii) by any shareholder of the Company (x) who is a shareholder of record on the date of the giving of the notice provided for in this Bylaw and on the record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to vote at such meeting and (y) who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Bylaw.
B. In addition to any other applicable requirements, for a nomination to be made by a shareholder, such shareholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the Secretary of the Company.
C. To be timely, a shareholder's notice to the Secretary must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Company (a) in the case of an annual meeting, not less than ninety (90) days nor more than one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of shareholders; provided, however, that in the event that the annual meeting is called for a date that is not within twenty-five (25) days before or after such anniversary date, notice by the shareholder in order to be timely must be so received not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which notice of the date of the annual meeting was mailed or public disclosure of the date of the annual meeting was made, whichever first occurs; and (b) in the case of a special meeting of shareholders called for the purpose of electing Directors, not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which notice of the date of the special meeting was mailed or public disclosure of the date of the special meeting was made, whichever first occurs.
D. To be in proper written form, a shareholder's notice to the Secretary must set forth (a) as to each person whom the shareholder proposes to nominate for election as a Director (i) the name, age, business address and residence address of the person, (ii) the principal occupation and employment of the person, (iii) the class and series and number of shares of each class and series of capital stock of the Company which are owned beneficially or of record by the person and (iv) any other information relating to the person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filing required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for the election of Directors pursuant to Section 14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act") (or in any law or statute replacing such section), and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; and (b) as to the shareholder giving the notice (i) the name and record address of such shareholder, (ii) the class and series and number of shares of each class and series of capital stock of the Company which are owned beneficially or of record by such shareholder, (iii) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such shareholder and each proposed nominee and any other person or persons (including their names) pursuant to which the nomination(s) are to be made by such shareholder, (iv) a representation that such shareholder is a holder of record of stock of the Company entitled to vote at such meeting and that such shareholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at
the meeting to nominate the person or persons named in its notice and (v) any other information relating to such shareholder that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filing required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for the election of Directors pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act (or in any law or statute replacing such section) and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. Such notice must be accompanied by a written consent of each proposed nominee to being named as a nominee and to serve as a Director if elected.
E. No person shall be eligible for election as a Director of the Company unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Bylaw. If the Chairman of the meeting determines that a nomination was not made in accordance with the foregoing procedures, the Chairman shall declare to the meeting that the nomination was defective and such defective nomination shall be disregarded.
ARTICLE V
POWERS OF THE DIRECTORS
SECTION 1. All corporate powers shall be exercised by or under the authority of, and the business and affairs of the Company managed by or under the direction of, the Board of Directors, subject, nevertheless, to the provisions of the laws of the State of Connecticut, of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company and of these Bylaws.
SECTION 2. The Directors and members of committees appointed by the Board of Directors may receive such compensation and other remuneration as may, from time to time, be authorized by the Board of Directors.
SECTION 3. The indemnification of, and advance of expenses to directors, officers, employees and agents of the Company shall be in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the treatment of indemnification and advancement of expenses in the Certificate of Incorporation shall in no way be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which any such person may be entitled, under any Bylaw, agreement, vote of shareholders or disinterested Directors or otherwise, and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs and personal representatives of such person.
SECTION 4. In discharging his or her duties, a Director is entitled to rely on information, opinions, reports or statements, including financial statements and other financial data, if prepared or presented by: (1) one or more officers or employees of the Company whom the Director reasonably believes to be reliable and competent in the matters presented; (2) legal counsel, public accountants or other persons as to matters the Director reasonably believes are within the person's professional or expert competence; or
(3) a committee of the Board of Directors of which he or she is not a member if the Director reasonably believes the committee merits confidence.
ARTICLE VI
MEETINGS OF THE DIRECTORS
SECTION 1. The Board of Directors shall meet as soon as convenient after the annual meeting of shareholders at such place as may be designated by the Board of Directors, for the purpose of organization and the transaction of any other business which may properly come before the meeting.
SECTION 2. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and place as may be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors.
SECTION 3. A majority of the number of Directors prescribed or, if no number is prescribed, the number of Directors in office immediately before the meeting begins shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of the Board of Directors, but the Directors present, though fewer than a quorum, may adjourn the meeting to another day. The vote of the majority of the Directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors.
SECTION 4. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, or at the request in writing of three Directors, on one day's notice, [or other reasonable notice,] to each Director by mail, or other method of delivery, or by telephone, voice mail or other electronic means and by such other methods as are permitted by the CBCA, and may be held at such time as the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board may determine. If the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board so determines, such special meetings may be held at some place other than at the office of the Company in the City of Hartford.
SECTION 5. In the absence of both the Secretary and any Assistant Secretary, the Board of Directors shall appoint a secretary to record all votes and the minutes of its proceedings.
SECTION 6. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if a written consent or consents to such action are signed by all of the members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, and such written consent or consents are filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board of Directors or such committee.
SECTION 7. Unless otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company or these Bylaws, members of the Board of Directors, or any committee
designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board
of Directors or such committee by means of a conference telephone or similar
communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the
meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this
Section 7 shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.
ARTICLE VII
COMMITTEES
SECTION 1. The Board of Directors may designate from their number standing and other committees and may invest them with all their own powers and authority, except as otherwise provided in the CBCA, subject to such conditions as they may prescribe, and all committees so appointed shall keep regular minutes of their transactions and shall cause such minutes to be recorded in books kept for that purpose in the office of the Company and, in the case of committees, shall report the same to the Board of Directors.
SECTION 2. One-third of the total number of Directors on a committee of the Board of Directors shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of the committee except when the committee consists of two Directors, in which case one Director shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, but the Directors present, though fewer than a quorum, may adjourn the meeting to another day. The vote of the majority of the Directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the committee thereof.
ARTICLE VIII
OFFICERS OF THE COMPANY
SECTION 1. The officers of the Company may consist of a Chairman of the Board of Directors, a Chief Executive Officer, a President, a Chief Operating Officer, one or more Vice Chairmen, a Chief Financial Officer, one or more Vice Presidents, a Controller, a Secretary and a Treasurer. There also may be such other officers and assistant officers as, from time to time, may be elected or appointed by the Board of Directors or by such officers as may be authorized by a resolution of the Board of Directors.
ARTICLE IX
CHAIRMAN AND OFFICERS - HOW CHOSEN
SECTION 1. At the first meeting after an annual meeting of shareholders, the Directors shall elect from among their own number a Chairman of the Board. They may also elect a Chief Executive Officer, a President, a Chief Operating Officer, one or more Vice Chairmen, a Chief Financial Officer, one or more Vice Presidents, a Controller, a
Secretary and a Treasurer, each of whom shall hold office during the pleasure of the Board of Directors.
SECTION 2. The Directors shall also elect or appoint such other officers and assistant officers as from time to time they may determine, who shall hold office during the pleasure of the Board of Directors.
ARTICLE X
CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD AND VICE CHAIRMAN
SECTION 1. The Chairman of the Board shall have the general powers and duties usually vested in the Chairman of the Board of a corporation and shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and shareholders.
SECTION 2. A Vice Chairman, if any, shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and shareholders in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, unless the Board of Directors appoints another Director or officer of the Company to so preside. If there is more than one Vice Chairman at the time of such meeting, the Vice Chairman with the longest tenure shall preside.
ARTICLE XI
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
SECTION 1. The Chief Executive Officer shall have general supervision and direction over the business and policies of the Company and over all the other officers (other than the Chairman of the Board, whether or not designated as an officer) of the Company. The Chief Executive Officer shall have primary responsibility for the general management of the Company, subject to the direction of the Board of Directors. The Chief Executive Officer shall have the authority to remove any officer (other than the Chairman of the Board if designated as an officer) with or without cause.
SECTION 2. The Chief Executive Officer shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors in the absence of the Chairman of the Board and all Vice Chairmen, if any, unless the Board of Directors appoints another Director or officer of the Company to so preside.
ARTICLE XII
PRESIDENT
SECTION 1. The President shall be responsible for the day-to-day active management of the business of the Company under the general supervision of the Chief Executive Officer. In the absence of the Chief Executive Officer, the President shall
perform the duties of the Chief Executive Officer and, when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Chief Executive Officer.
ARTICLE XIII
CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER
SECTION 1. The Chief Operating Officer shall perform such duties and exercise such powers on behalf of the Company as may be assigned to the Chief Operating Officer by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President. In the absence of the President, the Chief Operating Officer shall perform the duties of the President and, when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President.
ARTICLE XIV
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
SECTION 1. The Chief Financial Officer shall have charge of and supervise all financial matters of the Company. The Chief Financial Officer shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be assigned to the Chief Financial Officer by the Board of Directors or his or her superior officers.
ARTICLE XV
VICE PRESIDENTS
SECTION 1. Each Vice President shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors or his or her superior officers. The Board of Directors may add to the title of any Vice President such distinguishing designation as may be deemed desirable, which designation may reflect seniority, duties or responsibilities of such Vice President. In the absence of the President, any Vice President designated by the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer may perform the duties and exercise the powers of the President.
ARTICLE XVI
CONTROLLER
SECTION 1. The Controller shall have charge of and supervise all accounting matters, the preparation of all accounting reports and statistics of the Company. The Controller shall submit such reports and records to the Board of Directors as may be requested by it, by the Chairman of the Board, by any Vice Chairman, by the President, or by the Controller's superior officers.
ARTICLE XVII
SECRETARY
SECTION 1. The Secretary shall attend all sessions of the Board of Directors and of the Executive Committee, shall act as clerk thereof and record all votes and the minutes of all proceedings in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees of the Board of Directors when requested.
SECTION 2. The Secretary shall see that proper notice is given of all meetings of the shareholders of the Company, of the Board of Directors and of committees thereof.
SECTION 3. The Secretary shall keep account of certificates of stock or other receipts and securities representing an interest in or to the capital of the Company, transferred and registered in such form and manner and under such regulations as the Board of Directors, or the Secretary's superior officers may from time to time prescribe or require.
SECTION 4. The Secretary shall keep in safe custody the contracts, books and such corporate records as are not otherwise provided for and the seal of the Company.
SECTION 5. In the Secretary's absence, or in case of the Secretary's failure or inability to act, an Assistant Secretary or a secretary pro-tempore shall perform the Secretary's and Assistant Secretary's duties and such other duties as the Board of Directors, or such Assistant Secretary's superior officers may from time to time prescribe or require.
ARTICLE XVIII
TREASURER
SECTION 1. The Treasurer shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Company and shall deposit all money in the name of, for the account of or to the credit of the Company.
SECTION 2. The Treasurer shall perform such other duties as the Board of Directors or the Treasurer's superior officers may from time to time prescribe or require.
ARTICLE XIX
DUTIES OF OFFICERS
SECTION 1. In addition to the duties specifically enumerated in these Bylaws, all officers and assistant officers of the Company shall perform such other duties
as may be assigned to them from time to time by the Board of Directors or by their superior officers.
SECTION 2. The Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may change the powers or duties of any officer or assistant officer or delegate the same to any other officer, assistant officer or person.
ARTICLE XX
CERTIFICATES OF STOCK, SECURITIES, NOTES, RECORD DATE, ETC.
SECTION 1. Shares may, but need not, be represented by certificates. The Board of Directors may authorize the issue of some or all of the shares of any or all of the Company's classes or series of capital stock without certificates.
SECTION 2. Certificates of stock, or other receipts and securities representing an interest in or to the capital of the Company shall bear the signature of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, any Vice Chairman, the President, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, or any Vice President or any other officer designated by the Board of Directors and bear the countersignature of the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary or the Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer.
SECTION 3. Nothing in this Article XX shall be construed to limit the right of the Company, by resolution of its Board of Directors, to authorize, under such conditions as the Board may determine, the facsimile signature by any properly authorized officer of any instrument or document that the Board of Directors may determine.
SECTION 4. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who shall have signed or whose facsimile signature shall have been used on any certificates of stock, notes or securities shall cease to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar of the Company, whether because of death, resignation or otherwise, before the same shall have been issued by the Company, such certificates of stock, notes and securities may nevertheless be adopted by the Company and be issued and delivered as though the person or persons who signed the same or whose facsimile signature or signatures shall have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar of the Company.
SECTION 5. All transfers of the stock of the Company shall be made upon the books of the Company at the direction of the owners of the shares in person or by their legal representatives.
SECTION 6. Certificates of stock, if any, shall be surrendered and canceled at the time of transfer.
SECTION 7. The Company shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any share or shares of stock as the holder in fact thereof and accordingly shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as expressly provided by the laws of the State of Connecticut.
SECTION 8. In the case of a loss or the destruction of a certificate of stock, another may be issued in its place upon satisfactory proof of such loss or destruction and the giving of a bond of indemnity, approved by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, any Vice Chairman, the President, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, any Vice President or the Secretary or by any other officer designated by the Board of Directors, unless waived by any such officer.
SECTION 9. In order that the Company may determine the shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than seventy (70) days before the date of such meeting, nor more than seventy (70) days prior to any other action. A determination of shareholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting unless the Board of Directors fixes a new record date for the adjourned meeting, which it must do if the meeting is adjourned to a date more than one hundred twenty (120) days after the date fixed for the original meeting.
ARTICLE XXI
CHECKS, LOANS, COMMERCIAL PAPER, CONTRACTS, ETC.
SECTION 1. Any officer authorized by the Board of Directors shall have the authority to sign and execute on behalf of the Company as maker, drawer, acceptor, guarantor, endorser, assignor or otherwise, all notes, collateral trust notes, debentures, drafts, bills of exchange, acceptances, securities and commercial paper of all kinds.
SECTION 2. Any officer authorized by the Board of Directors shall have authority, on behalf of and for the account of the Company, (a) to borrow money against duly executed obligations of the Company; (b) to sell, discount or otherwise dispose of notes, collateral trust notes, debentures, drafts, bills of exchange, acceptances, securities, obligations of the Company and commercial paper of all kinds; (c) to sign orders for the transfer of money to affiliated or subsidiary companies; and (d) to execute contracts.
ARTICLE XXII
FISCAL YEAR
SECTION 1. The fiscal year of the Company shall begin the first day of January and terminate on the thirty-first day of December in each year.
ARTICLE XXIII
NOTICE
SECTION 1. Whenever under the provisions of the laws of the State of Connecticut or these Bylaws notice is required to be given to any Director, member of the Executive Committee, officer or shareholder, it shall not be construed to mean personal notice, but such notice may be given as permitted by the Connecticut Business Corporation Act and these Bylaws.
ARTICLE XXIV
WAIVER OF NOTICE
SECTION 1. Any shareholder, Director or member of the Executive Committee may waive in writing any notice required to be given under these Bylaws either before or after the date and time stated in the notice.
ARTICLE XXV
AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS
SECTION 1. Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, the Board of Directors, at any meeting, may alter or amend these Bylaws, and any alteration or amendment so made may be repealed by the Board of Directors or, as provided below, by the shareholders at any meeting duly called. The shareholders shall have the power to make, amend and repeal these Bylaws, provided, however, that these Bylaws shall not be amended or repealed, nor shall any Bylaw provision be adopted, other than in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company.
EXHIBIT 10.22
TRAVELERS PROPERTY CASUALTY CORP.
2002 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
(AS AMENDED JANUARY 23, 2003)
1. PURPOSE
The purposes of the Travelers Property Casualty 2002 Stock Incentive Plan (the "Plan") are to (i) attract and retain employees by providing compensation opportunities that are competitive with other companies; (ii) provide incentives to those employees who contribute significantly to the long-term performance and growth of the Company and its Subsidiaries; and (iii) align employees' long-term financial interests with those of the Company's stockholders.
2. EFFECTIVE DATE
The original Effective Date of the Plan is March 17, 2002, and is amended effective January 23, 2003.
3. DEFINITIONS
"AWARD" shall mean an Option, SAR or other form of Stock Award granted under the Plan.
"AWARD AGREEMENT" shall mean the document evidencing an Award granted under the Plan.
"BOARD" shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.
"CHANGE OF CONTROL" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.
"COMMON STOCK" shall mean Class A common stock of the Company, par value $.01 per share.
"COVERED EMPLOYEE" shall mean "covered employee" as such term is defined in Section 162(m) of the Code.
"CODE" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, including any rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
"COMPANY" shall mean Travelers Property Casualty Corp., a Connecticut corporation.
"COMMITTEE" shall mean the Compensation and Governance Committee of the Board, or such other committee or subcommittee duly established by the Board, the members of which shall satisfy the requirements of Rule 16b-3 under the 1934 Act and who also qualify, and shall remain qualified as "outside directors" as defined in Section 162(m) of the Code; provided however, that prior to the initial public offering of the Company's Class A Shares, as contemplated by the Company's registration statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, the term "Committee" shall mean the Personnel, Compensation and Directors Committee of the Board of Directors of Citigroup Inc.
"DEFERRED STOCK" shall mean an Award payable in shares of Common Stock at the end of a specified deferral period that is subject to the terms, conditions and limitations described or referred to in Section 7(c)(iv).
"EMPLOYEE" shall have the meaning set forth in General Instruction A to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any successor form or statute, as determined by the Committee.
"FAIR MARKET VALUE" shall mean the fair market value of the Common Stock, as determined by the Committee.
"ISO" shall mean an incentive stock option as defined in Section 422 of the Code.
"OPTION" shall mean the right to purchase a specified number of shares of Common Stock at a stated exercise price for a specified period of time. The term "Option" as used in this Plan, shall include the terms "Reload Option" and "ISO".
"PARTICIPANT" shall mean an Employee who has been granted an Award under the Plan.
"RELOAD OPTION" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7(a)(ii).
"RESTRICTED STOCK" shall mean an Award of Common Stock that is subject to the terms, conditions, restrictions and limitations described or referred to in Section 7(c)(iii).
"SAR" shall mean a stock appreciation right that is subject to the terms,
conditions, restrictions and limitations described or referred to in
Section 7(b).
"SECTION 16(A) OFFICER" shall mean an Employee who is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 16(a) of the 1934 Act.
"STOCK AWARD" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7(c)(i).
"STOCK UNIT" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7(c)(v).
"SUBSIDIARY" shall mean any entity that is directly or indirectly controlled by the Company or any entity, including an acquired entity, in which the Company has a significant equity interest, as determined by the Committee, in its discretion.
"1934 ACT" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, including the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder and any successor thereto.
4. THE COMMITTEE
(a) COMMITTEE AUTHORITY. The Committee shall have full and exclusive power to administer and interpret the Plan, to grant Awards and to adopt such administrative rules, regulations, procedures and guidelines governing the Plan and the Awards as it may deem necessary in its discretion, from time to time. The Committee's authority shall include, but not be limited to, the authority to: (i) determine the type of Awards to be granted under the Plan; (ii) select Award recipients and determine the extent of their participation; (iii) determine the method or formula for establishing the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock for various purposes under the Plan; (iv) determine whether and under what circumstances such Fair Market Value may be discounted; and (v) establish all other terms, conditions, restrictions and limitations applicable to Awards and the shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to Awards, including, but not limited to those relating to a Participant's retirement, death, disability, leave of absence or termination of employment. The Committee may accelerate or defer the vesting or payment of Awards, cancel or modify outstanding Awards, waive any conditions or restrictions imposed with respect to Awards or the Common Stock issued pursuant to Awards and make any and all other interpretations and determinations which it deems necessary with respect to the administration of the Plan, subject to the limitations contained in Section 4(d) with respect to all Participants and subject to the provisions of Section 162(m) of the Code with respect to Covered Employees. The Committee's right to make any decision, interpretation or determination under the Plan shall be in its sole and absolute discretion.
(b) ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN. The administration of the Plan shall be managed by the Committee. The Committee shall have the power to prescribe and modify, as necessary, the form of Award Agreement, to correct any defect, supply any omission or clarify any inconsistency in the Plan and/or in any Award Agreement and to take such actions and make such administrative determinations that the Committee deems appropriate in its discretion. Any decision of the Committee in the administration of the Plan, as described herein, shall be final, binding and conclusive on all parties concerned, including the Company, its stockholders and Subsidiaries and all Participants.
(c) DELEGATION OF AUTHORITY. The Committee may at any time delegate to one
or more officers or directors of the Company some or all of its authority over
the administration of the Plan, with respect to persons who are not Section
16(a) Officers or Covered Employees.
(d) PROHIBITION AGAINST REPRICING. In no event shall the Committee have the right to amend an outstanding Award, or cancel an outstanding Award and issue a new Award, for the sole purpose of reducing the exercise price thereunder.
(e) INDEMNIFICATION. No member of the Committee shall be personally liable for any action or determination made with respect to the Plan, except for his or her own willful misconduct or as expressly provided by statute. The members of the Committee shall be entitled to indemnification and reimbursement. In the performance of its functions under the Plan, the Committee shall be entitled to rely upon information and advice furnished by the Company's officers, accountants, counsel and any other party the Committee deems necessary, and no member of the Committee shall be liable for any action taken or not taken in reliance upon any such advice.
5. PARTICIPATION
(a) ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEES. The Committee shall determine which Employees shall be eligible to receive Awards under the Plan.
(b) PARTICIPATION BY SUBSIDIARIES. Employees of Subsidiaries may participate in the Plan upon approval of the Awards by the Committee. A Subsidiary's participation in the Plan may be terminated at any time by the Committee. If a Subsidiary's participation in the Plan shall terminate, such termination shall not relieve it of any obligations theretofore incurred by it under the Plan, except with the approval of the Committee.
(c) PARTICIPATION OUTSIDE OF THE UNITED STATES. The Committee or its designee shall have the authority to amend the Plan and/or the terms and conditions relating to an Award to the extent necessary to permit participation in the Plan by Employees who are located outside of the United States on terms and conditions comparable to those afforded to Employees located within the United States, provided that any such action taken with respect to a Covered Employee shall be taken in compliance with Section 162(m) of the Code.
(d) CANCELLATION AND MODIFICATION OF AWARDS. In the event of a change in a Participant's duties and responsibilities, or a transfer of the Participant to a different position, the Committee may cancel or modify any Award granted to such Participant or adjust the number of shares of Common Stock subject thereto commensurate with the transfer or change in responsibility, as determined by the Committee, in its discretion, provided that no such action shall violate the provisions of Section 4(d), and further provided that any such action taken with respect to a Covered Employee shall be taken in compliance with Section 162(m) of the Code.
6. AVAILABLE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK
(a) SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN. Shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to Awards granted under the Plan will be shares that have been authorized but unissued, which would include shares that have been previously issued and reacquired by the Company. Reacquired shares may consist of shares purchased in open market transactions. Subject to the following provisions of this Section 6, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued to Participants pursuant to Awards granted under the Plan shall not exceed One Hundred
Twenty Million (120,000,000) shares of Common Stock, which amount includes Stock Options, Deferred Stock and Restricted Stock issued to Employees in substitution of stock options and restricted stock held by such Employees with respect to shares of common stock of Citigroup Inc.
(b) FORFEITED AWARDS. Awards or portions of Awards made under the Plan which are forfeited, expire or are canceled, or are settled without issuance of shares of Common Stock, shall not count towards the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued under the Plan as set forth in Section 6(a), and shall not count towards the limitation set forth in Section 6(e)(iii).
(c) SHARES USED TO PAY EXERCISE PRICE AND TAXES. If a Participant pays the exercise price of an Option by surrendering previously owned shares of Common Stock, as may be permitted by the Committee and/or arranges to have the appropriate number of shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon exercise withheld to cover the withholding tax liability associated with the Option exercise, the surrendered shares of Common Stock and shares of Common Stock used to pay taxes shall not count towards the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued under the Plan as set forth in Section 6(a). If a Participant, as permitted by the Committee, arranges to have an appropriate number of shares of a Stock Award withheld by the Company to cover the withholding tax associated with such Stock Award, the shares of Common Stock used to pay taxes shall not count towards the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued under the Plan as set forth in Section 6(a), and shall not count towards the limitation set forth in Section 6(e)(iii).
(d) OTHER ITEMS NOT INCLUDED IN ALLOCATION. The maximum number of shares
of Common Stock that may be issued under the Plan as set forth in Section 6(a),
or pursuant to the limitation set forth in Section 6(e)(iii), shall not be
affected by (i) the payment in cash of dividends or dividend equivalents in
connection with outstanding Awards; (ii) the granting or payment of
stock-denominated Awards which by their terms may be settled only in cash; or
(iii) Awards that are granted through the assumption of, or in substitution for,
outstanding awards previously granted to individuals who have become Employees
as a result of a merger, consolidation, or acquisition or other corporate
transaction involving the Company or a Subsidiary.
(e) OTHER LIMITATIONS ON SHARES WHICH MAY BE GRANTED UNDER THE PLAN.
(i) The aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be granted to any single individual during the term of the Plan in the form of Options (including Reload Options and ISOs) and/or SARs shall not exceed twenty million ( 20,000,000).
(ii) The aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be granted in the form of ISOs shall not exceed fifty million (50,000,000).
(iii) The aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be
granted in the form of a Stock Award shall not exceed fifteen percent (15%) of
the maximum number of shares that may be issued under the Plan as set forth in
Section 6(a).
(f) ADJUSTMENTS. In the event of any stock dividend, stock split,
combination or exchange of equity securities, merger, consolidation,
recapitalization, reorganization, divestiture or other distribution (other than
ordinary cash dividends) of assets to stockholders, or any other similar event
affecting the Common Stock, the Committee may make such adjustments as it may
deem appropriate, in its discretion, to: (i) the maximum number of shares of
Common Stock that may be issued under the Plan as set forth in Section 6(a);
(ii) to the extent permitted under Section 162(m) of the Code, the maximum
number of shares of Common Stock that may be granted pursuant to Section
6(e)(i); (iii) to the extent permitted under Section 422 of the Code, the
maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be granted pursuant to Section
6(e)(ii); (iv) the number or kind of shares subject to an Award; (v) subject to
the limitation contained in Section 4(d), the Exercise Price applicable to an
Award; (vi) any measure of performance that relates to an Award in order to
reflect such change in the Common Stock; (vii) the maximum number of shares of
Common Stock that may be granted pursuant to the limitation set forth in Section
6(e)(iii); and/or (viii) any other affected terms of any Award.
7. AWARDS UNDER THE PLAN
Awards under the Plan may be granted as Options, SARs or Stock Awards, as described below. Awards may be granted singly, in combination or in tandem as determined by the Committee, in its discretion.
(a) OPTIONS. Options granted under the Plan may be non-qualified stock options, ISOs or any other type of stock option permitted under the Code, as evidenced by the related Award Agreements.
(i) ISOs. The terms and conditions of any ISOs granted hereunder
shall be subject to the provisions of Section 422 of the Code and the terms,
conditions, limitations and administrative procedures established by the
Committee, from time to time. At the discretion of the Committee, ISOs may be
granted to any Employee of the Company and its subsidiaries, as such term is
defined in Section 424(f) of the Code. No ISO may be granted to any Participant
who, at the time of such grant, owns more than ten percent of the total combined
voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or of any Subsidiary, unless
(i) the Option Price for such ISO is at least 110% of the Fair Market Value of a
share of Common Stock on the date the ISO is granted and (ii) the date on which
such ISO terminates is a date not later than the day preceding the fifth
anniversary of the date on which the ISO is granted. Any Participant who
disposes of shares acquired upon the exercise of an ISO either (i) within two
years after the date of grant of such ISO or (ii) within one year after the
transfer of such shares to the Participant, shall notify the Company of such
disposition and of the amount realized upon such disposition. All Options
granted under the Plan are intended to be nonqualified stock options, unless the
applicable Award Agreement expressly states that the Option is intended to be an
ISO. If an Option is intended to be an ISO, and if for any reason such Option
(or portion thereof) shall not qualify as
an ISO, then, to the extent of such nonqualification, such Option (or portion thereof) shall be regarded as a nonqualified stock option granted under the Plan; provided that such Option (or portion thereof) otherwise complies with the Plan's requirements relating to nonqualified stock options.
(ii) RELOAD OPTIONS. If a Participant tenders shares of Common Stock to pay the exercise price of an Option, and/or arranges to have a portion of the shares otherwise issuable upon exercise withheld or sold to pay the applicable withholding taxes, the Participant may receive, at the discretion of the Committee, a new "Reload Option" equal to the sum of the number of shares tendered to pay the exercise price and the number of shares used to pay the withholding taxes. Reload Options may be any type of option permitted under the Code and will be granted subject to such terms, conditions, restrictions and limitations as may be determined by the Committee, from time to time. Reload Options may also be granted in connection with the exercise of options granted under any other plan of the Company which may be designated by the Committee, from time to time.
(iii) EXERCISE PRICE. The Committee shall determine the exercise price per share for each Option, which shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value at the time of grant; provided however, such limitation shall not apply to Options that are issued to Employees in conjunction with the distribution of shares of Common Stock to stockholders of Citigroup and in substitution of stock options held by such Employees with respect to shares of common stock of Citigroup, Inc.
(iv) EXERCISE OF OPTIONS. Upon satisfaction of the applicable conditions relating to vesting and exercisability, as determined by the Committee, and upon payment in full of the Exercise Price and applicable taxes due, the Participant shall be entitled to exercise the Option and receive the number of shares of Common Stock issuable in connection with the Option exercise. The shares issued in connection with the Option exercise may be subject to such conditions and restrictions as the Committee may determine, from time to time. The exercise price of an Option and applicable withholding taxes relating to an Option exercise may be paid by methods permitted by the Committee from time to time including: (1) a cash payment in US dollars; (2) tendering (either actually or by attestation) shares of Common Stock owned by the Participant for at least six (6) months (or such other period as established from time to time by the Committee), valued at the Fair Market Value at the time of exercise; (3) arranging to have the appropriate number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of an Option withheld or sold; or (4) any combination of the above.
(v) OPTION TERM. The term of an Option granted under the Plan shall not exceed ten (10) years.
(b) STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS. A stock appreciation right ("SAR") represents the right to receive a payment in cash, whole shares of Common Stock, or a combination thereof, in an amount equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of a specified number of shares of Common Stock at the time the SAR is exercised over an amount which shall be no less than the Fair Market Value of the same number of shares at the time the SAR was granted, except that if a SAR is granted retroactively in substitution for an Option, the Fair Market Value established by the Committee may be the Fair Market Value at the time such Option was granted. Any such substitution of a SAR for an Option granted to a Covered Employee may only be made in compliance with the provisions of Section 162(m) of the Code. The term of a SAR shall not exceed ten (10) years.
(c) STOCK AWARDS.
(i) FORM OF AWARDS. The Committee may grant Awards ("Stock Awards") which are payable in shares of Common Stock or denominated in units equivalent in value to shares of Common Stock or are otherwise based on or related to shares of Common Stock, including, but not limited to Awards of Restricted Stock, Deferred Stock and Stock Units, subject to such terms, conditions, restrictions and limitations as the Committee may determine to be applicable to such Awards, in its discretion, from time to time. In order to reflect the impact of the conditions, restrictions or limitations applicable to a Stock Award, as well as the possibility of forfeiture or cancellation, the Fair Market Value may be discounted at a rate determined by the Committee, from time to time, for purposes of determining the number of shares of Common Stock allocable to a Stock Award.
(ii) STOCK PAYMENT. Shares of Common Stock may be used as payment for compensation which otherwise would have been delivered in cash (including, without limitation, any compensation that is intended to qualify as performance-based compensation for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code), and unless otherwise determined by the Committee, no minimum vesting period will apply to such shares. Any shares of Common Stock used for such payment will be valued at the Fair Market Value of such shares at the time of payment and shall be subject to such terms, conditions, restrictions and limitations as shall be determined by the Committee at the time of payment.
(iii) RESTRICTED STOCK. Awards of Restricted Stock shall be subject
to the conditions, limitations, restrictions, vesting and forfeiture provisions
determined by the Committee, in its discretion, from time to time. The number of
shares of Restricted Stock allocable to an Award under the Plan shall be
determined by the Committee, pursuant to a formula approved by the Committee
from time to time. In order to reflect the impact of the restrictions on the
value of the Restricted Stock, as well as the possibility of forfeiture of the
Restricted Stock, the Fair Market Value may be discounted at a rate to be
determined by the Committee, for purposes of determining the number of shares
allocable to an Award of Restricted Stock. Unless the Committee determines
otherwise, Awards of Restricted Stock will carry a minimum vesting period of one
(1) year.
(iv) DEFERRED STOCK. Awards of Deferred Stock shall be subject to the conditions, limitations, and cancellation provisions determined by the Committee, in its discretion, from time to time. A Participant who receives an Award of Deferred Stock shall be entitled to receive the number of shares of Common Stock allocable to his or her Award, as determined by the Committee, pursuant to a formula approved by the Committee from time to time, at the end of a specified deferral period determined by the Committee. In order to reflect the impact of the deferral conditions on the value of an Award of Deferred Stock, as well as the possibility of cancellation of the Deferred Stock Award, the Fair Market Value may be discounted at a rate to be determined by the Committee, for purposes of determining the number of shares allocable to an Award of Deferred Stock. Awards of Deferred Stock represent only an unfunded, unsecured promise to deliver shares in the future and do not give Participants any greater rights than those of an unsecured general creditor of the Company.
(v) STOCK UNITS. A Stock Unit is an Award denominated in shares of Common Stock, pursuant to a formula determined by the Committee, which may be settled either in shares of Common Stock or in cash, in the discretion of the Committee, subject to such other terms, conditions, restrictions and limitations determined by the Committee from time to time.
8. FORFEITURE PROVISIONS FOLLOWING A TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT
In any instance where the rights of a Participant with respect to an Award extend past the date of termination of a Participant's employment, all of such rights shall terminate and be forfeited, if, in the determination of the Committee, the Participant, at any time subsequent to his or her termination of employment engages, directly or indirectly, either personally or as an employee, agent, partner, stockholder, officer or director of, or consultant to, any entity or person engaged in any business in which the Company or its affiliates is engaged, in conduct that breaches his or her duty of loyalty to the Company or a Subsidiary or that is in material competition with the Company or a Subsidiary or is materially injurious to the Company or a Subsidiary, monetarily or otherwise, which conduct shall include, but not be limited to: (i) disclosing or misusing any confidential information pertaining to the Company or a Subsidiary; (ii) any attempt, directly or indirectly to induce any Employee, agent, insurance agent, insurance broker or broker-dealer of the Company or any Subsidiary to be employed or perform services elsewhere; (iii) any attempt by a Participant directly or indirectly to solicit the trade of any customer or supplier or prospective customer or supplier of the Company or any Subsidiary, or (iv) disparaging the Company, any Subsidiary or any of their respective officers or directors. The determination of whether any conduct, action or failure to act falls within the scope of activities contemplated by this Section shall be made by the Committee, in its discretion. For purposes of this paragraph, a Participant shall not be in violation of this Section 8 solely as a result of the Participant's record and beneficial ownership of not more than one percent (1%) of the outstanding capital stock of any company subject to the periodic and other reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
9. DIVIDENDS AND DIVIDEND EQUIVALENTS
The Committee may provide that Stock Awards shall earn dividends or dividend equivalents. Such dividends or dividend equivalents may be paid currently or may be credited to an account maintained on the books of the Company. Any payment or crediting of dividends or dividend equivalents will be subject to such terms, conditions, restrictions and limitations as the Committee may establish, from time to time, including reinvestment in additional shares of Common Stock or common share equivalents. Unless the Committee determines otherwise, Section 16(a) Officers may not participate in dividend reinvestment programs established under the Plan. The Committee shall determine the Participants' rights under the Plan with respect to extraordinary dividends or distributions on the shares of Common Stock.
10. VOTING
The Committee shall determine whether a Participant shall have the right to direct the vote of shares of Common Stock allocated to a Stock Award. If the Committee determines that an Award shall carry voting rights, the shares allocated to such Award shall be voted by the Company's Senior Human Resources Officer, or such other person as the Committee may designate in accordance with instructions received from the Participant (unless to do so would constitute a violation of fiduciary duties). Shares as to which no instructions are received shall be voted by the Committee or its designee proportionately in accordance with instructions received from Participants in the Plan (unless to do so would constitute a violation of fiduciary duties).
11. PAYMENTS AND DEFERRALS
Payment of Awards may be in the form of cash, shares of Common Stock, other Awards, or combinations thereof as the Committee shall determine, subject to such terms, conditions, restrictions and limitations as it may impose. The Committee may postpone the exercise of Options or SARs, and may require or permit Participants to elect to defer the receipt or issuance of shares of Common Stock pursuant to Awards or the settlement of Awards in cash under such rules and procedures as it may establish, in its discretion, from time to time. It also may provide for deferred settlements of Awards including the payment or crediting of earnings on deferred amounts, or the payment or crediting of dividend equivalents where the deferred amounts are denominated in common share equivalents. In addition, the Committee may stipulate in an Award Agreement, either at the time of grant or by subsequent amendment, that a payment or portion of a payment of an Award be delayed in the event that Section 162(m) of the Code (or any successor or similar provision of the Code) would disallow a tax deduction by the Company for all or a portion of such payment. The period of any such delay in payment shall be until the payment, or portion thereof, is tax deductible, or such earlier date as the Committee shall determine in its discretion.
12. TRANSFERABILITY
Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, Awards granted under the Plan, and during any period of restriction on transferability, shares of Common Stock issued in connection with the exercise of an Option, may not be sold, pledged, hypothecated, assigned, margined or
otherwise transferred, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. The Committee may permit (on such terms, conditions and limitations as it shall establish) non-qualified Options (including non-qualified Reload Options) and/or shares issued in connection with an Option exercise which are subject to restrictions on transferability, to be transferred one time to a member of a Participant's immediate family or to a trust or similar vehicle for the benefit of a Participant's immediate family members. Except to the extent required by law, no Award or interest of any Participant in the Plan shall be subject to any lien, levy, attachment, pledge, obligation, liability or bankruptcy of a Participant. During the lifetime of a Participant, all rights with respect to Awards shall be exercisable only by such Participant or, if applicable, a permitted transferee. An Award exercisable after the death of a Participant may be exercised by the legatees, personal representatives or distributes of the Participant.
13. CHANGE OF CONTROL
(a) The Committee may, in its discretion, at the time an Award is made hereunder or at any time prior to, coincident with or after the time of a Change of Control:
(i) provide for the acceleration of any time periods relating to the exercise or realization of such Awards so that such Awards may be exercised or realized in full on or before a date fixed by the Committee;
(ii) provide for the purchase of such Awards, upon the Participant's request, for an amount of cash equal to the amount which could have been obtained upon the exercise or realization of such rights had such Awards been currently exercisable or payable;
(iii) make such adjustment to the Awards then outstanding as the Committee deems appropriate to reflect such transaction or change; and/or
(iv) cause the Awards then outstanding to be assumed, or new rights substituted therefore, by the surviving corporation in such Change of Control.
The Committee may, in its discretion, include such further provisions and limitations in any Award Agreement as it may deem equitable and in the best interests of the Company.
(b) A "Change of Control" shall be deemed to occur if and when:
(i) any person, including a "person" as such term is used in Section 14(d)(2) of the 1934 Act (a "Person"), is or becomes a beneficial owner (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 25% or more of the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding securities; provided however, that for purposes of this subparagraph (i), "person" shall not include (A) for periods on or before August 20, 2002, Citigroup, Inc. with respect to securities of the Company that are owned, directly or indirectly, by Citigroup, Inc. as of the date the Plan is first adopted, (B) an employee benefit plan (or
trust forming a part thereof) maintained by the Company, or (C) any company owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of shares of the Company;
(ii) any plan or proposal for the liquidation of the Company is adopted by the stockholders of the Company;
(iii) individuals who, as of the date hereof, constitute the Board (the "Incumbent Board") cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however, that any individual becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election, or nomination for election by the Company's stockholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of either an actual or threatened election contest (as such terms are used in Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the 1934 Act) or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board;
(iv) all or substantially all of the assets of the Company are sold, liquidated or distributed; or
(v) there occurs a reorganization, merger, consolidation or other corporate transaction involving the Company (a "Transaction"), in each case, with respect to which the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such Transaction do not, immediately after the Transaction, own more than 50 percent of the combined voting power of the Company or other corporation resulting from such Transaction.
Any good faith determination by the Committee as to whether a Change of Control within the meaning of this Section has occurred shall be conclusive and binding on the Participants.
14. AWARD AGREEMENTS
Each Award under the Plan shall be evidenced by a document in writing setting forth the terms, conditions, restrictions and limitations applicable to the Award, including, but not limited to the provisions governing vesting, exercisability, payment, amendment, cancellation, forfeiture, and termination of employment and the Company's authority to amend or terminate the Plan and to amend, cancel, or rescind an Award, at any time. The Committee need not require the execution of such document by the Participant, in which case acceptance of the Award by the Participant shall constitute agreement by the Participant to the terms, conditions, restrictions and limitations set forth in the Plan and the Award Agreement as well as the administrative guidelines and practices of the Company in effect from time to time.
15. TAX WITHHOLDING
The Company and its Subsidiaries shall have the right to require payment of, or may deduct from any payment made under the Plan, or may permit shares of Common Stock to be tendered or sold, including shares of Common Stock delivered or vested in connection with an Award, in an amount sufficient to cover withholding of any federal, state, local, foreign or other governmental taxes or charges required by law or such greater amount of withholding as the Committee shall determine from time to time and to take such other action as may be necessary to satisfy any such withholding obligations. The value of any shares of Common Stock allowed to be withheld or tendered for tax withholding may not exceed the amount allowed consistent with fixed plan accounting in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. It shall be a condition to the obligation of the Company to issue shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of an Option or a SAR that the Participant pay to the Company, on demand, such amount as may be requested by the Company for the purpose of satisfying any tax withholding liability. If the amount is not paid, the Company may refuse to issue such shares.
16. OTHER BENEFIT AND COMPENSATION PROGRAMS
Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, Awards received by Participants under the Plan shall not be deemed a part of a Participant's regular, recurring compensation for purposes of calculating payments or benefits under any Company benefit plan or severance program. No Employee shall have any claim or right to be granted an Award under the Plan. There shall be no obligation of uniformity of treatment of Employees under the Plan and the terms and conditions of Awards and the Committee's determinations and interpretations with respect thereto need not be the same with respect to each Participant (whether or not such Participants are similarly situated). Further, the Company and its Subsidiaries may adopt other compensation programs, plans or arrangements as it deems appropriate or necessary. The adoption of the Plan shall not confer upon any Employee any right to continued employment in any particular position or at any particular rate of compensation, nor shall it interfere in any way with the right of the Company or a Subsidiary to terminate the employment of its Employees at any time or change the terms and conditions of such employment, free from any claim or liability under the Plan.
17. UNFUNDED PLAN
Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, the Plan shall be unfunded and shall not create (or be construed to create) a trust or a separate fund or funds. The Plan shall not establish any fiduciary relationship between the Company and any Participant or other person. To the extent any Participant holds any rights by virtue of an Award granted under the Plan, such rights shall constitute general unsecured liabilities of the Company and shall not confer upon any Participant any right, title, or interest in any assets of the Company.
18. EXPENSES OF THE PLAN
The expenses of the administration of the Plan shall be borne by the Company and its Subsidiaries. The Company may require Subsidiaries to pay for the shares of Common Stock issued under the Plan.
19. RIGHTS AS A STOCKHOLDER
Unless the Committee determines otherwise, a Participant shall not have any rights as a stockholder with respect to shares of Common Stock covered by an Award until the date the Participant becomes the holder of record with respect to such shares. No adjustment will be made for dividends or other rights for which the record date is prior to such date, except as provided in Section 9.
20. FUTURE RIGHTS
No person shall have any claim or right to be granted an Award, and the grant of an Award shall not be construed as giving a Participant the right to be retained in the employ of the Company or a Subsidiary or to participate in any other compensation or benefit plan, program or arrangement of the Company or a Subsidiary.
21. AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
The Plan may be amended, suspended or terminated at any time by the Committee, provided that no amendment shall be made without stockholder approval, if stockholder approval is required under then applicable law, including tax and/or accounting rules. No termination, suspension or amendment of the Plan shall adversely affect the right of any Participant with respect to any Award theretofore granted, as determined by the Committee, without such Participant's written consent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may amend the Plan in such manner as it deems necessary in order to permit Awards to meet the requirements of the Code or other applicable laws. Unless terminated earlier by the Board, the Plan will terminate on March 16, 2012.
22. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS
The Plan and any applicable Award Agreement entered into under the Plan shall be binding on all successors and assigns of a Participant, including, without limitation, the estate of such Participant and the executor, administrator or trustee of such estate, or any receiver or trustee in bankruptcy or representative of the Participant's creditors.
23. GOVERNING LAW
The Plan and all agreements entered into under the Plan shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Connecticut, without regard to the conflicts of laws provisions thereof.
EXHIBIT 10.23
TRAVELERS
DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
EFFECTIVE AUGUST 20, 2002
ARTICLE 1
PURPOSE
The purpose of the Travelers Deferred Compensation Plan (the "Plan") is to provide a means whereby Travelers Property Casualty Corp. (the "Company") offers tax-deferred savings opportunities to a select group of key management employees of the Company and its subsidiaries who have rendered and continue to render valuable services to the Company and its subsidiaries.
The Plan is a successor to The Travelers Insurance Deferred Compensation Plan maintained by The Travelers Insurance Group Inc. prior to August 20, 2002, at which time the Company ceased to be a member of the Citigroup Inc. controlled group of corporations. The Company is responsible, pursuant to the Plan and as a result of the Contribution, Assignment and Assumption Agreement, dated March 18, 2002, between the Company and The Travelers Insurance Company, only for the unfunded deferred compensation obligations with respect to employees who were participants in The Travelers Insurance Deferred Compensation Plan immediately prior to August 20, 2002, and who were actively employed by the Company or its affiliates immediately prior to and immediately following August 20, 2002.
ARTICLE 2
DEFINITIONS AND CERTAIN PROVISIONS
Beneficiary. "Beneficiary" means the person or persons designated as such in accordance with Article 6.
Board. "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.
Committee. "Committee" means the Supplemental Non-Qualified Plans Administrative Committee, or its successor, consisting of members who are designated by the Company.
Deferral Account. "Deferral Account" means the account maintained on the books of account of the Company for each Participant for each Deferral Account Cycle pursuant to Section 4.2.
Deferral Account Cycle. "Deferral Account Cycle" means a period of five
(5) Plan Years as determined by the Committee over which a Participant defers
Salary and/or Incentive Award.
The current Deferral Account Cycle covers the Plan Years 2000 through 2005, incorporating for this purpose, as appropriate, Plan Years arising under The Travelers Insurance Deferred Compensation Plan.
Disability. "Disability" means disability as defined under the terms of the Company's long-term disability plan. A Participant with a Disability is "Disabled".
Effective Date. "Effective Date" means August 20, 2002.
Eligible Employee. "Eligible Employee" means any Employee of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company who is designated by the Company for a Plan Year to be a key management employee eligible to participate in the Plan for a Plan Year.
Emergency Benefit. "Emergency Benefit" means the benefit described in
Section 5.5.
Employee. "Employee" means any person employed by an Employer on a regular full-time salaried basis, including officers of the Employer.
Employer. "Employer" means the Company and any of its subsidiaries.
Enrollment Agreement. "Enrollment Agreement" means the authorization form, which an Eligible Employee files with the Company to participate in the Plan.
Enrollment Period. "Enrollment Period" means the period in the calendar year preceding the Plan Year established for purposes of enrolling in the Plan, or, for newly hired employees, within 30 days of employment, and otherwise as determined by the Committee.
401(k) Plan. "401(k) Plan" means the Travelers 401(k) Savings Plan, as amended from time to time.
Fixed Income Declared Rate. "Fixed Income Declared Rate" means the fixed interest rate expressed as an effective annual yield for the Plan Year for the Stable Value Fund under the 401(k) Plan. The Fixed Income Declared Rate will be determined annually at the beginning of each Plan Year and credited monthly as of the last business day of the month.
Incentive Award. "Incentive Award" means with respect to a Participant for any Plan Year the amount otherwise payable in cash to the Participant for such Plan Year under an annual incentive plan.
Participant. "Participant" means an Eligible Employee who has filed a completed and executed Enrollment Agreement with the Committee and is participating in the Plan in accordance with the provisions of Article 4.
Plan Year. "Plan Year" means the calendar year beginning January 1 and ending December 31.
Retirement. "Retirement" means the termination of a Participant's employment with an Employer for reasons other than death or Disability on or after attaining age 55 with 5 or more Years of Credited Service, as determined under the Travelers Pension Plan, or termination of employment on or after attaining age 50 with 5 or more years of continuous service under circumstances where the Participant is separated from service and entitled to payments under the terms of Separation Pay Plan applicable to the Company and its subsidiaries. Retirement also means, where applicable, the termination of a Participant's employment with the ability to begin receiving benefits following such termination under the Retirement Plan for Employees of Aetna Life and Casualty Company, however, in such event, certain payments may not commence until a participant reaches age 62 in accordance with elections made at the time of deferral.
Salary. "Salary" means with respect to a Participant for any Plan Year such Participant's annual base salary and commissions, as established on the books and records of the participating employers.
Survivor Benefit. "Survivor Benefit" means the benefit described in
Section 5.4.
Termination Benefit. "Termination Benefit" means the benefit described in
Section 5.3.
Termination of Employment. "Termination of Employment" means a complete severance of an Employee's employment relationship with the Employer and other affiliated organizations (as defined in Section 414(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986) or the cessation of affiliated organization status of the employing entity of the Employee.
Travelers Pension Plan. "Travelers Pension Plan" means the Travelers Pension Plan, as amended from time to time.
ARTICLE 3
ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN
The Plan is administered by the Committee which is responsible for overseeing the operation of the Plan and has the power to interpret provisions of the Plan. The Committee shall have all of the powers vested in it pursuant to the terms of the Plan, including, but not limited to, the power and authority to delegate its responsibilities under the Plan and to establish and modify eligibility criteria for participation.
ARTICLE 4
PARTICIPATION
4.1 Election to Participate. Each Employee on the Effective Date who was an active participant in the The Travelers Insurance Deferred Compensation Plan on the date immediately prior thereto shall be a Participant on the Effective Date. Thereafter, any Eligible Employee may
elect to participate in the Plan effective as of the first day of the Plan Year by filing, during an Enrollment Period, a completed and fully executed Enrollment Agreement with the Committee. For purposes of this Section 4.1, any enrollment agreement completed and executed by a Participant with respect to his or her participation under The Travelers Insurance Deferred Compensation Plan that is in effect immediately prior to the Effective Date shall be treated as an Enrollment Agreement under this Plan. A separate Enrollment Agreement must be completed for each Plan Year in which a Participant makes deferrals under the Plan.
For any Plan Year, an Eligible Employee may elect to defer a percentage of Salary (not to exceed 50% of the Participant's Salary at the rate in effect during the Plan Year, or for newly hired eligible employees 50% of their initial annual salary prorated for the remaining months of the Plan Year) and/or a percentage of an Incentive Award (not to exceed 70%).
The Company may establish minimum or maximum individual or aggregate deferral amounts for each Plan Year. The Company reserves the right to make a reduction in individual deferral amounts if the individual or aggregate deferrals exceed a Company-determined dollar threshold. The Company may establish a minimum account value for continued participation in the Plan and may pay to Participants the value of accounts below the minimum.
4.2 Deferral Accounts.
(a) As of the Effective Date, the separate Deferral Accounts held under The Travelers Insurance Deferred Compensation Plan for each Participant who, immediately prior to the Effective Date, was a participant in The Travelers Insurance Deferred Compensation Plan and who was actively employed by the Company or its affiliates immediately prior to and immediately following the Effective Date, shall transfer from The Travelers Insurance Deferred Compensation Plan and be credited to separate Deferral Accounts held under this Plan. Such Deferral Accounts shall be in an amount equal to the amount of the Participant's Deferral Accounts under The Travelers Insurance Deferred Compensation Plan as of such date.
(b) Thereafter, the Company shall establish and maintain a separate
Deferral Account for each Participant for each Deferral Account Cycle. The
amount by which a Participant's Salary or Incentive Award is reduced pursuant to
Section 4.1 shall be credited to the Participant's Deferral Account no later
than the first day of the month following the month in which such compensation
would otherwise have been paid. The Deferral Account shall be debited by the
amount of any payments made to the Participant or the Participant's Beneficiary
with respect to such Deferral Account pursuant to this Plan.
(c) Interest on Deferral Accounts will be credited monthly at the Fixed Income Declared Rate in the same manner as interest is credited on the Stable Value Fund under the 401(k) Plan. A Participant's Deferral Account will continue to be credited with the Fixed Income Declared Rate after benefit payments from such Deferral Account commence until all such benefits have been paid and the balance in the Deferral Account has been reduced to zero.
4.3 Valuation of Accounts. The value of a Deferral Account as of any date shall equal the amounts theretofore credited to such account, plus the interest deemed to be earned on such account in accordance with Section 4.2(c) through the valuation date, less the amounts theretofore debited to such account. Any valuation shall be made as of the last business day of the month.
4.4 Statement of Accounts. The Committee shall submit to each Participant, within one hundred twenty (120) days after the close of each Plan Year, a statement in such form as the Committee deems desirable setting forth the balance standing to the credit of each Participant in each of his or her Deferral Accounts.
ARTICLE 5
BENEFITS
5.1 Retirement Benefit. A Participant is eligible for a Retirement Benefit under this Plan when he or she has satisfied all of the requirements for Retirement (as defined in Article 2). The Retirement Benefit for a Deferral Account will be based on the total value of the Deferral Account.
At the time of initial enrollment, and thereafter prior to the commencement of each Deferral Account Cycle, a Participant shall elect to receive a Retirement Benefit for such Deferral Account (I) commencing at Retirement or at age 65, if later, and (II) in either a lump sum or annual installments over 5, 10 or 15 years. Any such election shall be made in writing pursuant to an Enrollment Agreement. The lumpsum payment will be made, or annual installment payments will commence, approximately 30 days after Retirement or approximately 30 days following the date on which the Participant attains age 65, according to the Participant's Enrollment Agreement. The account valuation will be as of the last business day of the month preceding the payment date. In the event no election has been made with respect to a Deferral Account, the Retirement Benefit for such deferral Account will be paid in a lump sum at Retirement or age 65, as applicable.
For purposes of this Section 5.1, any election previously made pursuant to an enrollment agreement completed and executed by a Participant with respect to his or her participation under The Travelers Insurance Deferred Compensation Plan (including any plan incorporated into such plan) shall be treated as an election made pursuant to an Enrollment Agreement under this Plan.
If a Participant elects to receive his or her Retirement Benefit in installment payments, the account will be valued as of the last business day of the month in which the Participant is deemed to be retired, or attained age 65 if applicable. Retirements are deemed to be the first of a month following the termination of employment. The payments will be determined annually by dividing the Participant's then current Deferral Account balance at commencement and on each anniversary of the valuation year by the number of remaining years in the payment period based on the Participant's retirement payment election. The Fixed Income Declared Rate will be
credited during any payment year on the unpaid Deferral Account balance. After the Participant's death, interest earned during the payment period will instead be distributed in full.
The Committee may, in its discretion, permit alternative form and timing of payment elections for future deferrals, and may permit the form and timing of payments elected by Participants (in accordance with the terms and provisions of a plan then in effect) with respect to balances transferred into the Plan when such transfers are authorized by the Company or the Employer in connection with a merger, acquisition or other business combination.
5.2 Disability. If a Participant becomes Disabled, Participant deferrals that otherwise would have been credited to the Participant's Deferral Account will cease during such Disability. The Participant's Deferral Accounts will continue to earn interest. The Participant's Deferral Account balances will be distributed as a Retirement Benefit or Survivor Benefit, whichever is applicable, beginning on the date and in the form which the Participant elected in his Enrollment Agreement, but in no event beginning earlier than 12 months after the date of the Participant's Disability. In the sole discretion of the Committee, the Company may commence payments on an earlier date.
5.3 Termination Benefit. Notwithstanding other provisions of this Plan, if a Participant (i) has a Termination of Employment for any reason other than death, Disability or Retirement, or (ii) fails to return to the status of an Employee actively at work within sixty (60) days following recovery from a Disability prior to Retirement, the Company shall pay to the Participant in one lump sum an amount (the "Termination Benefit") equal to the value of the Participant's Deferral Accounts as determined under Section 4.3.
The account valuation will be as of the last business day of the month of termination of employment (or the end of the 60-day period following the end of a Disability).
5.4 Survivor Benefits. If a Participant dies, a benefit (the "Survivor Benefit") will be paid to his Beneficiary in a lump sum in the month following the Participant's death. The Survivor Benefit will be equal to the Deferral Account balance(s) of the Participant.
The account valuation will be as of the last business day of the month of the death.
5.5 Emergency Benefit. In the event that the Committee, upon written petition of the Participant or beneficiary of such Participant, determines in its sole discretion that the Participant has suffered an unforeseeable financial emergency, the Company shall pay to the Participant, as soon as practicable following such determination, an amount necessary to meet the emergency (the "Emergency Benefit"). Participants who suffer an emergency prior to commencement of benefit payments would receive an Emergency Benefit that is not in excess of the Deferral Account balance to which such Participant would have been entitled pursuant to Section 5.3 if he or she had a termination of employment on the date of such determination and received a lump sum payment. Participants in the process of receiving installment payments would receive an Emergency Benefit that is not in excess of the remaining Deferral Account balance of the Participant as valued on the last day of the month of such determination. For purposes of this
Plan, an unforeseeable financial emergency is an unexpected need for cash arising from an illness, casualty loss, sudden financial reversal, or other such unforeseeable occurrence. The amount of the benefits otherwise payable under the Plan shall thereafter be adjusted to reflect the early payment of the Emergency Benefit.
5.6 Small Benefit. In the event the Committee determines that the balance of a Participant's Deferral Account is less than $10,000 at the time of commencement of payment of his or her Retirement Benefit, or the portion of the balance of the Participant's Deferral Account payable to any Beneficiary is less than $10,000 at the time of commencement of payment of a Survivor Benefit to such Beneficiary, the Company may pay the benefit in the form of a lump- sum payment, notwithstanding any provision of this Article 5 to the contrary. Such lump-sum payment shall be equal to the balance of the Participant's Deferral Account or the portion thereof payable to a Beneficiary.
5.7 Withholding; Employment Taxes. To the extent required by the law in effect at the time payments are made, the Company shall withhold from any amounts deferred under the Plan or from payments made hereunder the taxes required to be withheld by the federal or any state or local government.
ARTICLE 6
BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION
6.1 Each Participant shall have the right, at any time, to designate any person or persons as Beneficiary or Beneficiaries to whom payments under this Plan shall be made in the event of the Participant's death prior to complete distribution to the Participant of the benefits due under the Plan. Each Beneficiary designation shall become effective only when filed in writing with the Committee on a form prescribed or accepted by the Committee.
6.2 Any Participant shall have the right to designate a new Beneficiary at any time by filing with the Committee a written request for such change, but any such change shall become effective only upon receipt of such request by the Committee. Upon receipt by the Committee of such request, the change shall relate back to and take effect as of the date the Participant signs such request whether or not the Participant is living at the time the Committee receives such request.
6.3 If there is no designated Beneficiary living at the death of the Participant, then such payment shall be made to the participant's estate.
ARTICLE 7
AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF PLAN
7.1 Amendment. The Company may at any time amend the Plan in whole or in part; provided, however, that no such amendment shall be effective to decrease the benefits accrued by
any Participant prior to the date of such amendment and any change in the definition of the Fixed Income Declared Rate shall be effective only as to Plan Years beginning after the date of such amendment. Written notice of any amendment shall be given to each current or former Employee then participating in the Plan.
7.2 Termination.
(a) Company's Right to Terminate. The Company may at any time terminate the Plan, if in its judgment, the continuance of the Plan would not be in the best interests of the Company or its affiliates.
(b) Payments Upon Termination. Upon termination of the Plan under this Section 7.2, the Participants will be deemed to have voluntarily terminated their participation under the Plan as of the date of such termination. Salary and Incentive Awards shall cease to be deferred, and the Company will pay to each Participant the value of each of the Participant's Deferral Accounts, determined as if each Participant had terminated employment on the date of such termination of the Plan, at such times and pursuant to such terms and conditions as the Committee in its sole discretion shall determine. Participants or Beneficiaries receiving Retirement Benefit installments shall receive a lump sum payment equal to the remaining, unpaid Deferred Account balance.
ARTICLE 8
MISCELLANEOUS
8.1 Unsecured General Creditor. Participants and their Beneficiaries, heirs, successors, and assigns shall have no legal or equitable rights, claims, or interests in any specific property or assets of the Company, nor shall they be beneficiaries of, or have any rights, claims, or interests in any life insurance policies, annuity contracts, or the proceeds therefrom owned or which may be acquired by the Company ("Policies"). Such Policies or other assets of the Company shall not be held under any trust for the benefit of Participants, their Beneficiaries, heirs, successors, or assigns (other than a grantor trust established to assist the Company in meeting its obligations hereunder and the assets of which are available to general creditors if the Company becomes insolvent), or held as collateral security for the fulfilling of the obligation of the Company under this Plan. Any and all of the Company's assets and Policies shall be, and remain, the general, unpledged, unrestricted assets of the Company. The Company's obligation under the Plan shall be merely that of an unfunded and unsecured promise of the Company to pay money in the future.
8.2 Obligations to Company. If a Participant becomes entitled to a distribution of benefits under the Plan, and if at such time the Participant has outstanding any debt, obligation, or other liability representing an amount owing to the Company or its affiliates, then the Company may offset such amount owed to it against the amount of benefits otherwise distributable. Such determination shall be made by the Committee.
8.3 Nonassignability. Neither a Participant nor any other person shall have any right to commute, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, anticipate, mortgage or otherwise encumber, hypothecate or convey in advance of actual receipt the amounts, if any, payable, hereunder, or any part thereof, or interest therein which are, and all rights to which are, expressly declared to be unassignable and non-transferable. No part of the amounts payable shall, prior to actual payment, be subject to seizure or sequestration for the payment of any debts, judgments, alimony or separate maintenance owed by a Participant or any other person, nor be transferable by operation of law in the event of a Participant's or any other person's bankruptcy or insolvency.
8.4 Employment Not Guaranteed. Nothing contained in this Plan nor any action taken hereunder shall be construed as a contract of employment or as giving any Employee any right to be retained in the employ of the Company or its affiliates.
8.5 Protective Provisions. Each Participant shall cooperate with the Company by furnishing any and all information requested by the Company in order to facilitate the payment of benefits hereunder, by taking such physical examinations as the Company may deem necessary and by taking such other relevant action as may be requested by the Company. If a Participant refuses to cooperate, the Company shall have no further obligation to the Participant under the Plan, other than payment to such Participant of the existing Deferral Account balance(s) maintained under the Plan with respect to such Participant. In the event of such non-cooperation, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may determine to distribute such balance(s) to the Participant immediately in a single, lump sum payment.
8.6 Gender, Singular & Plural. All pronouns and any variations thereof shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine, or neuter, as the identity of the person or persons may require. As the context may require, the singular may be read as the plural and the plural as the singular.
8.7 Captions. The captions of the articles, sections, and paragraphs of this Plan are for convenience only and shall not control or affect the meaning of construction of any of its provisions.
8.8 Validity. In the event any provision of this Plan is held invalid, void, or unenforceable, the same shall not affect, in any respect, whatsoever, the validity of any other provision of this Plan.
8.9 Notice. Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to the Committee under the Plan shall be sufficient if in writing and hand delivered, or sent by registered or certified mail, to the Company, directed to the attention of the Deferred Compensation Plan Administrator. Such notice shall be deemed given as to the date of delivery or, if delivery is made by mail, as of the date shown on the postmark on the receipt for registration or certification.
8.10 Applicable Law. This Plan shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Connecticut.
8.11 Trust Fund. The Company shall be responsible for the payment of all benefits provided under the Plan. At its discretion, the Company may establish one or more trusts for the purpose of providing for the payment of such benefits. Such trust or trusts may be irrevocable, but the assets thereof shall be subject to the claims of the Company's creditors. To the extent any benefits provided under the Plan are actually paid from any such trust, the Company shall have no further obligation with respect thereto, but to the extent not so paid, such benefits shall remain the obligation of, and shall be paid by, the Company.
8.12 Ineligible Participant. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Plan to the contrary, if any Participant is determined not to be a "management or highly compensated employee" within the meaning of ERISA or Regulations thereunder, such Participant will not be eligible to participate in this Plan and shall receive an immediate lump-sum payment equal to the amounts standing credited to his or her Deferral Accounts. Upon such payment, no survivor benefit or other benefit shall thereafter be payable under this Plan either to the Participant or any Beneficiary of the Participant.
Exhibit 10.24
TRAVELERS BENEFIT EQUALIZATION PLAN
Preamble
The Travelers Benefit Equalization Plan (the "Plan") was established by Travelers Property Casualty Corp., effective August 20, 2002, in order to provide for a continuation of excess benefits previously provided to certain employees of Travelers Property Casualty Corp. and its subsidiaries under the Travelers Group Inc. Retirement Benefit Equalization Plan, as amended and restated as of January 1, 1994 (including the merger of The Travelers Corporation Supplemental Benefit Plan, Parts I and II, into such plan, effective January 2, 1996). The Plan provides for excess benefits, as set forth herein, to certain participants of the Travelers Pension Plan.
Article I. Definitions
1.01 "Act" shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 ("ERISA"), as from time to time amended.
1.02 "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.
1.03 "Company" shall mean Travelers Property Casualty Corp. and any of its subsidiaries or affiliated business entities participating in the Pension Plan.
1.04 "Effective Date" shall mean August 20, 2002.
1.05 "Maximum Benefit" shall mean the equivalent of the maximum Normal, Early, or Deferred Vested retirement benefit, or death benefit, whichever is applicable, to be paid a Participant (or beneficiary) under the Pension Plan.
1.06 "Pension Plan" shall mean the Travelers Pension Plan, as amended.
1.07 "Participant" shall mean any employee of the Company who is an active Participant in the Pension Plan on or after the Effective Date and whose pension benefits determined on the basis of the provisions of such Pension Plan, without regard to the limitations of the Code, would exceed the Maximum Benefit.
1.08 "Plan" shall mean the Travelers Benefit Equalization Plan, as from time to time amended or restated, which shall be an unfunded excess benefit plan as defined in Act Section 3(36).
1.09 "Unrestricted Benefit" shall mean the maximum Normal, Early, or Deferred Vested retirement benefit, or death benefit, whichever is applicable, that would
be paid to a Participant (or beneficiary) under the Pension Plan if such benefit
were determined without regard to the limitations of the Code imposed under
Section 415 or Section 401(a)(17); provided however, compensation taken into
account for purposes of determining the Unrestricted Benefit with respect to
Plan Years commencing on and after February 1, 1996, shall not exceed the
following: (a) $300,000 and (b) with respect to cash balance crediting, the
limitation set forth in Section 401(a)(17); but further provided, that a
Participant's Unrestricted Benefit which is determined under a final average
salary formula shall not be based on a final average salary that is less than
the final average salary of the Participant as of January 31, 1996.
Article II. Benefits
2.01 Normal Retirement Benefit. Upon the Normal Retirement of a Participant, as provided under the Pension Plan, such Participant shall be entitled to a benefit equal in amount to his Unrestricted Benefit less the Maximum Benefit.
2.02 Early Retirement Benefit. Upon the Early Retirement of a Participant, as provided under the Pension Plan, such Participant shall be entitled to a benefit equal to his Unrestricted Benefit less the Maximum Benefit.
2.03 Deferred Vested Retirement Benefit. If a Participant terminates employment with the Company and is entitled to a Deferred Vested Retirement Benefit provided under the Pension Plan, such a Participant shall be entitled to a benefit equal to his Unrestricted Benefit less the Maximum Benefit.
2.04 Beneficiary's Pension Benefit. Subject to Section 2.05 below, upon the death of a Participant whose beneficiary is eligible for a death benefit under the Pension Plan, the Participant's beneficiary shall be entitled to a death benefit equal to the beneficiary's Unrestricted Benefit less the Maximum Benefit.
2.05 Form of Benefit Payment. A retirement benefit payable under this Article II shall be paid in same form and at the same time as the benefit payable under the Pension Plan is paid.
Article III. Administration of the Plan
3.01 Administrator. The Plan shall be administered by the Company, which shall have the authority to interpret the Plan and issue such regulations, as it deems appropriate. The Administrator shall have the duty and responsibility of maintaining records, making the requisite calculations and disbursing the payments hereunder. The Administrator's interpretations, determinations, regulations and calculations shall be final and binding on all persons and parties concerned.
3.02 Amendment and Termination. The Company may amend or terminate the Plan at any time, provided, however, that no such amendment or termination shall reduce the amount of a benefit to which a terminated or retired Participant or his beneficiary is entitled under Article II prior to the date of such amendment or termination unless the Participant becomes entitled to an amount equal to such benefit under another plan or practice adopted by the Company.
3.03 Payments. The Company will pay all benefits arising under this Plan and all costs, charges and expenses relating thereto.
3.04 Non-assignability of Benefits. The benefits payable hereunder or the right to receive future benefits under the Plan may not be anticipated, alienated, pledged, encumbered, or subjected to any charge or legal process, and if any attempt is made to do so, or a person eligible for any benefits becomes bankrupt, the interest under the Plan of the person affected may be terminated by the Administrator which, in its sole discretion, may cause the same to be held or applied for the benefit of one or more of the dependents of such person or make any other disposition of such benefits that it deems appropriate.
3.05 Status of Plan. The benefits under this Plan shall not be funded, but shall constitute general, unsecured liabilities of the Company payable when due. At its discretion, the Company may establish one or more trusts for the purpose of providing for the payment of such benefits. Such trust or trusts may be irrevocable, but the assets thereof shall be subject to the claims of the Company's general creditors. To the extent any benefits provided under the Plan are actually paid from any such trust, the Company shall have no further obligation with respect thereto, but to the extent not so paid, such benefits shall remain the obligation of, and shall be paid by, the Company.
3.06 No Guarantee of Employment. Nothing contained in this Plan shall be construed as a contract of employment between the Company and any Participant, or as a right of any Participant to be continued in employment of the Company, or as a limitation on the right of the Company to discharge any of its employees, with or without cause.
3.07 Withholding; Employment Taxes. To the extent required by the law in effect at the time payments are made, the Company shall withhold from any amounts paid under the Plan, the taxes required to be withheld by the federal or any state or local government. To the extent payments due under the Plan are not sufficient to withhold such required amounts, the Participant shall provide the Company with the Participant's share of any required withholding taxes, and, if not so provided, the Company may withhold such amounts from any other compensation payable by the Company to the Participant. No payments due under the Plan to a Participant (or beneficiary) shall be made unless provision has been made for the required tax withholding.
3.08 Applicable Law. All questions pertaining to the construction, validity and effect of the Plan shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the United States and to the extent not pre-empted by such laws, by the laws of the State of Connecticut, determined without regard to the conflict of laws provisions thereof.
3.09 Forfeiture Provisions. All rights to any benefits payable under this Agreement, including the payment of any unpaid benefit installments, shall be immediately forfeited if either of the following events occur: (a) the Company terminates the Participant for an act of willful misfeasance or criminal misconduct in the performance of his duties; or (b) without the permission of the Company, the Participant either enters into material competition with the Company or discloses confidential information about the Company that is of material importance to the Company.
Exhibit 10.27
October 25, 2002
Stewart R. Morrison
Dear Stewart:
I am pleased to extend to you our offer of employment as Chief Investment Officer, of Travelers Property Casualty Corp. ("Travelers" or the "Company") at a starting salary that is the yearly equivalent of $400,000, paid on a semi-monthly basis. So long as you are employed by Travelers, your annual salary will not be less than $400,000. In this position, you will report directly to Bob Lipp and have responsibility for the management of Travelers investment portfolio and other responsibilities as may be assigned to you from time to time. At your discretion and as appropriate for your responsibilities, you will be working from either of Travelers' offices located in New York, N.Y. or Hartford, CT. If you accept our offer, we expect you will start on or about December 2, 2002.
You will receive a one-time non-benefit-bearing sign-on bonus of $300,000, which is payable within 30 days after commencement of your employment, and subject to applicable deductions.
You will not be eligible for consideration in Travelers incentive compensation program for 2002 performance. You will be eligible for consideration in Travelers incentive compensation program for 2003 performance (payable in 2004) and thereafter, with a guaranteed minimum 2003 performance year bonus of $600,000 ("2003 Bonus"), subject to continued employment at the time of payment. Any award that you may receive under the incentive program will be payable partly in cash and partly in the Company's Class A common restricted stock, subject to the provisions of the Company's Capital Accumulation Program ("CAP"). CAP is an incentive and retention award program that provides eligible employees with awards consisting of restricted stock, subject to forfeiture in the event of termination for Cause or voluntary termination. Incentive awards for Covered Employees are also subject to the terms and conditions of the Company's Executive Performance Compensation Plan. Incentive awards after the 2003 performance year are discretionary and, if awarded, are generally made in the first quarter of the year with respect to performance in the previous year Incentive payments are subject to applicable deductions.
Additionally, as part of this offer, we will recommend a grant of stock options to purchase up to 200,000 shares of Travelers Class A common stock (defined as the "Stock Option Grant"). These options will vest in 20% increments over five years starting on the first anniversary of the date of the Stock Option Grant, which is expected to be the date of your employment. Thereafter, the vesting of subsequent increments will be on the annual anniversary of the Stock Option Grant. The exercise price of the Stock Option Grant will be the closing price of Travelers Class A common stock on the date immediately preceding the date of the Stock Option Grant. The Stock Option Grant will be subject to the Company's 2002 Stock Incentive Plan. The Stock Option Grant is subject to approval under the procedures adopted by the Travelers Board of Directors, or committee thereof, and is expected to be made prior to the date of your employment. If for any reason, the Travelers Board of Directors or a
committee thereof does not approve the Stock Option Grant or approves a Stock Option Grant that is less than the Stock Option Grant, you will be entitled to receive a mutually agreed upon benefit with value and terms equivalent to the value and terms of the Stock Option Grant. Such equivalent benefit will be awarded to you within 30 days of the date the Travelers Board of Directors, or committee thereof, makes a decision on the Stock Option Grant.
As further consideration, we will provide you with executive level relocation services. You will also be eligible for four weeks annual vacation. All compensation and benefits are payable in accordance with the Company's compensation policies, plans and programs in effect at the time of payment. Further details regarding these policies, benefit plans and programs will be provided separately. Please note that all Travelers' compensation, benefits and other policies, plans and programs are subject to change at management's discretion. You will also be covered under the Travelers directors and officers liability insurance program in a similar manner as other officers and executives of the Company and you will be indemnified to the maximum extent permitted by law.
If, before January 1, 2006 you are terminated without Cause (as defined herein), or you Leave with Good Reason (as defined herein) or you become disabled and are unable to perform your duties for six months or longer, you will receive a severance payment, in the amount listed below corresponding to the period in which you are so terminated, subject to applicable deductions:
Before the payment date of 2003 Bonus $1,000,000 Payment date of 2003 Bonus - December 31, 2004 $700,000 January 1, 2005 - December 31, 2005 $400,000 |
If your employment terminates for any reason other than Cause after December 31, 2005, you will receive, such separation benefits, if any, as are applicable and available to Travelers' employees pursuant to Travelers policies, plans and procedures then in effect. In the event your employment with Travelers is terminated before January 1, 2006 without Cause or because you Leave with Good Reason, (i) any unvested CAP awards will be treated as if your employment was terminated without cause under CAP and you will be entitled to such portion of the award as the CAP provisions established for employees who are terminated without cause (ii) your Stock Option Grant will continue to vest for a period of 12 months after the date of your termination. Any vested stock options would be exercisable until 30 days after the end of this 12 month period. In the event your employment is terminated for any other reason prior to January 1, 2006 or is terminated for any reason, including without Cause, at any time on or after January 1, 2006 any CAP or stock option awards to you will be treated in accordance with the applicable plans. The benefits provided to you under this paragraph are conditioned upon the execution of a release, the form of which is attached to this letter, and are in lieu of any other severance or separation pay or benefits for which you may be eligible pursuant to Company plans.
For purposes of the termination provisions contained in this offer of employment (i) "Cause" shall be defined as: (a) the willful and continued failure to substantially perform your duties; (b) gross negligence or willful misconduct which is materially injurious to the Company; or (c) the conviction of a crime involving a felony (you cannot be terminated for Cause without advance notice and a reasonable opportunity for you to cure); and (ii) "Leave with Good Reason" shall mean you leave the Company within 90 days after you have been demoted, your base salary has been reduced, your responsibilities have been significantly diminished, or Travelers decides to provide substantially all of its investment portfolio management services in-house through employee personnel. You cannot
Leave with Good Reason without advance notice and a reasonable opportunity for the Company to cure.
In consideration of your employment, you agree that while you are employed, and for one year following the termination of your employment, you will not directly or indirectly solicit, induce, or otherwise encourage any person to leave the employment of or terminate any customers relationship with Travelers and any of its subsidiaries or affiliates.
You also agree that during your employment, you will have access to or acquire confidential, client, employee, competitive and/or other business information that is unique and cannot be lawfully duplicated or easily acquired. You understand and agree that you will have a continuing obligation not to use, publish or otherwise disclose such information either during or after your employment with the Company.
This offer is contingent upon successful completion of a pre-employment drug test, the completion of a background investigation, and the execution of our Principles of Employment Form. Under separate cover we will send you our Employee Handbook, our policy on Non-US Citizens and information on the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986 describing the forms you will need to bring with you to complete a federal I-9 form. It is a Federal law that you be able to provide proof of your eligibility to work in the U.S. in order to commence your employment.
This letter describes Travelers' offer of employment. Any other discussions that you may have had that are not described in this letter or in the Principles of Employment are not part of this offer. Also, nothing herein constitutes a contract of employment for any particular period of time. The employment relationship between you and Travelers is "at will," which allows either party to terminate the relationship at any time for any reason not otherwise prohibited by law.
We are confident that Travelers can offer you a rewarding and challenging career opportunity. Please indicate your acceptance by returning a signed copy of this letter to me. If you should have any questions, please call me at (860) 277-6083.
Sincerely,
/s/ Diane D. Bengston Diane D. Bengston |
AGREED
/s/ Stewart R. Morrison ------------------------------------ Stewart R. Morrison October 30, 2002 ------------------------------------ |
Date
Exhibit 12.01
Travelers Property Casualty Corp. and Subsidiaries Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
(In millions, except for ratios)
Year ended December 31, ---------------------------------------------------------------------- 2002 2001 2000 1999 1998 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- Income (loss) before federal income taxes (benefit), minority interest and cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles $ (259.8) $ 1,389.0 $ 1,863.6 $ 1,839.4 $ 1,813.8 Interest 156.8 204.9 295.5 238.4 185.1 Portion of rentals deemed to be interest 46.1 44.1 44.3 46.6 49.0 --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- Income (loss) available for fixed charges $ (56.9)(1) $ 1,638.0 $ 2,203.4 $ 2,124.4 $ 2,047.9 ========= ========= ========= ========= ========= Fixed charges: Interest $ 156.8 $ 204.9 $ 295.5 $ 238.4 $ 185.1 Portion of rentals deemed to be interest 46.1 44.1 44.3 46.6 49.0 -------- --------- --------- --------- --------- Total fixed charges $ 202.9 $ 249.0 $ 339.8 $ 285.0 $ 234.1 ======== ========= ========= ========= ========= Ratio of earnings to fixed charges N/A (2) 6.58x 6.48x 7.45x 8.75x --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- |
(1) Income (loss) available for fixed charges includes a $1.394 billion charge for strengthening asbestos reserves, net of the benefit from the Citigroup indemnification agreement.
(2) For the year ended December 31, 2002, the Company's earnings were not sufficient to cover fixed charges by $259.8 million.
The ratio of earnings to fixed charges is computed by dividing income before federal income taxes (benefit) and cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles and fixed charges by the fixed charges. For purposes of this ratio, fixed charges consist of that portion of rentals deemed representative of the appropriate interest factor.
.
.
.
Exhibit 21.1
SUBSIDIARIES OF TRAVELERS PROPERTY CASUALTY CORP.
AS OF FEBRUARY 24, 2003
JURISDICTION OF NAME OF SUBSIDIARY COMPANY INCORPORATION -------------------------- ------------- Travelers Property Casualty Corp. Connecticut ...The Travelers Asset Funding Corp. Connecticut ...Travelers Insurance Group Holdings Inc. Delaware ......The Standard Fire Insurance, Company Connecticut .........AE Properties, Inc. California ............Bayhill Associates California ............Bayhill Restaurant II Associates California ............Industry Land Development Company California ...............Industry Partners California ...............Standard Fire U.K. Investments, L.L.C. Delaware .........The Automobile Insurance Company of Hartford, Connecticut Connecticut .........Travelers ALPHA Holdings, Inc. Connecticut .........TIC/Nevada La Entrada, L.L.C. Delaware ............TIMCO ALPHA I, L.L.C. Connecticut .........Travelers Information Services Inc. Connecticut .........Citigroup Alternative Investments Opportunity Fund III, L.L.C. Delaware .........Citigroup Alternative Investments Opportunity Fund IV, L.L.C. Delaware ............Tishman Speyer/Travelers Real Estate Venture IV, L.L.C. Delaware .........Travelers Opportunity Fund V (International), L.L.C. Delaware ............Tishman Speyer/Travelers International Real Estate Venture V L.P. Delaware .........Travelers Opportunity Fund V (Domestic), L.L.C. Delaware ............Tishman Speyer/Travelers U.S. Real Estate Venture V, L.P. Delaware .........Travelers Personal Security Insurance Company Connecticut .........Travelers Property Casualty Insurance Company Connecticut .........Travelers Property Casualty Insurance Company of Illinois Illinois ......The Travelers Indemnity Company Connecticut .........Asia Investors L.L.C. Hong Kong .........Associates Lloyds Insurance Company Texas .........BAP Investor Pine, Inc. Delaware .........Commercial Insurance Resources, Inc. (1) Delaware ............Gulf Brokerage Services, Inc. Delaware ...............Gillingham & Associates Inc. Colorado ...............Gulf Marketing Services, Inc. Delaware ...............The Outsdoorsman Agency, Inc. South Carolina ............Gulf Insurance Company Connecticut ...............Atlantic Insurance Company Texas ...............Gulf Group Lloyds Texas ...............Gulf Risk Services, Inc. Delaware ...............Gulf Underwriters Insurance Company Connecticut ...............Select Insurance Company Texas .........Gulf Insurance Holdings U.K. Limited United Kingdom ............Gulf Insurance Company U.K. Limited United Kingdom ............Gulf Underwriting Holdings Limited United Kingdom ...............Gulf Underwriting Limited United Kingdom .........Countersignature Agency, Inc. Florida .........Crest Funding Partners, L.P. New York .........Cripple Creek Venture Partner II L.P.(2) Colorado .........Cripple Creek Venture Partner L.P.(2) Colorado |
.........First Floridian Auto and Home Insurance Company Florida .........First Trenton Indemnity Company New Jersey ............Red Oak Insurance Company New Jersey .........GPM Gas Gathering L.L.C. Delaware .........GREIO Islamic Debt L.L.C. Delaware ............Sharq Property/Islamic Debt Partnership Delaware .........GREIO Islamic Equity L.L.C. Delaware ............GREIO Al-Soor Realty L.P. Delaware .........Midkiff Development Drilling Program, L.P.(2) Texas .........Nob Hill Investments L.L.C. Delaware ............Lakes at Welleby Investors L.L.C. Delaware .........RCS/Greenbrier, L.P. Delaware .........Travelers Distribution Alliance, Inc. Delaware .........Travelers Indemnity U.K. Investments L.L.C. Connecticut .........The Charter Oak Fire Insurance Company Connecticut .........The Northland Company Minnesota ............Associates Insurance Company Indiana ...............AFSC General Agency, Inc. Texas ...............CAPCO General Agency, Inc. (IL) Illinois ...............CAPCO General Agency, Inc. (IN) Indiana ...............CAPCO General Agency, Inc. (NY) New York ...............CAPCO General Agency, Inc. (VA) Virginia ...............Commercial Guaranty Insurance Company Delaware ............Jupiter Holdings, Inc. Minnesota ...............American Equity Insurance Company Arizona ..................American Equity Specialty Insurance Company California ...............Mendota Insurance Company Minnesota ..................Mendakota Insurance Company Minnesota ..................Mendota Insurance Agency, Inc. Texas ...............Northland Insurance Company Minnesota ..................Northfield Insurance Company Iowa ..................Northland Casualty Company Minnesota ...............Northland Risk Management Service, Inc. Minnesota .........The Phoenix Insurance Company Connecticut ............Constitution State Services L.L.C. Delaware ............Landmark Direct Equities, L.P.(2) Connecticut ............Phoenix UK Investments, L.L.C. Delaware ............SSB Private Selections, L.L.C. Delaware ...............Salomon Smith Barney Private Selection Fund I, L.L.C. New York ............The Travelers Indemnity Company of America Connecticut ............The Travelers Indemnity Company of Connecticut Connecticut |
............The Travelers Indemnity Company of Illinois Illinois ............Travelers Foreign Bond Partnership Connecticut ............Yorktown Energy Partners II L.P.(2) New York .........The Premier Insurance Company of Massachusetts Massachusetts .........The Travelers Home and Marine Insurance Company Connecticut .........The Travelers Lloyds Insurance Company Texas .........The Travelers Marine Corporation California .........TI Home Mortgage Brokerage, Inc. Delaware .........TINDY RE Investments, Inc. Connecticut ............Citigroup Alternative Investments European Real Estate Investments I, L.L.C. Delaware ............Citigroup Alternative Investments Limited Real Estate Mezzanine Investments II, L.L.C. Delaware .........TravCo Insurance Company Connecticut .........Travelers Bond Investments, Inc. Connecticut ............Travelers Foreign Bond Partnership Connecticut .........Travelers Commercial Casualty Company Connecticut .........Travelers Medical Management Services Inc. Delaware .........Citigroup Investments Oakmont Lane, L.L.C. Delaware .........Travelers Specialty Property Casualty Company Connecticut .........Triple T Diamond Gateway L.L.C. Delaware .........WT Equipment Partners, L.P.(2) Delaware ......TPC Investments Inc. Connecticut ......Travelers (Bermuda) Limited Bermuda ......Travelers Alternative Strategies Inc. Connecticut ......Travelers Casualty and Surety Company Connecticut .........AE Development Group, Inc. Connecticut ............Ponderosa Homes(2) Connecticut .........Charter Oak Services Corporation New York .........Farmington Casualty Company Connecticut ............Travelers ALPHA Holdings, Inc. (50.0%) Connecticut ...............TIMCO ALPHA I, L.L.C. Connecticut ............Travelers MGA, Inc. Texas .........SSB Private Selections, L.L.C. Delaware ............Salomon Smith Barney Private Selection Fund I, L.L.C. New York .........TCS European Investments Inc. Connecticut .........TCS International Investments Ltd. Cayman Islands .........TCSC RE Investments Inc. Connecticut .........Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America Connecticut .........Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of Canada Canada .........Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of Illinois Illinois .........Travelers Casualty Company of Connecticut Connecticut ......... Travelers Casualty UK Investments, L.L.C. Connecticut .........Travelers Commercial Insurance Company Connecticut .........Travelers Excess and Surplus Lines Company Connecticut .........Travelers Lloyds of Texas Insurance Company Texas .........Travelers Tribeca Investments, Inc. New York ............Tribeca Investments, L.L.C. Delaware ............Tribeca Distressed Securities, L.L.C. Delaware ............Triple T Brentwood, L.L.C. Delaware .........Travelers P&C Capital I Delaware .........Travelers P&C Capital II Delaware .........Travelers P&C Capital III Delaware ......... Urban Diversified Properties, Inc. Connecticut |
(1) The Travelers Indemnity Company owns 83.1% of Commercial Insurance Resources, Inc.
(2) Indicates that the subsidiary is partially owned by more than one subsidiary of Travelers Property Casualty Corp.
Exhibit 23.1
The Board of Directors
Travelers Property Casualty Corp.:
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following registration statements of Travelers Property Casualty Corp.:
- Form S-8 Nos. 333-98365 and 333-84740
of our reports dated January 23, 2003 with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of Travelers Property Casualty Corp. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2002 and 2001, and the related consolidated statements of income (loss), changes in shareholders' equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2002, and all related schedules, which reports appear in the December 31, 2002 Form 10-K of Travelers Property Casualty Corp. Our reports refer to changes in the method of accounting for goodwill and other intangible assets in 2002 and its methods of accounting for derivative instruments and hedging activities and for securitized financial assets in 2001.
/s/ KPMG LLP Hartford, Connecticut March 4, 2003 |
EXHIBIT 99.1
TRAVELERS PROPERTY CASUALTY CORP.
In connection with the annual report of Travelers Property Casualty Corp. (the Company) on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the Report), I, Robert I. Lipp, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
1. | The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and | |
2. | The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. |
Dated this 4th day of March, 2003
/s/ ROBERT I. LIPP | |
|
|
Robert I. Lipp | |
Chief Executive Officer |
123
EXHIBIT 99.2
TRAVELERS PROPERTY CASUALTY CORP.
In connection with the annual report of Travelers Property Casualty Corp. (the Company) on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the Report), I, Jay S. Benet, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
1. | The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and | |
2. | The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. |
Dated this 4th day of March, 2003
/s/ JAY S. BENET | |
|
|
Jay S. Benet | |
Chief Financial Officer |
124